Class 11 NEET Physics Notes

Class 11 NEET Physics Notes

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics MCQs

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Multiple Choice Question And Answers

Question 1. When an ideal gas is compressed isothermally then its pressure increases because :

  1. Its potential energy decreases
  2. Its kinetic energy increases and molecules move apart
  3. Its number of collisions per unit area with walls of container increases
  4. Molecular energy increases

Answer: 3. Its number of collisions per unit area with walls of container increases

Question 2. Which of the following quantities is zero on average for the molecules of an ideal gas in equilibrium?

  1. Kinetic energy
  2. Momentum
  3. Density
  4. Speed

Answer: 2. Momentum

Question 3. The average momentum of a molecule in a sample of an ideal gas depends on

  1. Temperature
  2. Number of moles
  3. Volume
  4. None of these
  5. Answer: 4. None of these

Kinetic Theory of Gases and Thermodynamics NEET Class 11 MCQs

Question 4. The volume of air increases by 5% in its adiabatic expansion. The percentage decrease in its pressure will be –

  1. 6%
  2. 7%
  3. 8%

Answer: 3. 7%

Question 5. The equation for an ideal gas is :

  1. PV = RT
  2. PVγ = constant
  3. Cp– CV= R
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. PV = RT

Question 6. The temperature and pressure of 2g oxygen are 27° C and 76 cm Hg, then the volume of the gas is:

  1. 1.53 litre
  2. 2.44 litre
  3. 3.08 litre
  4. 44.2 litre

Answer: 1. 1.53 liter

Question 7. Significance of a and b in van der Waal’s equation :

  1. A and b both show the correction in the volume of gas
  2. A and b both show cohesive force between molecules
  3. A shows cohesive force while b shows correction in volume
  4. A shows correction in volume while b shows cohesive force

Answer: 3. A shows cohesive force while b shows correction in volume

Question 8. In which condition a real gas behaves as an ideal gas?

  1. At high pressure
  2. At low pressure
  3. At low temperature
  4. All the above

Answer: 2. At low pressure

Question 9. Which of the following parameters does not characterize the thermodynamic state of matter?

  1. Temperature
  2. Pressure
  3. Work
  4. Volume

Answer: 3. Work

Question 10. 1 calorie is the heat required to increase the temperature of 1 gm of water by 1°C from

  1. 13.5°C to 14.5°C at 76 mm of Hg
  2. 14.5 °C to 15.5°C at 760 mm of Hg
  3. 6.5 °C to 7.5°C at 76 mm of Hg
  4. 98.5 °C to 99.5°C at 760 mm of Hg

Answer: 2. 14.5 °C to 15.5°C at 760 mm of Hg

Question 11. A real gas behaves like an ideal gas if its

  1. Pressure and temperature are both high
  2. Pressure and temperature are both low
  3. Pressure is high and temperature is low
  4. Pressure is low and temperature is high

Answer: 4. Pressure is low and temperature is high

Question 12. Two non-reactive monoatomic ideal gases have their atomic masses in the ratio 2 : 3. The ratio of their partial pressures, when enclosed in a vessel kept at a constant temperature, is 4 : 3. The ratio of their densities is:

  1. 1: 4
  2. 1: 2
  3. 6: 9
  4. 8: 9

Answer: 4. 8: 9

Question 13. The degrees of freedom of a stationary rigid body about its axis will be :

  1. One
  2. Two
  3. Three
  4. Four

Answer: 3. Three

Question 14. The temperature of an ideal gas at atmospheric pressure is 300 K and the volume is 1 m3. If temperature and volume become double, then the pressure will be :

  1. 105 N/m2
  2. 2 × 105 N/m2
  3. 0.5 × 105 N/m2
  4. 4 × 105 N/m2

Answer: 1. 105 N/m2

Question 15. If 2g of helium is enclosed in a vessel at NTP, how much heat should be added to it to double the pressure? (Specific heat of helium = 3 J/gm K)

  1. 1638 J
  2. 1019 J
  3. 1568 J
  4. 836 J

Answer: 1. 1638 J

Question 16. At what temperature volume of an ideal gas at 0ºC become triple?

  1. 546ºC
  2. 182ºC
  3. 819ºC
  4. 646ºC

Answer: 1. 546ºC

Question 17. Two balloons are filled, one with pure He gas and the other with air, respectively. If the pressure and temperature of these balloons are the same, then the number of molecules per unit volume is

  1. More in the He filled balloon
  2. Same in both balloons
  3. More in an air-filled balloon
  4. In the ratio of 1: 4

Answer: 2. Same in both balloons

Question 18. A diatomic molecule has

  1. 1 degree of freedom
  2. 3 degrees of freedom
  3. 5 degrees of freedom
  4. 6 degrees of freedom

Answer: 3. 5 degrees of freedom

Question 19. The equation of state for 5g of oxygen at a pressure P and temperature T, when occupying a volume V, will be :

  1. PV = (5/32) RT
  2. PV = 5RT
  3. PV = (5/2) RT
  4. PV = (5/16) RT

Answer: 1. PV = (5/32) RT

Question 20. Two thermally insulated vessels 1 and 2 are filled with air at temperature (T1, T2), volume (V1, V2), and pressure (P1, P2) respectively. If the valve joining the two vessels is opened, the temperature inside the vessel at equilibrium will be:

  1. \(T_1+T_2\)
  2. \(\left(\mathrm{T}_1+\mathrm{T}_2\right) / 2\)
  3. \(\frac{T_1 T_2\left(P_1 V_1+P_2 V_2\right)}{P_1 V_1 T_2+P_2 V_2 T_1}\)
  4. \(\frac{T_1 T_2\left(P_1 V_1+P_2 V_2\right)}{P_1 V_1 T_1+P_2 V_2 T_2}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{T_1 T_2\left(P_1 V_1+P_2 V_2\right)}{P_1 V_1 T_2+P_2 V_2 T_1}\)

Question 21. A gas behaves more closely as an ideal gas at

  1. Low pressure and low temperature
  2. Low pressure and high temperature
  3. High pressure and low temperature
  4. High pressure and high temperature

Answer: 2. Low pressure and high temperature

Question 22. The figure shows graphs of pressure vs density for an ideal gas at two temperatures T1 and T2.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Graphs Of Pressure Vs Density For An Ideal Gas At Two Temperatures

  1. T1> T2
  2. T1= T2
  3. T1< T2
  4. Any of the three is possible

Answer: 1. T1> T2

Question 23. Suppose a container is evacuated to leave just one molecule of gas in it. Let νa and νrms represent the average speed and the rms speed of the gas.

  1. νa> νrms
  2. νa< νrms
  3. νa= νrms
  4. νrms is undefined

Answer: 3. νa= νrms

Question 24. The rms speed of oxygen molecules in a gas is ν. If the temperature is doubled and the O2 molecule dissociates into oxygen atoms, the rms speed will become

  1. ν
  2. ν √2

Answer: 3. 2ν

Question 25. Consider a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen kept at room temperature. Compared to a hydrogen molecule an oxygen molecule hits the wall

  1. With a greater average speed
  2. With a smaller average speed
  3. With greater average kinetic energy
  4. With smaller average kinetic energy.

Answer: 2. With a smaller average speed

Question 26. Consider the quantity MkT / pV of an ideal gas where M is the mass of the gas. It depends on the

  1. Temperature of the gas
  2. The volume of the gas
  3. The pressure of the gas
  4. Nature of the gas

Answer: 4. Nature of the gas

Question 27. If the volume of a gas is decreased by 10% during the isothermal process then its pressure will be –

  1. Decrease by 10%
  2. Increase by 10%
  3. Decrease by 11.11%
  4. Increase by 11.11%

Answer: 4. Increase by 11.11%

Question 28. The gases carbon-monoxide (CO) and nitrogen at the same temperature have kinetic energies E1 and E2 respectively. Then :

  1. E1= E2
  2. E1> E2
  3. E1< E2
  4. E1 and E2 cannot be compared

Answer: 1. E1= E2

Question 29. In equilibrium, the velocity of molecules of a gas depends on its temperature as

  1. \(\mathrm{u} \propto \mathrm{T}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{u} \propto \frac{1}{\mathrm{~T}}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{u} \propto \sqrt{\mathrm{T}}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{u} \propto \mathrm{T}^0\)

Answer: 3. \(\mathrm{u} \propto \sqrt{\mathrm{T}}\)

Question 30. A mixture of 2 moles of helium gas (atomic mass = 4 amu) and 1 mole of argon gas (atomic mass = 40 amu) is kept at 300 K in a container. The ratio of the rms speeds \(\left(\frac{v_{\mathrm{rms}}(\text { helium })}{v_{\mathrm{rms}}(\text { argon })}\right)\) is:

  1. 0.32
  2. 0.45
  3. 2.24
  4. 3.16

Answer: 4. 3.16

Question 31. The ratio of the average kinetic energy of H2 and O2 at a given temperature is :

  1. 1: 16
  2. 1: 8
  3. 1: 4
  4. 1: 1

Answer: 4. 1: 1

Question 32. If the temperature of the gas is increased to three times, then its root mean square velocity becomes:

  1. 3 times
  2. 9 times
  3. 12times
  4. 3times

Answer: 4. 3times

Question 33. Which of the following statements is incorrect according to assumptions of the kinetic theory of gases?

  1. The potential energy of a molecule is zero
  2. Molecules move randomly in all directions
  3. the kinetic energy of molecules changes when they collide with the wall of a container
  4. None of these

Answer: 4. None of these

Question 34. At what temperature is the rms velocity of a hydrogen molecule equal to that of an oxygen molecule at 47º C?

  1. 80 K
  2. –73 K
  3. 3 K
  4. 20 K

Answer: 4. 20 K

Question 35. The kinetic energy of one mole gas at 300 K temperature, is E. At 400 K temperature kinetic energy is E’.The value of E’/E is :

  1. 1.33
  2. \(\sqrt{\left(\frac{4}{3}\right)}\)
  3. \(\frac{16}{9}\)
  4. 2

Answer: 1. 1.33

Question 36. If the temperature becomes triple, the root mean square velocity of gas molecules will be :

  1. \(\text { v } \sqrt{2}\)
  2. \(\text { v/ } \sqrt{3}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{3} v\)
  4. Same

Answer: 3. \(\sqrt{3} v\)

[υ is the root mean square velocity of gas molecules at temperature T]

Question 37. On increasing the temperature of gas contained in a closed vessel by 1°C, the pressure increases by 0.4%. The initial temperature of a gas is:

  1. 25 K
  2. 250 K
  3. 2500° K
  4. 250° C

Answer: 2. 250 K

Question 38. When the temperature of a gas is increased then which of the following statements is always true?

  1. Work is done on the gas
  2. Heat is supplied to a gas
  3. The internal energy of the gas is increased
  4. The pressure of gas remains unchanged.

Answer: 3. Internal energy of a gas is increased

Question 39. The speed of sound through oxygen at TK is v ms-1. As the temperature becomes 2T and oxygen gas dissociates into atomic oxygen, the speed of sound :

  1. Remains the same
  2. Becomes 2v
  3. Becomes \(\sqrt{2 v}\)
  4. None of these

Answer: 4. None of these

NEET Physics Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory of Gases and Thermodynamics Multiple Choice Questions

Question 40. When the temperature of an ideal gas is increased from 27ºC to 227ºC, its rms speed is changed from 400 m/s to vs. The vs is :

  1. 516 m/s
  2. 450 m/s
  3. 310 m/s
  4. 746 m/s

Answer: 1. 516 m/s

Question 41. The root mean square and most probable speed of the molecules in a gas are

  1. Same
  2. Different
  3. Cannot say
  4. Depends on the nature of the gas

Answer: 2. Different

Question 42. Hydrogen gas is filled in a container of volume 20 liter. The average translational kinetic energy of all its molecules is 1.5 × 105 J. Pressure of hydrogen in the cylinder is:

  1. 2 × 106 N/m2
  2. 3 × 106 N/m2
  3. 4 × 106 N/m2
  4. 5 × 106 N/m2

Answer: 4. 5 × 106 N/m2

Question 43. The root mean square speed of ideal hydrogen gas in a closed chamber at 0°C is 3180 m/s. Its pressure will be (density of hydrogen gas is 8.99 × 10-2 kg/m3, 1 atm. = 1.01 × 105 N/m2)

  1. 1.0 atm.
  2. 1.5 atm.
  3. 2.0 atm.
  4. 3.0 atm.

Answer: 4. 3.0 atm.

Question 44. A flask contains argon and chlorine in the ratio 3: 1 by mass. The temperature of the mixture is 300 K. If the atomic mass of argon = 39.9 u, and the molecular mass of chlorine = 70.9u, then the ratio of average kinetic energy per molecule of argon to chlorine gas is

  1. 1: 1
  2. 3: 1
  3. 1 : 3
  4. 39.9: 70.9

Answer: 1. 1: 1

Question 45. At the same temperature and pressure, the densities of two diatomic gases are d1 and d2, The ratio of velocities of sound in these gases will be

  1. \(\frac{d_1}{d_2}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{d_2}{d_1}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{d_1}{d_2}}\)
  4. \(\frac{d_2^2}{d_1^2}\)

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{\frac{d_2}{d_1}}\)

Question 46. The ratio of the mean speed of hydrogen molecules to the mean speed of nitrogen molecules in a sample containing a mixture of the two gases.

  1. \(\sqrt{14}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{7}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{28}\)
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{14}\)

Question 47. Three closed vessels A, B, and C are at the same temperature T, and contain gases that obey the Maxwellian distribution of velocities. Vessel A contains only O2, B only N2, and C a mixture of equal quantities of O2 and N2. If the average speed of O2 molecules in vessel A is V1, that of the N2 molecules in vessel B is V2, the average speed of the O2 molecules in vessel C will be :

  1. (V1+ V2)/2
  2. V1
  3. (V1V2)1/2
  4. \(\sqrt{3 \mathrm{kT} / \mathrm{M}}\)

Answer: 2. V1

Question 48. The pressure of an ideal gas is written as P = \(\frac{2 E}{3 V}\). Here E refers to

  1. Translational kinetic energy
  2. Rotational kinetic energy
  3. Vibrational kinetic energy
  4. Total kinetic energy.

Answer: 1. Translational kinetic energy

Question 49. Which of the following quantities is the same for all ideal gases at the same temperature?

  1. The kinetic energy of 1 mole
  2. The kinetic energy of 1 g
  3. The number of molecules in 1 mole
  4. The number of molecules in 1 g

Answer: 3. The number of molecules in 1 mole

Question 50. Let ΔU1 and ΔU2 be the changes in internal energy of the system in the processes A and B then

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A System Goes From A To B Via Two Processes 1 And 2

  1. ΔU1> ΔU2
  2. ΔU1= ΔU2
  3. ΔU1< ΔU2
  4. ΔU1≠ ΔU2

Answer: 2. ΔU1= ΔU2

Question 51. The internal energy of a mono-atomic gas is –

  1. \(\frac{5 R T}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{3 R T}{2}\)
  3. \(\frac{5 R T}{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{7 R T}{3}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{3 R T}{2}\)

Question 52. The change in internal energy, when a gas is cooled from 927ºC to 27ºC is

  1. 100%
  2. 200%
  3. 75%
  4. 400%

Answer: 3. 75%

Question 53. A gas mixture consists of 2 moles of oxygen and 4 moles of argon at temperature T. Neglecting all vibrational modes the total internal energy of the system is:

  1. 4RT
  2. 15RT
  3. 9RT
  4. 11RT

Answer: 4. 11RT

Question 54. An ideal gas is filled in a closed rigid and thermally insulated container. A coil of 100Ω resistor carrying current 1A for 5 minutes supplies heat to the gas. The change in internal energy of the gas is

  1. 10 KJ
  2. 20 KJ
  3. 30 KJ
  4. 0 KJ

Answer: 3. 30 KJ

Question 55. 300 calories of heat is supplied to raise the temperature of 50 gm of air from 20°C to 30°C without any change in its volume. Change in internal energy per gram of air is

  1. Zero
  2. 0.6 calories
  3. 1.2 calories
  4. 6.0 calories

Answer: 4. 6.0 calories

Question 56. Cooking gas containers are kept in a lorry moving with uniform speed. The temperature of the gas molecules inside will:

  1. Increase
  2. Decrease
  3. Remain same
  4. Decrease for some, while increase for others

Answer: 3. Remain same

Question 57. According to the law of equal distribution of energy, the mean energy of a molecule per degree of freedom is:

  1. \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{KT}\)
  2. KT
  3. \(\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{KT}\)
  4. \(\frac{5}{2} \mathrm{KT}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{KT}\)

Question 58. Which of the following statements is correct for any thermodynamic system?

  1. The internal energy changes in all processes
  2. Internal energy and entropy are state functions
  3. The change in entropy can never be zero
  4. The work done in an adiabatic process is always zero

Answer: 2. Internal energy and entropy are state functions

Question 59. A system goes from A to B via two processes 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. If ΔU1 and ΔU2 are the changes in internal energies in processes 1 and 2 respectively, then:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A System Goes From A To B Via Two Processes 1 And 2

  1. ΔU1= ΔU2
  2. The relation between ΔU1 and ΔU2 cannot be determined
  3. ΔU2> ΔU1
  4. ΔU2< ΔU1

Answer: 1. ΔU1= ΔU2

Question 60. Two rigid boxes containing different ideal gases are placed on a table. Box A contains one mole of nitrogen at temperature To, while box B contains one mole of helium at temperature (7/3)To. The boxes are then put into thermal contact with each other, and heat flows between them until the gases reach a common final temperature. (Ignore the heat capacity of boxes). Then, the final temperature of the gases, Tfin terms of T0 is :

  1. \(\mathrm{T}_{\mathrm{f}}=\frac{3}{7} \mathrm{~T}_0\)
  2. \(\mathrm{T}_{\mathrm{f}}=\frac{7}{3} \mathrm{~T}_0\)
  3. \(T_f=\frac{3}{2} T_0\)
  4. \(\mathrm{T}_{\mathrm{f}}=\frac{5}{2} \mathrm{~T}_0\)

Answer: 3. \(T_f=\frac{3}{2} T_0\)

Question 61. An insulated container of gas has two chambers separated by an insulating partition. One of the chambers has volume V1 and contains ideal gas at pressure p1 and temperature T1. The other chamber has volume V2 and contains ideal gas at pressure p2 and temperature T2. If the partition is removed without doing any work on the gas, the final equilibrium temperature of the gas in the container will be –

  1. \(\frac{T_1 T_2\left(p_1 V_1+p_2 V_2\right)}{p_1 V_1 T_2+p_2 V_2 T_1}\)
  2. \(\frac{p_1 V_1 T_1+p_2 V_2 T_2}{p_1 V_1+p_2 V_2}\)
  3. \(\frac{p_1 V_1 T_2+p_2 V_2 T_1}{p_1 V_1+p_2 V_2}\)
  4. \(\frac{T_1 T_2\left(p_1 V_1+p_2 V_2\right)}{p_1 V_1 T_1+p_2 V_2 T_2}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{T_1 T_2\left(p_1 V_1+p_2 V_2\right)}{p_1 V_1 T_2+p_2 V_2 T_1}\)

Question 62. In the following figures to (4), variation of volume by change of pressure is shown. A gas is taken along the path ABCDA. The change in internal energy of the gas will be:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Gas Is Taken Along The Path ABCDA The Change In Internal Energy Of The Gas

  1. Positive in all cases from(1) to (4)
  2. Positive in case (1), and but zero in case(4)
  3. Negative in cases (1), and but zero in case
  4. Zero in all the four cases.

Answer: 4. Zero in all the four cases.

Question 63. An ideal gas changes from state a to state b as shown in Fig. What is the work done by the gas in the process?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics An Ideal Gas Changes From State a To State b

  1. Zero
  2. Positive
  3. Negative
  4. Infinite

Answer: 1. Zero

Question 64. The process ΔU = 0, for an ideal gas, can be best represented in the form of a graph:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics An Ideal Gas Can Be Best Represented In The Form Of A Graph

Answer: 2

Question 65. In the following V-T diagram what is the relation between P1 and P2:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics In The Following VT Diagram The Relation Between P1 And P2

  1. P2= P1
  2. P2> P1
  3. P2< P1
  4. Cannot be predicted

Answer: 3. P2< P1

Question 66. In the isothermal expansion of an ideal gas. Select the wrong statement:

  1. There is no change in the temperature of the gas
  2. There is no change in the internal energy of the gas
  3. The work done by the gas is equal to the heat supplied to the gas
  4. The work done by the gas is equal to the change in its internal energy

Answer: 4. The work done by the gas is equal to the change in its internal energy

Question 67. In the cyclic process shown on the P – V diagram, the magnitude of the work done is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics In The Cyclic Process Shown On The P V Diagram The Magnitude Of The Work Done

  1. \(\pi\left(\frac{P_2-P_1}{2}\right)^2\)
  2. \(\pi\left(\frac{V_2-V_1}{2}\right)^2\)
  3. \(\frac{\pi}{4}\left(P_2-P_1\right)\left(V_2-V_1\right)\)
  4. \(\pi\left(P_2 V_2-P_1 V_1\right)\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\pi}{4}\left(P_2-P_1\right)\left(V_2-V_1\right)\)

Question 68. A fixed mass of ideal gas undergoes changes in pressure and volume starting at L, as shown in Figure.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Fixed Mass Of Ideal Gas Undergoes Changes Of Pressure And Volume Starting At L

Which of the following is correct :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Fixed Mass Of Ideal Gas Undergoes Changes Of Pressure And Volume Starting At L.

Answer: 2

Question 69. A fixed mass of gas undergoes the cycle of changes represented by PQRSP as shown in Figure. In some of the changes, work is done on the gas, and in others, work is done by the gas. In which pair of the changes work is done on the gas?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Fixed Mass Of Gas Undergoes The Cycle Of Changes Represented By PQRSP

  1. PQ and RS
  2. PQ and QR
  3. OR and RS
  4. RS and SP.

Answer: 4. RS and SP

Question 70. Consider two processes on a system as shown in Figure. The volumes in the initial states are the same in the two processes and the volumes in the final states are also the same. Let ΔW1 and ΔW2 be the work done by the system in the processes A and B respectively.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Volumes In The Final States Are Also The Same

  1. ΔW1> ΔW2
  2. ΔW1= ΔW2
  3. ΔW1< ΔW2
  4. Nothing can be said about the relation between ΔW1 and ΔW2

Answer: 3. ΔW1< ΔW2

Question 71. A mass of an ideal gas undergoes a reversible isothermal compression. Its molecules will then be compared with an initial state, the same

  1. Root mean square velocity
  2. Mean momentum
  3. Mean kinetic energy
  1. (1), (2), (3) correct
  2. (1), (2) correct
  3. (2), (3) correct
  4. (1) correct

Answer: 1. (1), (2), (3) correct

Question 72. Find work done by the gas in the process shown in the figure:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Work Done By The Gas In The Process

  1. \(\frac{5}{2} \pi{atm} \mathrm{L}\)
  2. \(\frac{5}{2} \mathrm{~atm} \mathrm{~L}\)
  3. \(-\frac{3}{2} \pi {atm} \mathrm{L}\)
  4. \(-\frac{5}{4} \pi \mathrm{atm} \mathrm{L}\)

Answer: 4. \(-\frac{5}{4} \pi \mathrm{atm} \mathrm{L}\)

Question 73. The change in internal energy of two moles of a gas during adiabatic expansion is found to be –100 joule. The work done during the process is –

  1. 100 joule
  2. –100 joule
  3. Zero
  4. 200 joule

Answer: 1. 100 joule

Question 74. The work done in the following figure is –

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Work Done In The Following Figure

  1. 2 × 105joule
  2. 105joule
  3. Zero
  4. 3 × 105joule

Answer: 2. 105joule

Question 75. The net amount of the work done in the following indicator diagram is –

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Net Amount Of The Work Done In The Following Indicator

  1. Zero
  2. Positive
  3. Negative
  4. Infinite

Answer: 1. Zero

Question 76. An ideal gas is taken via paths AB, BC, and CA as shown in Fig. The net work done in the whole cycle is-

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Thermodynaic Processes Are Indicated The Net Work Done In The Whole Cycle

  1. 3P1V1
  2. –3P1V1
  3. 6P1V1
  4. 12P1V1

Answer: 2. –3P1V1

Question 77. In the indicator diagram shown, the work done along path AB is-

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics In The Indicator Diagram Shown The Work Done Along Path AB

  1. Zero
  2. 20 joule
  3. –20 joule
  4. 60 joule

Answer: 2. 20 joule

Question 78. In the above problem work done along path BC is –

  1. Zero
  2. 40 joule
  3. 60 joule
  4. None

Answer: 1. Zero

Question 79. In the above problem, the work done along path CA is –

  1. 20 joule
  2. 30 joule
  3. – 30 joule
  4. Zero

Answer: 3. –30 joule

Question 80. Starting the same initial conditions, an ideal gas expands from volume V1 to V2 in three different ways. The work done by the gas is W1 if the process is purely isothermal, W2 if purely isobaric, and W3 if purely adiabatic. Then:

  1. W2> W1> W3
  2. W2> W3> W1
  3. W1> W2> W3
  4. W1> W3> W2

Answer: 1. W2> W1> W3

Question 81. An ideal gas is taken through the cycle A → B → C → A as shown in Fig. If the net heat supplied to the gas in the cycle is 5 J, the work done by the gas in the process C → A is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics An Ideal Gas Is Taken Through The Net Heat Supplied To The Gas In The Cycle

  1. – 5 J
  2. – 10 J
  3. – 15 J
  4. – 20 J

Answer: 1. – 5 J

Question 82. The work done by a gas taken through the closed process ABCA, see figure is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Work Done By A Gas Taken Through The Closed Process ABCA

  1. 6P0V0
  2. 4P0V0
  3. P0V0
  4. Zero

Answer: 1. 6P0V0

Question 83. A system is given 400 calories of heat and 1000 joule of work is done by the system, then the change in internal energy of the system will be –

  1. 680 joule
  2. 680 erg
  3. 860 joule
  4. – 860 joule

Answer: 1. 680 joule

Question 84. If AB and CD are isothermals and AD and BC are adiabatic then the temperatures of

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics If AB And CD Are Isothermals And AD And BC Are Adiabatics

  1. B and C are the same
  2. A and C are the same
  3. B and D are the same
  4. The temperature of A is more than that of D

Answer: 4. Temperature of A is more than that of D

Question 85. An ideal gas initially at a state (P1, V1) is allowed to expand isothermally to a state (P2, V2). Then the gas is compressed adiabatically to its initial volume V1. Let the final pressure be P3 and the work done by the gas during the whole process be W, then

  1. P3> P1 and W < 0
  2. P3> P1 and W > 0
  3. P3< P1 and W > 0
  4. P3< P1 and W < 0

Answer: 1. P3> P1 and W < 0

Question 86. An ideal gas is taken through the process shown in the figure:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Ideal Gas Is Taken Through Process

  1. In process AB, work done by the system is positive
  2. In process AB, heat is rejected out of the system.
  3. In process AB, internal energy increases
  4. In process AB internal energy decreases and in process BC internal energy increases.

Answer: 2. In process AB, heat is rejected out of the system.

Question 87. If heat is supplied to an ideal gas in an isothermal process,

  1. The internal energy of the gas will increase
  2. The gas will do positive work
  3. The gas will do negative work
  4. The said process is not possible

Answer: 2. The gas will do positive work

Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory of Gases MCQs for NEET Physics Class 11

Question 88. A system can be taken from the initial state p1, V1 to the final state p2, V2 by two different methods. Let ΔQ and ΔW represent the heat given to the system and the work done by the system. Which of the following must be the same in both methods?

  1. ΔQ
  2. ΔW
  3. ΔQ + ΔW
  4. ΔQ – ΔW

Answer: 4. ΔQ – ΔW

Question 89. In changing the state of a system from state A to state B adiabatically the work done on the system is 322 joule. If 100 calories of heat are given to the system in bringing it from state B to state A, then the work done on the system in this process will be –

  1. 98 joule
  2. 38.2 joule
  3. 15.9 calorie
  4. 15.9 joule

Answer: 1. 98 joule

Question 90. An ideal gas heat engine operates in a Carnot cycle between 227ºC and 127ºC. It absorbs 6 kcal at a higher temperature. The amount of heat (in kcal) converted into work is equal to:

  1. 1.6
  2. 1.2
  3. 4.8
  4. 3.5

Answer: 2. 1.2

Question 91. In a closed container of 44.8 liter, the volume of monoatomic gas is filled up. The heat required to raise the temperature by 10°C will be :

  1. R
  2. 10R
  3. 20R
  4. 30R

Answer: 4. 30R

Question 92. Two moles of an ideal gas are taken in a cyclic process abcda. During the process, ab and cd temperatures are 500 K and 300 K respectively. Calculate heat absorbed by the system (In 2 = 0.69 and R = 8.3 J/mol-K)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Two Mole Of An Idea Gas Is Taken In A Cyclic Process abcda

Answer: 2290.3j

Question 93. If Q, E, and W denote respectively the heat added, change in internal energy, and the work done in a closed cycle process, then

  1. W = 0
  2. Q = W = 0
  3. E = 0
  4. Q = 0

Answer: 3. E = 0

Question 94. Which of the following is incorrect regarding the first law of thermodynamics?

  1. It does not apply to any cycle process
  2. It is a restatement of the principle of conservation of energy
  3. It introduces the concept of the internal energy
  4. It introduces the concept of the entropy

Answer: (1,4)

Question 95. When a system is taken from state I to state f along the path, it is found that Q = 50 cal and W = 20 cal. Along the path ibf Q = 36 cal. W along the path ibf is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A System Is Taken From State I To State F Along The Path Iaf

  1. 6 cal
  2. 16 cal
  3. 66 cal
  4. 14 cal

Answer: 1. 6 cal

Question 96. When an ideal diatomic gas is heated at constant pressure, the fraction of the heat energy supplied which increases the internal energy of the gas is.

  1. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
  2. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{7}\)
  4. \(\frac{5}{7}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{5}{7}\)

Question 97. Boiling water is changing into steam. Under this condition, the specific heat of water is

  1. Zero
  2. One
  3. Infinite
  4. Less than one

Answer: 3. Infinite

Question 98. Supposing the distance between the atoms of a diatomic gas to be constant, its specific heat at constant volume per mole (gram mole) is

  1. \(\frac{5}{2} R\)
  2. \(\frac{3}{2} R\)
  3. R
  4. \(\frac{7}{2} R\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{5}{2} R\)

Question 99. A gas is formed of molecules each molecule possessing f degrees of freedom, then the value of γ = \(\frac{C_p}{C_V}\)is equal to:

  1. \(\frac{2}{\mathrm{f}}\)
  2. \(1+\frac{2}{f}\)
  3. \(1+\frac{f}{2}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{f}+\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: 2. \(1+\frac{2}{f}\)

Question 100. During an adiabatic process, the pressure of a gas is found to be proportional to the cube of its absolute temperature. The ratio Cp/CV for the gas is:

  1. 4/3
  2. 2
  3. 5/3
  4. 3/2

Answer: 4. 3/2

Question 101. Some students find values of CV and CP for gas in calorie/gm–mol K. Which pair is most correct?

  1. CV= 3, CP= 5
  2. CV= 4, CP= 6
  3. CV= 3, CP= 2
  4. CV= 3, CP= 4.2

Answer: 1. CV= 3, CP= 5

Question 102. The thermal capacity of anybody is:

  1. A measure of its capacity to absorb heat
  2. A measure of its capacity to provide heat
  3. The quantity of heat required to raise its temperature by a unit degree
  4. The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of a unit mass of the body by a unit degree

Answer: 3. The quantity of heat required to raise its temperature by a unit degree

Question 103. 1 mole of a gas with γ = 7/5 is mixed with 1 mole of a gas with γ = 5/3, then the value of γ for the resulting mixture is:

  1. 7/5
  2. 2/5
  3. 24/16
  4. 12/7

Answer: 3. 24/16

Question 104. The molar heat capacity at a constant volume of oxygen gas at STP is nearly 2.5 R. As the temperature is increased, it gradually increases and approaches 3.5 R. The most appropriate reason for this behavior is that at high temperatures

  1. Oxygen does not behave as an ideal gas
  2. Oxygen molecules dissociate in atoms
  3. The molecules collide more frequently
  4. Molecular vibration gradually becomes effective

Answer: 3. The molecules collide more frequently

Question 105. The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of 100 gm water from 20ºC to 40ºC will be –

  1. 100 calorie
  2. 2000 calorie
  3. 4000 calorie
  4. Zero

Answer: 2. 2000 calorie

Question 106. Two moles of ideal helium gas are in a rubber balloon at 30° C. The balloon is fully expandable and can be assumed to require no energy in its expansion. The temperature of the gas in the balloon is slowly changed to 35°C. The amount of heat required in raising the temperature is nearly (take R = 8.31 J/mol.K)

  1. 62J
  2. 104 J
  3. 124 J
  4. 208 J

Answer: 4. 208 J

Question 107. The molar specific heat at constant pressure of an ideal gas is \(\left(\frac{7}{2}\right)\) R. The ratio of specific heat at constant pressure to that at constant volume is:

  1. \(\frac{7}{5}\)
  2. \(\frac{8}{7}\)
  3. \(\frac{5}{7}\)
  4. \(\frac{9}{7}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{7}{5}\)

Question 108. One mole of ideal monoatomic gas (γ = 5/3) is mixed with one mole of diatomic gas (γ = 7/5). What is γ for the mixture? γ denotes the ratio of specific heat at constant pressure, to that at constant volume.

  1. 3/2
  2. 23/15
  3. 35/23
  4. 4/3

Answer: 1. 3/2

Question 109. A gaseous mixture consists of 16 g of helium and 16 g of oxygen. The ratio
Cof the mixture is:

  1. 1.59
  2. 1.62
  3. 1.4
  4. 1.54

Answer: 2. 1.62

Question 110. If CP and CV denote the specific heats of nitrogen per unit mass at constant pressure and constant volume respectively, then

  1. CP – CV = R / 28
  2. CP – CV = R / 14
  3. CP – CV = R
  4. CP – CV = 28R

Answer: 1. CP – CV = R/28

Question 111. A gas is contained in a metallic cylinder fitted with a piston. The piston is suddenly moved in to compress the gas and is maintained at this position. As time passes, after this pressure of the gas in the cylinder

  1. Increases
  2. Decreases
  3. Remains constant
  4. Increases or decreases depending on the nature of the gas.

Answer: 2. Decreases

Question 112. Two samples A and B are initially kept in the same state. Sample A is expanded through an adiabatic process and sample B through an isothermal process upto the same final volume. The final pressures in A and B are pA and pB respectively.

  1. pA> pB
  2. pA= pB
  3. pA< pB
  4. The relation between pA and pB cannot be deduced.

Answer: 3. pA< pB

Question 113. Let Ta and Tb be the final temperature of the samples A and B respectively in the previous question then:

  1. Ta< Tb
  2. Ta= Tb
  3. Ta> Tb
  4. The relation between Ta and Tb cannot be deduced.

Answer: 1. Ta< Tb

Question 114. Let ΔWa and ΔWb be the work done by the systems A and B respectively in the previous question then:

  1. ΔWa> ΔWb
  2. ΔWa= ΔWb
  3. ΔWa< ΔWb
  4. The relation between Wa and Wb cannot be deduced

Answer: 3. ΔWa< ΔWb

Question 115. Four curves A, B, C, and D are drawn in Figure. for a given amount of gas. The curves that represent adiabatic and isothermal changes are

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Curves Which Represent Adiabatic And Isothermal

  1. C and D respectively
  2. D and C respectively
  3. A and B respectively
  4. B and A respectively

Answer: 3. A and B respectively

Question 116. For an ideal gas, the heat capacity at constant pressure is larger than that at constant volume because

  1. Positive work is done during the expansion of the gas by the external pressure
  2. Positive work is done during expansion by the gas against external pressure
  3. Positive work is done during expansion by the gas against intermolecular forces of attraction
  4. More collisions occur per unit of time when volume is kept constant.

Answer: 2. Positive work is done during expansion by the gas against external pressure

Question 117. A gas has:

  1. One specific heat only
  2. Two specific heats only
  3. An infinite number of specific heats
  4. No specific heat

Answer: 3. Infinite number of specific heats

Question 118. For a solid with a small expansion coefficient,

  1. Cp– Cv= R
  2. Cp– Cv= R
  3. Cp is slightly greater than Cv
  4. Cp is slightly less than Cv

Answer: 3. Cp is slightly greater than Cv

Question 119. When an ideal gas undergoes an adiabatic change causing a temperature change ΔT

  1. There is no heat gained or lost by the gas
  2. The work done by the gas is equal to the change in internal energy
  3. The change in internal energy per mole of the gas is Cv ΔT, where Cvis the molar heat capacity at constant volume.
  1. (1), (2), (3) correct
  2. (1), (2) correct
  3. (1), (3) correct
  4. (1) correct

Answer: 3. (1), (3) correct

Question 120. The adiabatic bulk modulus of hydrogen gas (γ = 1.4) at NTP is:

  1. 1 × 105 N/m2
  2. 1 × 10-5 N/m2
  3. 1.4 N/m2
  4. 1.4 × 105 N/m2

Answer: 4. 1.4 × 105 N/m2

Question 121. A given quantity of a gas is at pressure P and absolute temperature T. The isothermal bulk modulus of the gas is:

  1. \(\frac{2}{3} P\)
  2. P
  3. \(\frac{3}{2} P\)
  4. 2P

Answer: 2. P

Question 122. A and B are two adiabatic curves for two different gases. Then A and B correspond to:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A And B Are Two Adiabatic Curves For Two Different Gases

  1. Ar and He respectively
  2. He and H2 respectively
  3. O2 and H2 respectively
  4. H2 and He respectively

Answer: 2. He and H2 respectively

Question 123. In a cyclic process shown in the figure an ideal gas is adiabatically taken from B and A., the work done on the gas during the process B → A is 30 J, and when the gas is taken from A → B the heat absorbed by the gas is 20 J. The change in internal energy of the gas in the process A → B is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics In A Cyclic Process In Internal Energy Of The Gas In The Process

  1. 20 J
  2. – 30 J
  3. 50 J
  4. – 10 J

Answer: 2. –30 J

Question 124. An ideal gas is allowed to expand freely against a vacuum in a rigid insulated container. The gas undergoes:

  1. An increase in its internal energy
  2. A decrease in its internal energy
  3. Neither an increase nor decrease in temperature or internal energy
  4. An increase in temperature

Answer: 1. An increase in its internal energy

Question 125. For free expansion of a gas in an adiabatic container which of the following is true?

  1. Q = W = 0 and ΔU = 0
  2. Q = 0, W > 0 and ΔU = Q
  3. W = 0, Q > 0 and ΔU = Q
  4. W = 0, Q < 0 and ΔU = 0

Answer: 1. Q = W = 0 and ΔU = 0

Question 126. In an adiabatic process on a gas with γ = 1.4, the pressure is increased by 0.5%. The volume decreases by about

  1. 0.36%
  2. 0.5%
  3. 0.7&
  4. 1%

Answer: 1. 0.36%

Question 127. A fixed mass of an ideal gas undergoes the change represented by XYZX below. Which one of the following sets could describe these changes?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Fixed Mass Of An Ideal Gas Undergoes The Chage Represented By XYZX

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Fixed Mass Of An Ideal Gas Undergoes The Chage Represented By XYZX

Answer: 4

Question 128. Starting with the same initial conditions, an ideal gas expands from volume V1 to V2 in three different ways. The work done by the gas is W1 if the process is isothermal, W2 if isobaric and W3 if adiabatic, then :

  1. W2> W1> W3
  2. W2> W3> W1
  3. W1> W2> W3
  4. W1> W3> W2

Answer: 1. W2> W1> W3

Kinetic Theory and Thermodynamics NEET Physics MCQs

Question 129. A gas is expanded from volume V0 to 2V0 under three different processes. Process 1 is isobaric, process 2 is isothermal and process 3 is adiabatic. Let ΔU1, ΔU2, and ΔU3 be the change in internal energy of the gas in these three processes. Then:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Gas Is Expanded From Volume Under Three Different Processes

  1. ΔU1> ΔU2> ΔU3
  2. ΔU1< ΔU2< ΔU3
  3. ΔU2< ΔU1< ΔU3
  4. ΔU2< ΔU3< ΔU1

Answer: 1. ΔU1> ΔU2> ΔU3

Question 130. The molar heat capacity for the process shown in fig. is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Molar Heat Capacity

  1. C = Cp
  2. C = Cv
  3. C > Cv
  4. C = 0

Answer: 4. C = 0

Question 131. Find the amount of work done to increase the temperature of one mole of ideal gas by 30ºC. if it is expanding under the condition V ∝ T2/3 (R = 8.31 J/mol – K):

  1. 16.62 J
  2. 166.2 J
  3. 1662 J
  4. 1.662 J

Answer: 2. 166.2 J

Question 132. A gas undergoes a process in which its pressure P and volume V are related as VPn = constant. The bulk modulus of the gas in the process is:

  1. no
  2. P1/n
  3. P/n
  4. Pn

Answer: 3. P/n

Question 133. V = \(k\left(\frac{P}{T}\right)^{0.33}\) where k is constant. It is a,

  1. Isothermal process
  2. Adiabatic process
  3. Isochoric process
  4. Isobaric process

Answer: 3. Isochoric process

Question 134. For the adiabatic process of an ideal gas the value of \(\frac{d P}{P}\) is equal to –

  1. \(-\gamma \frac{d V}{V}\)
  2. \(-\gamma \frac{V}{d V}\)
  3. \(\frac{d V}{V}\)
  4. \(-\gamma^2 \frac{d V}{V}\)

Answer: 1. \(-\gamma \frac{d V}{V}\)

Question 135. The isobaric modulus of elasticity is –

  1. Zero
  2. 1
  3. \(\frac{C_p}{C_v}\)

Answer: 2. Zero

Question 136. Two samples of a gas A and B initially at the same temperature and pressure, are compressed to half their initial volume, A isothermally and B adiabatically. The final pressure in –

  1. A and B will be the same
  2. A will be more than in B
  3. A will be less than B
  4. A will be double that in B

Answer: 3. A will be less than in B

Question 137. The isothermal bulk modulus of elasticity of a gas is 1.5 × 105 N/m2. Its adiabatic bulk modulus of elasticity will be if γ = 1.4 –

  1. 1.5 × 105 N/m2
  2. 3 × 105 N/m2
  3. 2.1 × 105 N/m2

Answer: 3. 2.1 × 105 N/m2

Question 138. The pressure and volume of a diatomic gas are P and V respectively. It is compressed suddenly to 1/32 of its initial volume then its final pressure will be –

  1. 32 P
  2. 128 P
  3. P/128
  4. P/32

Answer: 2. 128 P

Question 139. The work done by gas in an adiabatic process depends on –

  1. Change in temperature
  2. Change in volume
  3. Change in pressure
  4. Change is heat

Answer: 1. Change in temperature

Question 140. The volume of a gas is reduced to 1/4 of its initial volume adiabatically at 27ºC. The final temperature of the gas will be if γ = 1.4 –

  1. 300 × (4)0.4 K
  2. 100 × (4)0.4 K
  3. 27 × (4)0.4 K
  4. 300 × (1/4)0.4 K

Answer: 1. 300 × (4)0.4 K

Question 141. 1 m3 of gas is compressed suddenly at atmospheric pressure and temperature 27ºC such that its temperature becomes 627ºC. The final pressure of the gas will be (γ = 1.5)-

  1. 27 × 106 N/m2
  2. 7.2 × 105 N/m2
  3. 2.7 × 105 N/m2
  4. 27 × 105 N/m2

Answer: 4. 27 × 105 N/m2

Question 142. If 1 kg air (γ = 1.4) is heated adiabatically from 0ºC to 10ºC then the increase in its internal energy will be (Cv= 0.172 cal/gmºC) –

  1. 1720 joule
  2. 7224 joule
  3. 172 calorie
  4. 7224 calorie

Answer: 2. 7224 joule

Question 143. During an adiabatic process, the pressure of a gas is found to be proportional to the cube of its absolute temperature. The value of γ for the gas is –

  1. \(\frac{5}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{7}{5}\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{2}\)
  4. \(\frac{11}{9}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Question 144. 5.6 liter of helium gas at STP is adiabatically compressed to 0.7 liter. Taking the initial temperature to be T1, the work done in the process is:

  1. \(\frac{9}{8} \mathrm{RT}_1\)
  2. \(\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{RT}_1\)
  3. \(\frac{15}{8} R T_1\)
  4. \(\frac{9}{2} R T_1\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{9}{8} \mathrm{RT}_1\)

Question 145. An ideal gas is expanding such that PT2 = constant. The coefficient of volume expansion of the gas is

  1. \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{~T}}\)
  2. \(\frac{2}{\mathrm{~T}}\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{\mathrm{~T}}\)
  4. \(\frac{4}{\mathrm{~T}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{3}{\mathrm{~T}}\)

Question 146. One mole of an ideal gas at an initial temperature of T K does 6R joules of work adiabatically. If the ratio of specific heats of this gas at constant pressure and constant volume is 5/3, the final temperature of the gas will be :

  1. (T + 2.4) K
  2. (T – 2.4) K
  3. (T + 4) K
  4. (T – 4) K

Answer: 4. (T – 4) K

Question 147. 2 moles of He gas γ = 5/3 of 20-litre volume at 27ºC subjected to constant pressure is expanded to double the initial volume. Then, it is adiabatically taken to an initial temperature of 27ºC. What will be the work done in the isobaric process? Also find the final pressure, final volume, and work done in the adiabatic process.

  1. 7470 J
  2. 7074 J
  3. 7070 J
  4. 7474 J

Answer: 1. 7470 J

Question 148. A Carnot engine works between 600 K and 300 K. In each cycle of operations, the engine draws 1000 joules of energy from the source at 600 K. The efficiency of the engine is –

  1. 20%
  2. 50%
  3. 70%
  4. 90%

Answer: 2. 50%

Question 149. In the above problem, the useful work done by the engine is –

  1. 100 joule
  2. 500 joule
  3. 1000 joule
  4. 150 joule

Answer: 2. 500 joule

Question 150. In the above problem, the energy rejected by the sink is –

  1. 100 joule
  2. 500 joule
  3. 1000 joule
  4. 300 joule

Answer: 2. 500 joule

Question 151. A Carnot engine works between the ice point and the steam point. Its efficiency will be –

  1. 26.81 %
  2. 53.36 %
  3. 71.23 %
  4. 85.42 %

Answer: 1. 26.81 %

Question 152. In the above problem, to increase the efficiency of the engine by 20%, its sink temperature will have to be changed by –

  1. Increase by 20 K
  2. Decrease by 293 K
  3. Increase by 20ºC
  4. Decrease by 20ºC

Answer: 4. Decrease by 20ºC

Question 153. In the above problem, to increase the efficiency by 20%, its source temperature will have to be changed by –

  1. 402.5 K increase
  2. 129.5 K decrease
  3. 129.5 ºC increase
  4. 129.5 ºC decrease

Answer: 3. 129.5 ºC increase

Question 154. A Cannot engine work between 200ºC and 0ºC. Another Carnot engine works between 0ºC and –200ºC. In both cases, the working substance absorbs 4 kilocalories of heat from the source. The efficiency of the first engine will be –

  1. \(\frac{100}{473}\)
  2. \(\frac{200}{473}\)
  3. \(\frac{200}{273}\)
  4. \(\frac{273}{373}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{200}{473}\)

Question 155. In the above problem, the efficiency of the second engine will be –

  1. \(\frac{100}{273}\)
  2. \(\frac{173}{273}\)
  3. \(\frac{200}{273}\)
  4. \(\frac{273}{373}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{200}{273}\)

Question 156. In the above problem, the ratio of efficiencies of two engines will be –

  1. 0.18
  2. 0.38
  3. 0.58
  4. 0.78

Answer: 3. 0.58

Question 157. In the above problem, the amount of useful work done by the first engine is –

  1. 7.1 × 103 Joule
  2. 3.8 × 104 Joule
  3. 5.9 × 105 Joule
  4. 9.3 × 106 Joule

Answer: 1. 7.1 × 103 Joule

Question 158. In the above problem, the output work of the second engine is

  1. 2.93 × 103 calorie
  2. 12.3 × 103 calorie
  3. 12.3 × 103 joule
  4. 2.93 × 103 calorie

Answer: 1. 2.93 × 103 calorie

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 9 MCQs: Kinetic Theory of Gases and Thermodynamics

Question 159. In the above problem, the ratio of outputs of two engines is –

  1. 0.577
  2. 0.377
  3. 0.777
  4. 0.177

Answer: 1. 0.577

Question 160. The efficiency of the Carnot engine is 50% and the temperature of the sink is 500 K. If the temperature of the source is kept constant and its efficiency is to be raised to 60%; then the required temperature of the sink will be:

  1. 600 K
  2. 500 K
  3. 400 K
  4. 100 K

Answer: 3. 400 K

Question 161. Even the Carnot engine cannot give 100% efficiency because we cannot:

  1. Prevent radiation
  2. Find ideal sources
  3. Reach absolute zero temperature
  4. Eliminate friction

Answer: 3. Reach absolute zero temperature

Question 162. “Heat cannot be itself flow from a body at a lower temperature to a body at a higher temperature” is a statement or consequence of :

  1. Second law of thermodynamics
  2. Conservation of momentum
  3. Conservation of mass
  4. The first law of thermodynamics

Answer: 1. Second law of thermodynamics

Question 163. A Carnot engine takes 3 × 106 cal of heat from a reservoir at 627ºC and gives it to a sink at 27ºC. The work done by the engine is:

  1. 4.2 × 106 J
  2. 8.4 × 106 J
  3. 16.8 × 106 J
  4. Zero

Answer: 2. 8.4 × 106 J

Question 164. In a Carnot engine, the reservoir temperature is 7°C. Its efficiency is 50%. To increase efficiency to 70% by how much temperature of the source is to be raised.

  1. 840 K
  2. 280 K
  3. 560 K
  4. 373 K

Answer: 4. 373 K

Question 165. Which statement is incorrect?

  1. All reversible cycles have the same efficiency
  2. A reversible cycle has more efficiency than an irreversible one
  3. Carnot cycle is a reversible one
  4. Carnot cycle has the maximum efficiency in all cycles

Answer: 1. All reversible cycles have the same efficiency

Question 166. An ideal gas heat engine operates in cannot cycle between 227ºC and 127ºC. It absorbs 6 × 104 cal of heat at higher temperatures. The amount of heat converted to work is:

  1. 2.4 × 104 cal
  2. 6 × 104 cal
  3. 1.2 × 104 cal
  4. 4.8 × 104 cal

Answer: 3. 1.2 × 104 cal

Question 167. A Carnot engine whose sink is at 300 K has an efficiency of 40% By how much should the temperature of the source be increased to increase its efficiency by 50% of the original efficiency:-

  1. 275 K
  2. 325 K
  3. 250 K
  4. 380 K

Answer: 3. 250 K

Question 168. An engine has an efficiency of \(\frac{1}{6}\). When the temperature of the sink is reduced by 62ºC, its efficiency is doubled. The temperature of the source is:

  1. 124ºC
  2. 37ºC
  3. 62ºC
  4. 99ºC

Answer: 4. 99ºC

Question 169. The temperature-entropy diagram of a reversible engine cycle is given in the figure. Its efficiency is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Temperature Entropy Diagram Of A Reversible Engine Cycle

  1. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 170. A Carnot engine, having an efficiency of η = 1/10 as a heat engine, is used as a refrigerator. If the work done on the system is 10 J, the amount of energy absorbed from the reservoir at a lower temperature is

  1. 99 J
  2. 90 J
  3. 1 J
  4. 100 J

Answer: 2. 90 J

Question 171. The work of 146 kJ is performed to compress one-kilo mole of a gas adiabatically and in this process the temperature of the gas increases by 7C. The gas is (R = 8.3 J mol-1 K-1)

  1. Diatomic
  2. Triatomic
  3. A mixture of monoatomic and diatomic
  4. Monoatomic

Answer: 1. Diatomic

Question 172. A Carnot working between 300K and 600K has a work output of 800 J per cycle. What is the amount of heat energy supplied to the engine from the source per cycle

  1. 1800 J/cycle
  2. 1000 J/cycle
  3. 2000 J/cycle
  4. 1600 J/cycle

Answer: 4. 1600 J/cycle

Question 173. The coefficient of performance of a Carnot refrigerator working between 30° C and 0° C is

  1. 10
  2. 1
  3. 9
  4. 0

Answer: 3. 9

Question 174. If the door of a refrigerator is kept open then which of the following is true

  1. Room is cooled
  2. Room is heated
  3. The room is either cooled or heated
  4. The room is neither cooled nor heated

Answer: 2. Room is heated

NEET Physics MCQs on Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory for Class 11

Question 175. An Ideal gas heat engine operated in a Carnot’s cycle between 227° C and 127° C. It absorbs 6 × 104 J at high temperatures. The amount of heat converted into work is

  1. 4.8 × 104 J
  2. 3.5 × 104 J
  3. 1.6 × 104 J
  4. 1.2 × 104 J

Answer: 4. 1.2 × 104 J

Question 176. An ideal gas heat engine exhausting heat at 77° C does not have a 30% efficiency. It must take the heat at

  1. 127° C
  2. 227°C
  3. 327° C
  4. 673°C

Answer: 2. 227°C

Question 177. The efficiency of the Carnot engine is 100% if

  1. T2= 273 K
  2. T2= 0 K
  3. T1= 273 K
  4. T1= 0 K

Answer: 2. T2= 0 K

Question 178. The efficiency of Carnot’s engine operating between reservoirs, maintained at temperatures 27°C and 123°C, is

  1. 50%
  2. 24%
  3. 0.75%
  4. 0.4%

Answer: 1. 50%

Question 179. A Carnot engine operates between 227°C and 27°C. The efficiency of the engine will be

  1. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
  4. \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 180. A Carnot engine has the same efficiency between 800 K to 500 K and x K to 600 K. The value of x is

  1. 1000 K
  2. 960 K
  3. 846K
  4. 754 K

Answer: 2. 960 K

Question 181. A scientist says that the efficiency of his heat engine which operates at source temperature 127°C and sink temperature 27°C is 26% then

  1. It is impossible
  2. It is possible but less probable
  3. It is quite probable
  4. Data are incomplete

Answer: 1. It is impossible

Question 182. A Carnot’s engine is made to work between 200°C and 0°C first and then between 0°C and –200°C. The ratio of efficiencies of the engine in the two cases is

  1. 1.73 :1
  2. 1:1.73
  3. 1:1
  4. 1: 2

Answer: 1. 1.73 :1

Question 183. The efficiency of a Carnot engine is 50% when the temperature of the outlet is 500 K. To increase up to 60% keeping the temperature of intake the same what is the temperature of the outlet

  1. 200K
  2. 400 K
  3. 600K
  4. 800 K

Answer: 2. 400 K

Question 184. If an ideal flask containing hot coffee is shaken, the temperature of the coffee will:

  1. Decrease
  2. Increase
  3. Remain same
  4. Decrease if temperature is below 4ºC and increase if temperature is equal to or more than 4ºC

Answer: 2. Increase

Question 185. An electric fan is switched on in a closed room. The air in the room is

  1. Cooled
  2. Heated
  3. Maintains its temperature
  4. Heated or cooled depending on the atmospheric pressure

Answer: 2. Heated

Question 186. A heat engine employing a Carnot cycle with an efficiency of η = 10% is used as a refrigerating machine, the thermal reservoirs being the same. The refrigerating efficiency ∈ is

  1. 12
  2. 8
  3. \(\frac{1}{10}\)
  4. 9

Answer: 4. 9

Question 187. An ideal gas is initially at temperature T and volume V. Its volume is increased by ΔV due to an increase in temperature ΔT, with pressure remaining constant. The quantity \(\delta=\frac{\Delta \mathrm{V}}{\mathrm{V} \Delta \mathrm{T}}\) varies with temperature as:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics An Ideal Gas Is Initially At Temperature T And Volume V

Answer: 3

Question 188. A monoatomic ideal gas, initially at temperature T1, is enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a frictionless piston. The gas is allowed to expand adiabatically to a temperature T2 by releasing the piston suddenly. If L1 and L2 are the length of the gas column before and after expansion respectively, Then T1/T2 is given by:

  1. \(\left(\frac{L_1}{L_2}\right)^{2 / 3}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{L}_1}{\mathrm{~L}_2}\)
  3. \(\frac{L_2}{L_1}\)
  4. \(\left(\frac{L_2}{L_1}\right)^{2 / 3}\)

Answer: 4. \(\left(\frac{L_2}{L_1}\right)^{2 / 3}\)

Question 189. Which of the following graphs correctly represents the variation of β = –(dV/dP)/V with P for an ideal gas at constant temperature?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Following Graphs Correctly Represents The Variation Of Beta

Answer: 1

Question 190. An ideal gas undergoes a cyclic process as shown in the given P–T diagram, where the process AC is adiabatic. The process is also represented by :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Process AC Is Adiabatic

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Process AC Is Adiabatic.

Answer: 2

Question 191. Statement – 1

The total translational kinetic energy of all the molecules of a given mass of an ideal gas is 1.5 times the product of its pressure and volume. because

Statement – 2

The molecules of a gas collide with each other and the velocities of the molecules change due to the collision.

  1. Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
  2. Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1
  3. Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False
  4. Statement-1 is False, and Statement-2 is True.

Answer: 2. Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1

Question 192. One mole of a monatomic ideal gas is taken along two cyclic processes E → F → G → E and E → F → H → E as shown in the PV diagram. The processes involved are purely isochoric, isobaric, isothermal, or adiabatic.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics One Mole Of A Monatomic Ideal Gas Is Taken Along Two Cyclic Processes

Match the paths in List 1 with the magnitudes of the work done in List 2 and select the correct answer using the codes given below the lists.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Match the paths in List 1 With The Magnitudes Of The Work Done In List 2

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Match the paths in List 1 With The Magnitudes Of The Work Done In List 2

Codes:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Monatomic Ideal Gas Of Codes

Answer: 1.

Question 193. Two containers of equal volume contain the same gas at pressure p1 and p2 and absolute temperature T1 and T2 respectively. On joining the vessels the gas reaches a common pressure p and common temperature T. The ratio p/T is equal to

  1. \(\frac{p_1}{T_1}+\frac{p_2}{T_2}\)
  2. \(\frac{p_1 T_1+p_2 T_2}{\left(T_1+T_2\right)^2}\)
  3. \(\frac{p_1 T_2+p_2 T_1}{\left(T_1+T_2\right)^2}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{p}_1}{2 \mathrm{~T}_1}+\frac{\mathrm{p}_2}{2 \mathrm{~T}_2}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{\mathrm{p}_1}{2 \mathrm{~T}_1}+\frac{\mathrm{p}_2}{2 \mathrm{~T}_2}\)

Question 194. If a diatomic gas is supplied heat Q in a process, it performs work \(\frac{Q}{4}\). What is the molar heat capacity of the gas in this process?

  1. \(\frac{2}{5} R\)
  2. \(\frac{5}{2} R\)
  3. \(\frac{10}{3} R\)
  4. \(\frac{6}{7} R\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{10}{3} R\)

Question 195. Two samples of air A and B having the same composition and initially at the same temperature T, pressure P, and volume V are taken. A and B are made to undergo the following process :

Case 1: A and B are compressed from volume V to volume V/2. A is compressed isothermally while B is compressed adiabatically. The final pressures are PAC and PBC respectively.

Case: 2 A and B are allowed to undergo expansion from volume V to volume 2V. A undergoes while B undergoes adiabatic expansion. The final pressure of A and B are PAE and PBE respectively.

  1. PAC = PBC and PAE = PBE
  2. PAC = PAE and PBC = PBE
  3. PAC > PBC and PAE < PBE
  4. PAC < PBC and PAE> PBE

Answer: 4. PAC < PBC and PAE > PBE

Question 196. 4 moles of an ideal monoatomic gas occupying volume V is adiabatically expanded from temperature 300 K to a volume of \(2 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~V}\). Find:

  1. Final temperature.
  2. Change in internal energy (R = 8.3 J/mol K)

Answer:

  1. 150K
  2. -7500 J

Question 197. The internal energy change in a system that has absorbed 2 kcal of heat and done 500 J of work is

  1. 8900 J
  2. 6400 J
  3. 5400 J
  4. 7900 J

Answer: 4. 7900 J

Question 198. If ΔU and ΔW represent the increase in internal energy and work done by the system respectively in a thermodynamical process, which of the following is true?

  1. ΔU = – ΔW, in a adiabatic process
  2. ΔU = ΔW, in a isothermal process
  3. ΔU = ΔW, in a adiabatic process
  4. ΔU = – ΔW, in an isothermal process

Answer: 1. ΔU = – ΔW, in a adiabatic process

Question 199. If Cpand Cvdenote the specific heats (per unit) mass of an ideal gas of molecular weight M, where R is gas constant, then (Mains)]

  1. Cp– Cv= R/M2
  2. Cp– Cv= R
  3. Cp– Cv= R/M
  4. Cp– Cv= MR

Answer: 3. Cp– Cv= R/M

Question 200. A monoatomic gas at pressure P1 and volume V1 is compressed adiabatically to \(\frac{1}{8} \text { th }\) of its original volume. What is the final pressure of the gas

  1. 64P1
  2. P1
  3. 16P1
  4. 32P1

Answer: 4. 32P1

Question 201. A mass of diatomic gas (γ = 1.4) at a pressure of 2 atmospheres is compressed adiabatically so that its temperature rises from 27ºC to 927ºC. The pressure of the gas in a final state is:

  1. 28 atm
  2. 68.7atm
  3. 256 atm
  4. 8 atm

Answer: 3. 256 atm

NEET Physics Kinetic Theory and Thermodynamics Multiple Choice Questions

Question 202. A thermodynamic system is taken through the cycle ABCD as shown in the figure. Heat rejected by the gas during the cycle is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Thermodynamic System Is Taken Through The Cycle ABCD

  1. 2 PV
  2. 4 PV
  3. 12PV
  4. PV

Answer: 1. 2 PV

Question 203. One mole of an ideal gas goes from an initial state A to final state B via two processes: It first undergoes isothermal expansion from volume V to 3V and then its volume is reduced from 3V to V at constant pressure. The correct P-V diagram representing the two processes is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics An Ideal Gas Goes From An Initial State A To Final State B.

Answer: 4

Question 204. An ideal gas goes from state A to state B via three different processes as indicated in the P-V diagram:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Three Different Processes As Indicated In The PV Diagram

If Q1, Q2, Q3 indicate the heat absorbed by the gas along the three processes and ΔU1, ΔU2, and ΔU3 indicate the change in internal energy along the three processes respectively, then

  1. Q1> Q2> Q3 and ΔU1= ΔU2= ΔU3
  2. Q3> Q2> Q1and ΔU1= ΔU2= ΔU3
  3. Q1= Q2= Q3 and ΔU1> ΔU2> ΔU3
  4. Q3> Q2> Q1 and ΔU1> ΔU2> ΔU3

Answer: 1. Q1> Q2> Q3 and ΔU1= ΔU2= ΔU3

Question 205. A gas is taken through the cycle A → B → C → A, as shown. What is the net work done by the gas?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Gas Is Taken Through The Cycle The Net Work Done By The Gas

  1. 1000 J
  2. Zero
  3. –2000 J
  4. 2000 J

Answer: 1. 1000 J

Question 206. In the given (V–T) diagram, what is the relation between pressure P1 and P2?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Relation Between Pressure P1 And P2

  1. P2> P1
  2. P2< P1
  3. Cannot be predicted
  4. P2= P1

Answer: 2. P2< P1

Question 207. The molar-specific heats of an ideal gas at constant pressure and volume are denoted by Cp and Cv, respectively. If γ = \(\frac{C_p}{C_v}\) and R is the universal gas constant, then Cv is equal to:

  1. \(\frac{R}{(\gamma-1)}\)
  2. \(\frac{(\gamma-1)}{R}\)
  3. \(\gamma R\)
  4. \(\frac{1+\gamma}{1-\gamma}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{R}{(\gamma-1)}\)

Question 208. The amount of heat energy required to raise the temperature of 1g of Helium at NTP, from T1K to T2K is:

  1. \(\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{~N}_{\mathrm{a}} \mathrm{k}_{\mathrm{B}}\left(\mathrm{T}_2-\mathrm{T}_1\right)\)
  2. \(\frac{3}{4} \mathrm{~N}_{\mathrm{a}} \mathrm{k}_{\mathrm{B}}\left(\mathrm{T}_2-\mathrm{T}_1\right)\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{4} N_a k_B \frac{T_2}{T_1}\)
  4. \(\frac{3}{8} N_a k_B\left(T_2-T_1\right)\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{3}{8} N_a k_B\left(T_2-T_1\right)\)

Question 209. During an adiabatic process, the pressure of a gas is found to be proportional to the cube of its temperature. The ratio of \(\frac{C_p}{C_v}\) for the gas is:

  1. 2
  2. \(\frac{5}{3}\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{2}\)
  4. \(\frac{4}{3}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Question 210. The mean free path of molecules of a gas (radius ‘r’) is inversely proportional to:

  1. r3
  2. r2
  3. r
  4. \(\sqrt{r}\)

Answer: 2. r2

Question 211. One mole of an ideal diatomic gas undergoes a transition from A to B along a path AB as shown in the figure,

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics One Mole Of An Ideal Diatomic Gas

The change in internal energy of the gas during the transition is:

  1. –20 kJ
  2. 20 J
  3. – 12 kJ
  4. 20 kJ

Answer: 1. –20 kJ

Question 212. A Carnot engine, having an efficiency of η=\(\frac{1}{10}\) as a heat engine, is used as a refrigerator. If the work done on the system is 10 J, the amount of energy absorbed from the reservoir at a lower temperature is:

  1. 99 J
  2. 90 J
  3. 1 J
  4. 100 J

Answer: 2. 90 J

Question 213. The ratio of the specific heats \(\frac{C_P}{C_v}\)= γin terms of degrees of freedom (n) is given by:

  1. \(\left(1+\frac{n}{3}\right)\)
  2. \(\left(1+\frac{2}{n}\right)\)
  3. \(\left(1+\frac{n}{2}\right)\)
  4. \(\left(1+\frac{1}{n}\right)\)

Answer: 2. \(\left(1+\frac{2}{n}\right)\)

Question 214. The figure below shows two paths that may be taken by a gas to go from a state A to a state C.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Two Paths That May Be Taken By A Gas To Go From A State A To A State C

In process AB, 400J of heat is added to the system, and in process BC, 100 J of heat is added to the system. The heat absorbed by the system in the process of AC will be:

  1. 500 J
  2. 460 J
  3. 300 J
  4. 380 J

Answer: 2. 460 J

Question 215. An ideal gas is compressed to half its initial volume using several processes. Which of the processes results in the maximum work done on the gas?

  1. Isobaric
  2. Isochoric
  3. Isothermal
  4. Adiabatic

Answer: 4. Adiabatic

Question 216. The coefficient of performance of a refrigerator is 5 if the temperature inside the freezer is –20°C, and the temperature of the surroundings to which it rejects heat is

  1. 41°C
  2. 11°C
  3. 21°C
  4. 31°C

Answer: 4. 31°C

Question 217. Two vessels separately contain two ideal gases A and B at the same temperature the pressure of A being twice that of B. Under such conditions, the density of A is found to be 1.5 times the density of B. The ratio of molecular weight of A and B is:

  1. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
  2. 2
  3. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
  4. \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 218. A gas is compressed isothermally to half its initial volume. The same gas is compressed separately through an adiabatic process until its volume is again reduced to half. Then:

  1. Which of the cases (whether compression through isothermal or through an adiabatic process) requires more work will depend upon the atomicity of the gas
  2. Compressing the gas isothermally will require more work to be done
  3. Compressing the gas through an adiabatic process will require more work to be done
  4. Compressing the gas isothermally or adiabatically will require the same amount of work

Answer: 3. Compressing the gas through adiabatic process will require more work to be done

Question 219. The molecules of a given mass of a gas have r.m.s. velocity of 200 ms-1 at 27ºC and 1.0×105 Nm-2 pressure. When the temperature and pressure of the gas are respectively, 127ºC and 0.05×105 Nm2, the r.m.s. velocity of velocity of its molecules in ms-1 is;

  1. \(\frac{100}{3}\)
  2. \(100 \sqrt{2}\)
  3. \(\frac{400}{\sqrt{3}}\)
  4. \(\frac{100 \sqrt{2}}{3}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{400}{\sqrt{3}}\)

Question 220. One mole of an ideal monatomic gas undergoes a process described by the equation PV3 = constant. The heat capacity of the gas during this process is :

  1. R
  2. \(\frac{3}{2} R\)
  3. \(\frac{5}{2} R\)
  4. 2R

Answer: 1. R

Question 221. The temperature inside a refrigerator is t2 ºC and the room temperature is t1 ºC. The amount of heat delivered to the room for each joule of electrical energy consumed ideally will be

  1. \(\frac{t_1+t_2}{t_1+273}\)
  2. \(\frac{t_1}{t_1-t_2}\)
  3. \(\frac{t_1+273}{t_1-t_2}\)
  4. \(\frac{t_2+273}{t_1-t_2}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{t_1+273}{t_1-t_2}\)

Question 222. A given sample of an ideal gas occupies a volume V at a pressure P and absolute temperature T. The mass of each molecule of the gas is m. Which of the following gives the density of the gas?

  1. mkT
  2. P / (kT)
  3. Pm / (kT)
  4. P / (kTV)

Answer: 3. Pm / (kT)

Question 223. Thermodynamic processes are indicated in the following diagram:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Thermodynaic Processes Are Indicated

Match the following :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Thermodynaic Processes Are Indicated The Column 1 And Column 2

  1. 1 → A 2 → C, 3 → D, 4 → B
  2. 1 → C, 2 → A, 3 → D, 4 → B
  3. 1 → C, 2 → D, 3 → B, 4 → A
  4. 1 → D, 2 → B, 3 → A, 4 → C

Answer: 2. 1 → C, 2 → A, 3 → D, 4 → B

Question 224. A gas mixture consists of 2 moles of O2 and 4 moles of Ar at temperature T. Neglecting all vibrational modes, the total internal energy of the system is:

  1. 4 RT
  2. 15 RT
  3. 9 RT
  4. 11 RT

Answer: 4. 11 RT

Question 225. A Carnot engine having an efficiency of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as a heat engine, is used as a refrigerator. If the work done on the system is 10 J, the amount of energy absorbed from the reservoir at a lower temperature is:

  1. 1 J
  2. 90 J
  3. 99 J
  4. 100 J

Answer: 2. 90 J

Question 226. The volume (V) of a monatomic gas varies with its temperature (T), as shown in the graph. The ratio of work done by the gas, to the heat absorbed by it, when it undergoes a change from state A to state B, is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Volume Of A Monatomic Gas Varies With Its Temperature

  1. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
  2. \(\frac{2}{7}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 227. The efficiency of an ideal heat engine working between the freezing point and boiling point of water is

  1. 26.8 %
  2. 12.5 %
  3. 6.25 %
  4. 20 %

Answer: 1. 26.8 %

Question 228. At what temperature will the rms speed of oxygen molecules become just sufficient for escaping from the Earth’s atmosphere? (Given mass of oxygen molecule (m) = 2.76 × 10-26 kg Boltzmann’s constant kB =1.38×10-23 JK-1

  1. 2.508×104 K
  2. 1.254×104 K
  3. 5.016×104 K
  4. 8.360×104 K

Answer: 4. 8.360×104 K

Question 229. In which of the following processes, heat is neither absorbed nor released by a system?

  1. Isochoric
  2. Isothermal
  3. Adiabatic
  4. Isobaric

Answer: 3. Adiabatic

Question 230. An increase in the temperature of a gas-filled container would lead to the:

  1. Decrease in intermolecular distance
  2. Increase in its mass
  3. Increase in its kinetic energy
  4. Decrease in its pressure

Answer: 3. Increase in its kinetic energy

Question 231. The value of \(\gamma\left(=\frac{C_p}{C_v}\right)\), for hydrogen helium and another ideal diatomic gas X (whose molecules are not rigid but have an additional vibrational mode), are respectively equal to,

  1. \(\frac{7}{5}, \frac{5}{3}, \frac{9}{7}\)
  2. \(\frac{5}{3}, \frac{7}{5}, \frac{9}{7}\)
  3. \(\frac{5}{3}, \frac{7}{5}, \frac{7}{5}\)
  4. \(\frac{7}{5}, \frac{5}{3}, \frac{7}{5}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{7}{5}, \frac{5}{3}, \frac{9}{7}\)

Question 232. 1 g of water, of volume 1 cm3 at 100ºC, is converted into steam at the same temperature under normal atmospheric pressure ≈1 ×105 Pa. The volume of steam formed equals 1671 cm3. If the specific latent heat of vaporization of water is 2256 J/g, the change in internal energy is:

  1. 2423 J
  2. 2089 J
  3. 167 J
  4. 2256 J

Answer: 2. 2089 J

Question 233. The efficiency of a Carnot engine depends upon

  1. The temperature of the sink only
  2. The temperatures of the source and sink
  3. The volume of the cylinder of the engine
  4. The temperature of the source only

Answer: 4. The temperature of the source only

Question 234. The P-V diagram for an ideal gas in a piston-cylinder assembly undergoing a thermodynamic process is shown in the figure. The process is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics An Ideal Gas In A Piston Cylinder Assembly Undergoing A Thermodynamic Process

  1. Adiabatic
  2. Isochoric
  3. Isobaric
  4. Isothermal

Answer: 4. Isothermal

Question 235. The quantities of heat required to raise the temperature of two solid copper spheres of radii r1 and r2 (r1 = 1.5 r2) through 1K are in the ratio

  1. \(\frac{5}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{27}{8}\)
  3. \(\frac{9}{4}\)
  4. \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{9}{4}\)

Question 236. Two cylinders A and B of equal capacity are connected via a stop cock. A contains an ideal gas at standard temperature and pressure. B is completely evacuated. The entire system is thermally insulated. The stop cock is suddenly opened. The process is

  1. Isobaric
  2. Isothermal
  3. Adiabatic
  4. Isochoric

Answer: 4. Isochoric

Question 237. The mean free path for a gas molecule depends upon the diameter, d of the molecule as

  1. \(\ell \propto \frac{1}{\mathrm{~d}^2}\)
  2. \(\ell \propto d\)
  3. \(\ell \propto \mathrm{d}^2\)
  4. \(\ell \propto \frac{1}{d}\)

Answer: 1. \(\ell \propto \frac{1}{\mathrm{~d}^2}\)

Question 238. The average thermal energy for a mono-atomic gas is : (kB is Boltzmann constant and T, absolute temperature)

  1. \(\frac{7}{2} k_B T\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{2} k_B T\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{2} k_B T\)
  4. \(\frac{5}{2} k_B T\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{3}{2} k_B T\)

Question 239. The mean free path for a gas, with molecular diameter d and number density n, can be expressed as

  1. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2} n^2 \pi^2 d^2}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2} n \pi d}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2} n \pi d^2}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2} n^2 \pi d^2}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2} n \pi d^2}\)

Question 240. Match Column-1 and Column-2 and choose the correct match from the given choices.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Match Column1 And Column2 And Choose The Correct Answer

  1. 1–Q, 2–R, 3–S, 4–P
  2. 1–Q, 2–P, 3–S, 4–R
  3. 1–R, 2–Q, 3–P, 4–S
  4. 1–R, 2–P, 3–S, 4–Q

Answer: 2. 1–Q, 2–P, 3–S, 4–R

Class 11 NEET Physics Kinetic Theory of Gases and Thermodynamics Practice MCQs

Question 241. n moles of a monoatomic gas is carried around the reversible rectangular cycle ABCDA as shown in the diagram. The temperature at A is T0. The thermodynamic efficiency of the cycle is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Thermodynamic Efficiency Of The Cycle

  1. 15%
  2. 50%
  3. 20%
  4. 25%

Answer: 2. 50%

Question 242. An engine has an efficiency of 1/6. When the temperature of the sink is reduced by 62ºC, its efficiency is doubled. The temperature of the source will be

  1. 37ºC
  2. 62ºC
  3. 99ºC
  4. 124ºC

Answer: 3. 99ºC

Question 243. Assertion: The melting point of ice decreases with the increase of pressure. Reason: Ice contracts on melting.

  1. If both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
  2. If both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
  3. If Assertion is true but the reason is false.
  4. If both assertion and reason are false.

Answer: 1. If both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion.

Question 244. 1 mole of H2 gas is contained in a box of volume V = 1.00 m3 at T = 300 K. The gas is heated to a temperature of T = 3000 K and the gas gets converted to a gas of hydrogen atoms. The final pressure would be (considering all gases to be ideal)

  1. Same as the pressure initially
  2. 2 times the pressure initially
  3. 10 times the pressure initially
  4. 20 times the pressure initially

Answer: 4. 20 times the pressure initially

Question 245. Assume the gas to be ideal the work done on the gas in taking it from A to B is :

  1. 200 R
  2. 300 R
  3. 400 R
  4. 500 R

Answer: 3. 400 R

Question 246. The work done on the gas in taking it from D to A is

  1. –414 R
  2. + 414 R
  3. – 690 R
  4. + 690 R

Answer: 2. + 414 R

Question 247. The net work done on the gas in the cycle ABCDA is:

  1. Zero
  2. 276 R
  3. 1076 R
  4. 1904 R

Answer: 2. 276 R

Question 248. One kg of a diatomic gas is at a pressure of 8 × 104 N/m2. The density of the gas is 4 kg/m3. What is the energy of the gas due to its thermal motion?

  1. 5 × 104J
  2. 6 × 104J
  3. 7 × 104J
  4. 3 × 104J

Answer: 1. 5 × 104J

Question 249. A diatomic ideal gas is used in a Carnot engine as the working substance. If during the adiabatic expansion part of the cycle, the volume of the gas increases from V to 32 V, the efficiency of the engine is:

  1. 0.5
  2. 0.75
  3. 0.99
  4. 0.25

Answer: 2. 0.75

Question 250. A Carnot engine operating between temperatures T1 and T2 has effeiciency \(\frac{1}{6}\). When T2 is lowered by 62 K, its efficiency increases to \(\frac{1}{3}\). Then T1 and T2 are, respectively:

  1. 372 K and 310 K
  2. 372 K and 330 K
  3. 330 K and 268 K
  4. 310 K and 248 K

Answer: 1. 372 K and 310 K

Question 251. Three perfect gases at absolute temperatures T1, T2, and T3 are mixed. The masses of molecules are m1, m2, and m3 and the number of molecules is n1,n2, and n3 respectively. Assuming no loss of energy, the final temperature of the mixture is:

  1. \(\frac{\left(\mathrm{T}_1+\mathrm{T}_2+\mathrm{T}_3\right)}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{n}_1 \mathrm{~T}_1+\mathrm{n}_2 \mathrm{~T}_2+\mathrm{n}_3 \mathrm{~T}_3}{\mathrm{n}_1+\mathrm{n}_2+\mathrm{n}_3}\)
  3. \(\frac{n_1 T_1^2+n_2 T_2^2+n_3 T_3^2}{n_1 T_1+n_2 T_2+n_3 T_3}\)
  4. \(\frac{n_1^2 T_1^2+n_2^2 T_2^2+n_3^2 T_3^2}{n_1 T_1+n_2 T_2+n_3 T_3}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{\mathrm{n}_1 \mathrm{~T}_1+\mathrm{n}_2 \mathrm{~T}_2+\mathrm{n}_3 \mathrm{~T}_3}{\mathrm{n}_1+\mathrm{n}_2+\mathrm{n}_3}\)

Question 252. A thermally insulated vessel contains an ideal gas of molecular mass M and a ratio of specific heat γ. It is moving with speed v and is suddenly brought to rest. Assuming no heat is lost to the surroundings, its temperature increases by :

  1. \(\frac{(\gamma-1)}{2(\gamma+1) R} M v^2 K\)
  2. \(\frac{(\gamma-1)}{2 \gamma R} M^2 K\)
  3. \(\frac{\gamma M v^2}{2 R} K\)
  4. \(\frac{(\gamma-1)}{2 R} M^2 K\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{(\gamma-1)}{2 R} M^2 K\)

Question 253. A container with insulating walls is divided into equal parts by a partition fitted with a valve. One part is filled with an ideal gas at a pressure P and temperature T, whereas the other part is completely evacuated. If the valve is suddenly opened, the pressure and temperature of the gas will be:

  1. \(\frac{P}{2}, \frac{T}{2}\)
  2. P, T
  3. \(P, \frac{T}{2}\)
  4. \(\frac{P}{2}, T\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{P}{2}, T\)

Question 254. Helium gas goes through a cycle ABCDA (consisting of two isochoric and isobaric lines) as shown in the figure. The efficiency of this cycle is nearly : (Assume the gas to be close to ideal gas)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Helium Gas Goes Through A Cycle ABCDA

  1. 15.4%
  2. 9.1%
  3. 10.5%
  4. 12.5%

Answer: 1. 15.4%

Question 255. A Carnot engine, whose efficiency is 40%, takes in heat from a source maintained at a temperature of 500K. It is desired to have an engine of efficiency of 60%. Then, the intake temperature for the same exhaust (sink) temperature must be:

  1. The efficiency of the Carnot engine cannot be made larger than 50%
  2. 1200 K
  3. 750 K
  4. 600 K

Answer: 3. 750 K

Question 256. The above p-v diagram represents the thermodynamic cycle of an engine, operating with an ideal monoatomic gas. The amount of heat, extracted from the source in a single cycle is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics The Above PV Diagram Represents The Thermodynamic Cycle Of An Engine

  1. \(\mathrm{P}_0 \mathrm{v}_0\)
  2. \(\left(\frac{13}{2}\right) p_0 \mathrm{v}_0\)
  3. \(\left(\frac{11}{2}\right) \mathrm{P}_0 \mathrm{v}_0\)
  4. \(4 p_0 v_0\)

Answer: 2. \(\left(\frac{13}{2}\right) p_0 \mathrm{v}_0\)

Question 257. One mole of diatomic ideal gas undergoes a cyclic process ABC as shown in the figure. The process BC is adiabatic. The temperatures at A, B, and C are 400K, 800K, and 600 K respectively. Choose the correct statement:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics One Mole Of Diatomic Ideal Gas Undergoes A Cyclic Process ABC

  1. The change in internal energy in the whole cyclic process is 250 R.
  2. The change in internal energy in the process CA is 700 R
  3. The change in internal energy in the process AB is – 350 R
  4. The change in internal energy in the process BC is – 500 R

Answer: 4. The change in internal energy in the process BC is – 500 R

Question 258. An open glass tube is immersed in mercury in such a way that a length of 8 cm extends above the mercury level. The open end of the tube is then closed and sealed and the tube is raised vertically up by an additional 46 cm. What will be the length of the air column above the mercury in the tube now? (Atmospheric pressure = 76 cm of Hg)

  1. 16 cm
  2. 22 cm
  3. 38 cm
  4. 6 cm

Answer: 1. 16 cm

Question 259. Consider a spherical shell of radius R at temperature T. The black body radiation inside it can be considered as an ideal gas of photons with internal energy per unit volume u = \(\frac{U}{V} \propto T^4\) and pressure P = \(\frac{1}{3}\left(\frac{U}{V}\right)\). If the shell now undergoes an adiabatic expansion the relation between T and R is

  1. \(\mathrm{T} \propto \mathrm{e}^{-\mathrm{R}}\)
  2. \(T \propto e^{-3 R}\)
  3. \(T \propto \frac{1}{R}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{T} \propto \frac{1}{\mathrm{R}^3}\)

Answer: 3. \(T \propto \frac{1}{R}\)

Question 260. A solid body of constant heat capacity 1 J/°C is being heated by keeping it in contact with reservoirs in two ways:

  1. Sequentially keeping in contact with 2 reservoirs so that each reservoir supplies the same amount of heat.
  2. Sequentially keeping in contact with 8 reservoirs, each reservoir supplies the same amount of heat.
  3. In both cases, the body is brought from the initial temperature of 100°C to the final temperature of 200°C. Entropy changes of the body in the two cases respectively is
  1. ln 2, 4ln2
  2. ln 2, ln 2
  3. ln 2, 2 ln 2
  4. 2 ln 2, 8 ln 2

Answer: 2. ln 2, ln 2

Question 261. Consider an ideal gas confined in an isolated closed chamber. As the gas undergoes an adiabatic expansion, the average time of collision between molecules increases as Vq, where V is the volume of the gas. The value of q is \(\left(\gamma=\frac{C_P}{C_V}\right)\)

  1. \(\frac{3 \gamma+5}{6}\)
  2. \(\frac{3 \gamma-5}{6}\)
  3. \(\frac{\gamma+1}{2}\)
  4. \(\frac{\gamma-1}{2}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\gamma+1}{2}\)

Question 262. ‘n’ moles of an ideal gas undergoes a process A▢B as shown in the figure. The maximum temperature of the gas during the process will be:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics N Moles Of An Ideal Gas Undergoes The Maximum Temperature Of The Gas

  1. \(\frac{3 P_0 V_0}{2 n R}\)
  2. \(\frac{9 P_0 V_0}{2 n R}\)
  3. \(\frac{9 P_0 V_0}{n R}\)
  4. \(\frac{9 P_0 V_0}{4 n R}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{9 P_0 V_0}{4 n R}\)

Question 263. Cp and Cv are specific heats at constant pressure and constant volume respectively. It is observed that

Cp – Cv = a for hydrogen gas

Cp – Cv = b for nitrogen gas

The correct relation between a and b is:

  1. a = 28 b
  2. \(a=\frac{1}{14} b\)
  3. a = b
  4. a = 14 b

Answer: 4. a = 14 b

Question 264. The temperature of an open room of volume 30 m3 increased from 17ºC to 27ºC due to the sunshine. The atmospheric pressure in the room remains 1 × 105 Pa. If ni and nf are the number of molecules in the room before and after heating, then nf – ni will be:

  1. – 2.5 × 1025
  2. – 1.61 × 1023
  3. 1.38 × 1023
  4. 2.5 × 1025

Answer: 1. – 2.5 × 1025

Question 265. Two moles of an ideal monoatomic gas occupy a volume V at 27°C. The gas expands adiabatically to a volume of 2V. Calculate

  1. The final temperature of the gas and
  2. Change in its internal energy.
  1. (1) 189 K (2) –2.7 kJ
  2. (1) 195 K (2) 2.7 kJ
  3. (1) 189 K (2) 2.7 kJ
  4. (1) 195 K (2) –2.7 kj

Answer: 1. (1) 189 K (2) –2.7 kJ

Question 266. A mixture of 2 moles of helium gas (atomic mass = 4u) and 1 mole of argon gas (atomic mass = 40u) is kept at 300 K in a container, the ratio of their rms speeds \(\left[\frac{\mathrm{v}_{\mathrm{rms}}(\text { helium })}{\mathrm{V}_{\mathrm{rms}}(\text { argon })}\right]\), is close to:

  1. 0.32
  2. 3.16
  3. 2.24
  4. 0.45

Answer: 2. 3.16

Question 267. A gas can be taken from A to B via two different processes ACB and ADB. When path ACB is used 60J of heat flows into the system and 30J of work is done by the system. If path ADB is used work done by the system is 10J. The heat flow into the system in path ADB is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics A Gas Can Be Taken From A To B Via Two Different Processes ACB And ADB

  1. 80J
  2. 100J
  3. 20J
  4. 40J

Answer: 4. 40J

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory of Gases and Thermodynamics MCQs

Question 268. A 15 g mass of nitrogen gas is enclosed in a vessel at a temperature of 27º C. Amount of heat transferred to the gas so that the rms velocity of molecules is doubled, is about: [Take R = 8.3 J/K mole]

  1. 0.9 kJ
  2. 6 kJ
  3. 14 kJ
  4. 10 kJ

Answer: 4. 10 kJ

Question 269. Three Carnot engines operate in series between a heat source at temperature T1 and a heat sink at temperature T4 (see figure). There are two other reservoirs at temperatures T2 and T3 as shown, with T1 > T2 > T3 > T4. The three engines are equally efficient if:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory Of Gases And Thermodynamics Three Carnot Engines Operate In Series Between A Heat Source At A Temperature

  1. \(\mathrm{T}_2=\left(\mathrm{T}_1 \mathrm{~T}_4^2\right)^{1 / 3} ; \mathrm{T}_3=\left(\mathrm{T}_1^2 \mathrm{~T}_4\right)^{1 / 3}\)
  2. \(T_2=\left(T_1 T_4\right)^{1 / 2} ; T_3=\left(\mathrm{T}_1^2 \mathrm{~T}_4\right)^{1 / 3}\)
  3. \(T_2=\left(\mathrm{T}_1^3 \mathrm{~T}_4\right)^{1 / 4} ; \mathrm{T}_3=\left(\mathrm{T}_1 \mathrm{~T}_4^3\right)^{1 / 4}\)
  4. \(T_2=\left(T_1^2 T_4\right)^{1 / 3} ; T_3=\left(T_1 T_4^2\right)^{1 / 3}\)

Answer: 4. \(T_2=\left(T_1^2 T_4\right)^{1 / 3} ; T_3=\left(T_1 T_4^2\right)^{1 / 3}\)

Question 230. Two kg of a monoatomic gas is at a pressure of 4 × 104 N/m2. The density of the gas is 8 kg/m3. What is the order of energy of the gas due to its thermal motion?

  1. 105 J
  2. 104 J
  3. 106 J
  4. 103 J

Answer: 4. 103 J

Question 231. Half a mole of an ideal monoatomic gas is heated at a constant pressure of 1 atom from 20°C to 90°C. Work done by the gas is close to: (Gas constant R = 831 J/mol.K)

  1. 581 J
  2. 146 J
  3. 291 J
  4. 73 J

Answer: 3. 291 J

Question 232. When 100g of liquid A at 100°C is added to 50 g of liquid B at a temperature of 75°C, the temperature of the mixture becomes 90°C. The temperature of the mixture, if 100g of liquid A at 100°C is added to 50 g of liquid B at 50°C, will be:

  1. 80°C
  2. 60°C
  3. 70°C
  4. 85°C

Answer: 1. 80°C

Question 233. A rigid diatomic ideal gas undergoes an adiabatic process at room temperature. The relation between temperature and volume for this process is TVx = constant, then x is:

  1. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
  2. \(\frac{5}{3}\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
  4. \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{2}{5}\)

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 9 Kinetic Theory of Gases and Thermodynamics MCQs

Question 234. An ideal gas enclosed in a cylinder at a pressure of 2 atm and temperature, of 300 K. The mean time between two successive collisions is 6 × 10–8 s. If the pressure is doubled and temperature is increased to 500 K, the mean time between two successive collisions will be close to:

  1. 3 × 10-6 s
  2. 4 × 10-8 s
  3. 2 × 10-7 s
  4. 05 × 10-8 s

Answer: 2. 4 × 10-8 s

Question 235. A vertical closed cylinder is separated into two parts by a frictionless piston of mass m and negligible thickness. The piston is free to move along the length of the cylinder. The length of the cylinder above the piston is l1, and that below the piston is l2, such that l1 > l2. Each part of the cylinder contains n moles of an ideal gas at equal temperature T. If the piston is stationary, its mass, m, will be given by:

(R is the universal gas constant g is the acceleration due to gravity.)

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{g}}\left[\frac{2 \ell_1+\ell_2}{\ell_1 \ell_2}\right]\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{RT}}{\mathrm{ng}}\left[\frac{\ell_1-3 \ell_2}{\ell_1 \ell_2}\right]\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{nRT}}{\mathrm{g}}\left[\frac{1}{\ell_2}+\frac{1}{\ell_1}\right]\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{nRT}}{\mathrm{g}}\left[\frac{\ell_1-\ell_2}{\ell_1 \ell_2}\right]\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{\mathrm{nRT}}{\mathrm{g}}\left[\frac{\ell_1-\ell_2}{\ell_1 \ell_2}\right]\)

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 7 Gravitation Multiple Choice Question Ans Answers

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 7 Gravitation Multiple Choice Question Ans Answers

Question 1. Weight of an object is :

  1. Normal reaction between ground and the object
  2. Gravitational force exerted by earth on the object.
  3. Dependent on frame of reference.
  4. Net force on the object

Answer: 2. Gravitational force exerted by earth on the object

Question 2. The weight of a body at the centre of the earth is –

  1. Zero
  2. Infinite
  3. Same as on the surface of earth
  4. None of the above

Answer: 1. Zero

Question 3. If the distance between two masses is doubled, the gravitational attraction between them.

  1. Is doubled
  2. Becomes four times
  3. Is reduced to half
  4. Is reduced to a quarter

Answer: 4. Is reduced to a quarter

Question 4. The gravitational force between two stones of mass 1 kg each separated by a distance of 1 metre in vacuum is –

  1. Zero
  2. 6.675 × 10-5 Newton
  3. 6.675 × 10-11 Newton
  4. 6.675 × 10-8 Newton

Answer: 3. 6.675 × 10-11 newton

Gravitation MCQs for NEET Physics Class 11 with Answers

Question 5. Two particles of equal mass go round a circle of radius R under the action of their mutual gravitational attraction. The speed of each particle is –

  1. \(\mathrm{v}=\frac{1}{2 R} \sqrt{\frac{1}{G m}}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{v}=\sqrt{\frac{G m}{2 R}}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{v}=\frac{1}{2} \sqrt{\frac{G m}{R}}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{v}=\sqrt{\frac{4 G m}{R}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\mathrm{v}=\frac{1}{2} \sqrt{\frac{G m}{R}}\)

Question 6. Reason of weightlessness in a satellite is –

  1. Zero gravity
  2. Centre of mass
  3. Zero reaction force by satellite surface
  4. None

Answer: 3. Zero reaction force by satellite surface

Question 7. The gravitational force Fgbetween two objects does not depend on –

  1. Sum of the masses
  2. Product of the masses
  3. Gravitational constant
  4. Distance between the masses

Answer: 1. Sum of the masses

Question 8. A mass M splits into two parts m and (M – m), which are then separated by a certain distance. What ratio (m/M) maximies the gravitational force between the parts?

  1. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 9. On a planet (whose size is the same as that of Earth and mass 4 times of the Earth) the energy needed to lift a 2kg mass vertically upwards through a 2m distance on the planet is (g = 10m/sec2 on surface of earth)

  1. 16 J
  2. 32 J
  3. 160 J
  4. 320 J

Answer: 3. 160 J

Question 10. The dimensions of universal gravitational constant are :

  1. [M-1L3T-2]
  2. [ML2T-1]
  3. [M-2L3T-2]
  4. [M-2L2T-1]

Answer: 1. [M-1L3T-2]

Question 11. If the change in the value of ‘g’ at a height h above the surface of the earth is the same as at a depth x below it, then (both x and h being much smaller than the radius of the earth) –

  1. x = h
  2. x = 2h
  3. x = \(\frac{h}{2}\)
  4. x = h2

Answer: 2. x = 2h

Question 12. The moon’s radius is 1/4 that of the Earth and its mass is 1/80 time that of the earth. If g represents the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth, that on the surface of the moon is

  1. g/4
  2. g/5
  3. g/6
  4. g/8

Answer: 2. g/5

Question 13. Assuming the earth to be a homogeneous sphere of radius R, its density in terms of G (constant of gravitation) and g (acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth) is

  1. 3g/(4πRG)
  2. 4πg/(3RG)
  3. 4πRg/(3G)
  4. 4πRG/(3g)

Answer: 1. 3g/(4πRG)

Question 14. An object is placed at a distance of R/2 from the centre of earth. Knowing mass is distributed uniformly, acceleration of that object due to gravity at that point is: (g = acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth and R is the radius of earth)

  1. g
  2. 2 g
  3. g/2
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. g/2

Question 15. Altitude at which acceleration due to gravity decreases by 0.1% approximately : (Radius of earth = 6400 km)

  1. 3.2 km
  2. 6.4 km
  3. 2.4 km
  4. 1.6 km

Answer: 1. 3.2 km

Question 16. An iron ball and a wooden ball of the same radius are released from a height ‘h’ in vacuum. The time taken by both of them to reach the ground is –

  1. Unequal
  2. Exactly equal
  3. Roughly equal
  4. Zero

Answer: 2. Exactly equal

Question 17. The correct answer to above question is based on –

  1. Acceleration due to gravity in vacuum is same irrespective of size and mass of the body
  2. Acceleration due to gravity in v
  3. acuum depends on the mass of the body
  4. There is no acceleration due to gravity in vacuum
  5. In vacuum there is resistance offered to the motion of the body and this resistance depends on the mass of the body

Answer: 1. Acceleration due to gravity in vacuum is same irrespective of size and mass of the body

Question 18. When a body is taken from the equator to the poles, its appearent weight –

  1. Remains constant
  2. Increases
  3. Decreases
  4. Increases at N-pole and decreases at S-pole

Answer: 2. Increases

Question 19. A body of mass m is taken to the bottom of a deep mine. Then –

  1. Its mass increases
  2. Its mass decreases
  3. Its weight increases
  4. Its weight decreases

Answer: 4. Its weight decreases

Question 20. As we go from the equator to the poles, the value of g

  1. Remains the same
  2. Decreases
  3. Increases
  4. Decreases upto a latitude of 45º

Answer: 3. Increases

Question 21. Force of gravity is least at

  1. The equator
  2. The poles
  3. A point in between equator and any pole
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. The equator

Question 22. Spot the wrong statement :

  1. The acceleration due to gravity ‘g’ decreases if –
  2. We go down from the surface of the earth towards its centre
  3. We go up from the surface of the earth
  4. We go from the equator towards the poles on the surface of the earth
  5. The rotational velocity of the earth is increased

Answer: 3. We go from the equator towards the poles on the surface of the earth

Question 23. Choose the correct statement from the following : Weightlessness of an astronaut moving in a satellite is a situation of –

  1. Zero g
  2. No gravity
  3. Zero mass
  4. Free fall

Answer: 4. Free fall

Question 24. If the earth suddenly shrinks (without changing mass) to half of its present radius, the acceleration due to gravity will be –

  1. g/2
  2. 4g
  3. g/4
  4. 2g

Answer: 2. 4g

Question 25. The moon’s radius is 1/4 that of the earth and its mass is 1/80 times that of the earth. If g represents the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth, that on the surface of the moon is –

  1. g/4
  2. g/5
  3. g/6
  4. g/8

Answer: 2. g/5

Question 26. The radius of the earth is around 6000 km. The weight of a body at a height of 6000 km from the earth’s surface becomes –

  1. Half
  2. One-fourth
  3. One third
  4. No change

Answer: 2. One-fourth

Question 27. At what height from the ground will the value of ‘g’ be the same as that in a 10 km deep mine below the surface of the earth –

  1. 20 km
  2. 10 km
  3. 15 km
  4. 5 km

Answer: 4. 5 km

Question 28. At what distance from the centre of the earth, the value of acceleration due to gravity g will be half that on the surface (R = Radius of earth)

  1. 2R
  2. R
  3. 1.414 R
  4. 0.414 R

Answer: 3. 1.414 R

Question 29. What will be the acceleration due to gravity at height h if h >> R. Where R is the radius of the earth and g is the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth.

  1. \(\frac{g}{\left(1+\frac{h}{R}\right)^2}\)
  2. \(g\left(1-\frac{2 h}{R}\right)\)
  3. \(\frac{g}{\left(1-\frac{h}{R}\right)^2}\)
  4. \(g\left(1-\frac{h}{R}\right)\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{g}{\left(1+\frac{h}{R}\right)^2}\)

Question 30. If the density of the earth is doubled keeping its radius constant then acceleration due to gravity will be (g = 9.8 m/s2)

  1. 19.6 m/s2
  2. 9.8 m/s2
  3. 4.9 m/s2
  4. 2.45 m/s2

Answer: 1. 19.6 m/s2

Question 31. The acceleration due to gravity at the pole and equator can be related as –

  1. gp< ge
  2. gp= ge= g
  3. gp= ge< g
  4. gp> ge

Answer: 4. gp> ge

Question 32. The depth at which the effective value of acceleration due to gravity is \(\frac{g}{4}\) is

  1. R
  2. \(\frac{3 R}{4}\)
  3. \(\frac{R}{2}\)
  4. \(\frac{R}{4}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{R}{2}\)

Question 33. Two bodies of mass 100 kg and 104 kg are lying one meter apart. At what distance from a 100 kg body will the intensity of the gravitational field be zero

  1. \(\frac{1}{9} m\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{10} m\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{11} m\)
  4. \(\frac{10}{11} \mathrm{~m}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{1}{11} m\)

Question 34. Figure shows a hemispherical shell having uniform mass density. The direction of gravitational field intensity at point P will be along:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation A Hemispherical Shell Having Uniform Mass Density

  1. a
  2. b
  3. c
  4. d

Answer: 3. c

Question 35. Two bodies of mass 102 kg and 103 kg are lying 1m apart. The gravitational potential at the mid-point of the line joining them is

  1. 0
  2. –1.47 Joule/kg
  3. 1.47 Joule/kg
  4. –1.47 × 10-9 joule/kg

Answer: 4. –1.47 × 10-9 joule/kg

Question 36. A simple pendulum has a period T1 when on the earth’s surface, and T2 when taken to a height R above the earth’s surface, where R is the radius of the earth. The value of T2/T1 is:

  1. 1
  2. \(\sqrt{2}\)
  3. 4
  4. 2

Answer: 4. 2

Question 37. Near earth time period of a satellite is 4 h. Find its time period at a distance 4R from the centre of earth:

  1. 32 h
  2. \(\left(\frac{1}{8^3 \sqrt{2}}\right) h\)
  3. \(8^3 \sqrt{2} h\)
  4. 16 h

Answer: 1. 32 h

Question 38. The radius of the orbit of a planet is two times that of the Earth. The time period of a planet is:

  1. 4.2 T
  2. 2.8 T
  3. 5.6 T
  4. 8.4 T

Answer: 2. 2.8 T

Question 39. In the case of earth:

  1. The field is zero, both at the centre and infinity
  2. The potential is zero, both at the centre and infinity
  3. The potential is the same, both at centre and infinity but not zero
  4. The potential is maximum at the centre

Answer: 1. Field is zero, both at the centre and infinity

NEET Physics Chapter 7 Gravitation MCQs and Answer Key

Question 40. What would be the angular speed of the earth, so that bodies lying on the equator may appear weightless? (g = 10m/s2 and radius of earth = 6400 km)

  1. 1.25 × 10-3 rad/sec
  2. 1.25 × 10-2 rad/sec
  3. 1.25 × 10-4 rad/sec
  4. 1.25 × 10-1 rad/sec

Answer: 1. 1.25 × 10-3 rad/sec

Question 41. The speed with which the earth has to rotate on its axis so that a person on the equator would weigh (3/5)th as much as present will be (Take the equatorial radius as 6400 km.)

  1. 3.28 × 10-4 rad/sec
  2. 7.826 × 10-4 rad/sec
  3. 3.28 × 10-3 rad/sec
  4. 7.28 × 10-3 rad/sec

Answer: 2. 7.826 × 10-4 rad/sec

Question 42. A body of mass m is lifted up from the surface of the earth to a height three times the radius of the earth. The change in potential energy of the body is (g = gravity field at the surface of the earth)

  1. mgR
  2. \(\frac{3}{4} \mathrm{mgR}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{3} \mathrm{mgR}\)
  4. \(\frac{2}{3} \mathrm{mgR}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{3}{4} \mathrm{mgR}\)

Question 43. The change in potential energy when a body of mass m is raised to a height n R from the earth’s surface is (R = Radius of earth)

  1. mgR
  2. nmgR
  3. \(\mathrm{mgR} \frac{n^2}{n^2+1}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{mgR} \frac{n}{n+1}\)

Answer: 4. \(\mathrm{mgR} \frac{n}{n+1}\)

Question 44. If the mass of the earth is M, the radius is R and the gravitational constant is G, then work done to take 1 kg mass from the earth’s surface to infinity will be –

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{2 R}}\)
  2. \(\frac{G M}{R}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R}}\)
  4. \(\frac{G M}{2 R}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{G M}{R}\)

Question 45. A rocket is launched with a velocity of 10 km/s. If the radius of the earth is R, then the maximum height attained by it will be

  1. 2R
  2. 3R
  3. 4R
  4. 5R

Answer: 3. 3R

Question 46. What is the intensity of the gravitational field at the centre of a spherical shell –

  1. Gm/r2
  2. g
  3. Zero
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Zero

Question 47. The escape velocity of a body of 1 kg mass on a planet is 100 m/sec. The gravitational Potential energy of the body on the Planet is –

  1. – 5000 J
  2. – 1000 J
  3. – 2400 J
  4. 5000 J

Answer: 1. – 5000 J

Question 48. The kinetic energy needed to project a body of mass m from the earth’s surface (radius R) to infinity is –

  1. mgR/2
  2. 2 mgR
  3. mgR
  4. mgR/4

Answer: 3. mgR

Question 49. The escape velocity of a sphere of mass m from Earth having mass M and radius R is given by –

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R}}\)
  2. \(2 \sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M m}{R}}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R}}\)

Question 50. If g is the acceleration due to gravity at the earth’s surface and r is the radius of the earth, the escape velocity for the body to escape out of the earth’s gravitational field is –

  1. gr
  2. \(\sqrt{2 g r}\)
  3. g/r
  4. r/g

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{2 g r}\)

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 7 Gravitation Multiple Choice Questions and Answers

Question 51. For the moon to cease to remain the earth’s satellite, its orbital velocity has to increase by a factor of –

  1. 2
  2. \(\sqrt{2}\)
  3. \(1 / \sqrt{2}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{3}\)

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{2}\)

Question 52. Escape velocity on a planet is ve. If the radius of the planet remains the same and the mass becomes 4 times, the escape velocity becomes –

  1. 4ve
  2. 2ve
  3. ve
  4. ve

Answer: 2. 2ve

Question 53. How many times is the escape velocity (Ve), of orbital velocity (V0) for a satellite revolving near Earth –

  1. \(\sqrt{2}\) times
  2. 2 times
  3. 3 times
  4. 4 times

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{2}\) times

Question 54. If the radius of a planet is R and its density is, the escape velocity from its surface will be –

  1. \(v_e \propto R\)
  2. \(\mathrm{v}_{\mathrm{e}} \propto \mathrm{R} \sqrt{p}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{v}_{\mathrm{e}} \propto \frac{\sqrt{\rho}}{R}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{v}_{\mathrm{e}} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{\rho R}}\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{v}_{\mathrm{e}} \propto \mathrm{R} \sqrt{p}\)

Question 55. If V, R and g denote respectively the escape velocity from the surface of the earth radius of the earth, and acceleration due to gravity, then the correct equation is –

  1. \(v=\sqrt{g R}\)
  2. \(V=\sqrt{\frac{4}{3} g R^3}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{V}=\mathrm{R} \sqrt{g}\)
  4. \(V=\sqrt{2 g R}\)

Answer: 4. \(V=\sqrt{2 g R}\)

Question 56. If the radius of a planet is four times that of Earth and the value of g is the same for both, the escape velocity on the planet will be –

  1. 11.2 km/s
  2. 5.6 km/s
  3. 22.4 km/s
  4. None

Answer: 3. 22.4 km/s

Question 57. If the radius and acceleration due to gravity both are doubled, the escape velocity of the earth will become.

  1. 11.2 km/s
  2. 22.4 km/s
  3. 5.6 km/s
  4. 44.8 km/s

Answer: 2. 22.4 km/s

Question 58. If g is the acceleration due to gravity on the earth’s surface, the gain in P.E. of an object of mass m raised from the surface of the earth to a height of the radius R of the earth is

  1. mgR
  2. 2mgR
  3. 12mgR
  4. 14mgR

Answer: 3. 12mgR

Question 59. A missile is launched with a velocity less than the escape velocity. The sum of kinetic energy and potential energy will be

  1. Positive
  2. Negative
  3. Negative or positive, uncertain
  4. Zero

Answer: 2. Negative

Question 60. If ve is escape velocity and v0 is the orbital velocity of a satellite for orbit close to the earth’s surface, then these are related by :

  1. \(\mathrm{v}_0=\sqrt{2} v_e\)
  2. \(v_0=v_e\)
  3. \(v_e=\sqrt{2 v_0}\)
  4. \(v_e=\sqrt{2} v_0\)

Answer: 4. \(v_e=\sqrt{2} v_0\)

Question 61. An artificial satellite moving in a circular orbit around the earth has a total (kinetic + potential) energy E0. Its potential energy is :

  1. − Eº
  2. 1.5 Eº
  3. 2 Eº

Answer: 3. 2 Eº

Question 62. The mass and radius of the earth and moon are M1, R1 and M2, R2 respectively. Their centres are d distance apart. With what velocity should a particle of mass m be projected from the midpoint of its centres so that it may escape out to infinity?

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{G\left(M_1+M_2\right)}{d}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G\left(M_1+M_2\right)}{d}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{4 G\left(M_1+M_2\right)}{d}}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{G M_1 M_2}{d}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\sqrt{\frac{4 G\left(M_1+M_2\right)}{d}}\)

Question 63. A satellite has to revolve around the earth in a circular orbit of radius 8 × 103 km. The velocity of projection of the satellite in this orbit will be

  1. 16 km/sec
  2. 8 km/sec
  3. 3 km/sec
  4. 7.08 km/sec

Answer: 4. 7.08 km/sec

Question 64. The ratio of the radius of the earth to that of the moon is 10. The ratio of g an earth to the moon is 6. The ratio of the escape velocity from the Earth’s surface to that from the moon is approximately

  1. 10
  2. 8
  3. 4
  4. 2

Answer: 2. 8

Question 65. Acceleration due to gravity on a planet is 10 times the value on the Earth. Escape velocity for the planet and the earth are Vp and Ve respectively Assuming that the radii of the planet and the earth are the same, then

  1. \(V_{\mathrm{P}}=10 \mathrm{~V}_{\mathrm{e}}\)
  2. \(V_P=\sqrt{10} V_e\)
  3. \(V_P=\frac{V_e}{\sqrt{10}}\)
  4. \(V_P=\frac{V_e}{10}\)

Answer: 3. \(V_P=\frac{V_e}{\sqrt{10}}\)

Question 66. A space shuttle is launched in a circular orbit near the Earth’s surface. The additional velocity given to the space shuttle to get free from the influence of gravitational force will be

  1. 1.52 km/s
  2. 2.75 km/s
  3. 3.28 km/s
  4. 5.18 km/s

Answer: 3. 3.28 km/s

Question 67. A body of mass m is situated at a distance 4Re above the earth’s surface, where Re is the radius of the earth. How much minimum energy be given to the body so that it may escape

  1. mgRe
  2. 2mgRe
  3. \(\frac{m g R_e}{5}\)
  4. \(\frac{m g R_e}{16}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{m g R_e}{5}\)

Question 68. The potential energy of a body of mass 3kg on the surface of a planet is 54 joule. The escape velocity will be

  1. 18m/s
  2. 162 m/s
  3. 36 m/s
  4. 6 m/s

Answer: 4. 6 m/s

NEET Class 11 Gravitation Multiple Choice Questions

Question 69. The escape velocity from a planet is v0. The escape velocity from a planet having twice the radius but the same density will be

  1. 0.5 v0
  2. v0
  3. 2v0
  4. 4v0

Answer: 3. 2v0

Question 70. If the kinetic energy of a satellite orbiting around the earth is doubled then

  1. The satellite will escape into space.
  2. The satellite will fall down on the earth
  3. The radius of its orbit will be doubled
  4. The radius of its orbit will become half

Answer: 1. The satellite will escape into the space.

Question 71. The escape velocity from the earth does not depend upon

  1. Mass of earth
  2. Mass of the body
  3. Radius of earth
  4. Acceleration due to gravity

Answer: 2. Mass of the body

Question 72. There is no atmosphere on the moon because

  1. It is near the earth
  2. It is orbiting around the earth
  3. There was no gas at all
  4. The escape velocity of gas molecules is less than their root-mean-square velocity

Answer: 4. The escape velocity of gas molecules is less than their root-mean-square velocity

Question 73. The escape velocity is

  1. 2gR
  2. gR
  3. \(\sqrt{g R}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{2g R}\)

Answer: 4. \(\sqrt{2g R}\)

Question 74. A particle of mass m is taken through the gravitational field produced by a source S, from A to B, along the three paths as shown in the figure. If the work done along the paths 1, 2 and 3 is W1, W2 and W3 respectively, then

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation A Particle Of Mass M Is Taken Through The Gravitational Field

  1. W1= W2= W3
  2. W2> W3= W2
  3. W3= W2> W1
  4. W1> W2> W3

Answer: 1. W1= W2= W3

Question 75. The escape velocity of a particle of mass m varies as :

  1. m2
  2. m
  3. m0
  4. m-1

Answer: 3. m0

Question 76. Acceleration due to gravity at the earth’s surface is g ms-2. Find the effective value of gravity at a height of 32 km from sea level : (Re= 6400 km) (Re= 6400 km)

  1. 0.5 g ms-2
  2. 0.99 g ms-2
  3. 1.01 g ms-2
  4. 0.90 g ms-2

Answer: 2. 0.99 g ms-2

Question 77. The radius of orbit of the satellite of earth is R. Its kinetic energy is proportional to :

  1. \(\frac{1}{R}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{R}}\)
  3. R
  4. \(\frac{1}{R^{3 / 2}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{1}{R}\)

Question 78. A cosmonaut is orbiting earth in a spacecraft at an altitude h = 630 km with a speed of 8 km/s. If the radius of the earth is 6400 km, the acceleration of the cosmonaut is

  1. 9.10 m/s2
  2. 9.80 m/s2
  3. 10.0 m/s2
  4. 9.88 m/s2

Answer: 1. 9.10 m/s2

Question 79. A very very large number of particles of the same mass m are kept at horizontal distances of 1m, 2m, 4m, 8m and so on from (0,0) point. The total gravitational potential at this point is (addition of G.P. of infinite terms = \(\frac{a}{1-r}\) where a = first term, r = common ratio) :

  1. – 8G m
  2. – 3G m
  3. – 4G m
  4. – 2G m

Answer: 4. – 2G m

Question 80. A body starts from rest at a point, distance R0 from the centre of the earth of mass M, radius R. The velocity acquired by the body when it reaches the surface of the earth will be

  1. \(\mathrm{GM}\left(\frac{1}{R}-\frac{1}{R_0}\right)\)
  2. \(2 \mathrm{GM}\left(\frac{1}{R}-\frac{1}{R_0}\right)\)
  3. \(\sqrt{2 G M\left(\frac{1}{R}-\frac{1}{R_0}\right)}\)
  4. \(2 \mathrm{GM} \sqrt{\left(\frac{1}{R}-\frac{1}{R_0}\right)}\)

Answer: 3. \(\sqrt{2 G M\left(\frac{1}{R}-\frac{1}{R_0}\right)}\)

Question 81. The relation between the escape velocity from the earth and the velocity of a satellite orbiting near the earth’s surface is

  1. ve = 3v
  2. ve= v
  3. ve= 2v
  4. ve= v/2

Answer: 2. ve= v

Question 82. A body attains a height equal to the radius of the earth. The velocity of the body with which it was projected is :

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{5}{4} \frac{G M}{R}}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{3 G M}{R}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}}\)

Question 83. A satellite of mass m is circulating around the earth with constant angular velocity. If the radius of the orbit is R0 and the mass of the earth is M, the angular momentum about the centre of the earth is

  1. \(M \sqrt{G M R_0}\)
  2. \(M \sqrt{G m R_0}\)
  3. \(M \sqrt{\frac{G M}{R_0}}\)
  4. \(M \sqrt{\frac{G M}{R_0}}\)

Answer: 1. \(M \sqrt{G M R_0}\)

Question 84. Which of the following quantities is conserved for a satellite revolving around the earth in a particular orbit?

  1. Angular velocity
  2. Force
  3. Angular momentum
  4. Velocity

Answer: 3. Angular momentum

Question 85. The distance of Neptune and Saturn from sun are nearly 1013 and 1012 meters respectively. Assuming that they move in circular orbits, their periodic times will be in the ratio –

  1. \(\sqrt{10}\)
  2. 100
  3. \(10 \sqrt{10}\)
  4. \(1 / \sqrt{10}\)

Answer: 3. \(10 \sqrt{10}\)

Question 86. The period of a satellite in a circular orbit of radius R is T, and the period of another satellite in a circular orbit of radius 4R is –

  1. 4T
  2. T/4
  3. 8T
  4. T/8

Answer: 3. 8T

Question 87. If a body describes a circular motion under an inverse square field, the time taken to complete one revolution T is related to the radius of the circular orbit as –

  1. T ∝ r
  2. T ∝ r2
  3. T2 ∝ r3
  4. T ∝ r4

Answer: 3. T2 ∝ r3

Question 88. The escape velocity of a sphere of mass m from Earth having mass M and radius R is given by –

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R}}\)
  2. \(2 \sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M m}{R}}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R}}\)

Question 89. The escape velocity from the earth is about 11 km/second. The escape velocity from a planet having twice the radius and the same mean density as the Earth is –

  1. 22km/sec
  2. 11 km/sec
  3. 5.5 km/sec
  4. 15.5 km/sec

Answer: 1. 22km/sec

Question 90. A satellite which is geostationary in a particular orbit is taken to another orbit. Its distance from the centre of the earth in the new orbit is 2 times that of the earlier orbit. The time period in the second orbit is –

  1. 4.8 hours
  2. \(48 \sqrt{2}\) hours
  3. 24 hrs
  4. Infinite

Answer: 2. \(48 \sqrt{2}\) hours

Question 91. Two satellites A and B go around planet P in circular orbits having radial 4R and R respectively. If the speed of the satellite A is 3V, the speed of the satellite B will be

  1. 12 V
  2. 6 V
  3. 4/3 V
  4. 3/2 V

Answer: 2. 6 V

Question 92. The escape velocity for a rocket from earth is 11.2 km/sec. Its value on a planet where the acceleration due to gravity is double that on the earth and the diameter of the planet is twice that of the earth will be in km/sec-

  1. 11.2
  2. 5.6
  3. 22.4
  4. 53.6

Answer: 3. 22.4

Question 93. A satellite revolves around the earth in an elliptical orbit. Its speed

  1. Is the same at all points in the orbit
  2. Is greatest when it is closest to the earth
  3. Is greatest when it is farthest from the earth
  4. Goes on increasing or decreasing continuously depending upon the mass of the satellite

Answer: 2. Is greatest when it is closest to the earth

Question 94. Time period of revolution of a satellite around a planet of radius R is T. The Period of revolution around another planet, whose radius is 3R but has the same density is –

  1. \(\frac{T}{3 \sqrt{3}}\)
  2. 3T
  3. 9T
  4. \(3 \sqrt{3} T\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{T}{3 \sqrt{3}}\)

Question 95. If Veand V0 represent the escape velocity and orbital velocity of a satellite corresponding to a circular orbit of radius R, then –

  1. \(V_e=V_0\)
  2. \(\sqrt{2} V_0=V_e\)
  3. \(V_e=\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}} V_o\)
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{2} V_0=V_e\)

Question 96. A spherical planet far out in space has a mass of M0 and a diameter D0. A particle will experience acceleration due to gravity which is equal to

  1. GM0/D02
  2. 2mGM0/D02
  3. 4GM0/D02
  4. GmM0/D02

Answer: 3.4GM0/D02

Gravitation NEET Class 11 MCQs with Detailed Solutions

Question 97. A satellite can be in a geostationary orbit around a planet at a distance r from the centre of the planet. If the angular velocity of the planet about its axis doubles, a satellite can now be in a geostationary orbit around the planet if its distance from the centre of the planet is

  1. \(\frac{r}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{r}{2 \sqrt{2}}\)
  3. \(\frac{r}{(4)^{1 / 3}}\)
  4. \(\frac{r}{(2)^{1 / 3}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{r}{(4)^{1 / 3}}\)

Question 98. Consider a satellite going around the earth in an orbit. Which of the following statements is wrong –

  1. It is a freely falling body
  2. It suffers no acceleration
  3. It is moving at a constant speed
  4. Its angular momentum remains constant

Answer: 2. It suffers no acceleration

Question 99. The period of a satellite in a circular orbit around a planet is independent of –

  1. The mass of the planet
  2. The radius of the planet
  3. The mass of the satellite
  4. All the three parameters (1), (2) and (3)

Answer: 3. The mass of the satellite

Question 100. A small satellite is revolving near the earth’s surface. Its orbital velocity will be nearly.

  1. 8 km/sec
  2. 11.2 km/sec
  3. 4 km/sec
  4. 6 km/sec

Answer: 1. 8 km/sec

Question 101. A satellite revolves around the earth in an elliptical orbit. Its speed.

  1. Is the same at all points in the orbit
  2. Is greatest when it is closest to the earth
  3. Is greatest when it is farthest from the earth
  4. Goes on increasing or decreasing continuously depending upon the mass of the satellite

Answer: 2. Is greatest when it is closest to the earth

Question 102. If the height of a satellite from the earth is negligible in comparison to the radius of the earth R, the orbital velocity of the satellite is –

  1. gR
  2. gR/2
  3. \(\sqrt{g / R}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{g R}\)

Answer: 4. \(\sqrt{g R}\)

Question 103. Orbital velocity of an artificial satellite does not depend upon –

  1. Mass of the earth
  2. Mass of the satellite
  3. Radius of the earth
  4. Acceleration due to gravity

Answer: 2. Mass of the satellite

Question 104. The time period of a geostationary satellite is –

  1. 24 hours
  2. 12 hours
  3. 365 days
  4. One month

Answer: 1. 24 hours

Question 105. Which one of the following statements regarding artificial satellites of the earth is incorrect –

  1. The orbital velocity depends on the mass of the satellite
  2. A minimum velocity of 8 km/sec is required by a satellite to orbit quite close to the earth
  3. The period of revolution is large if the radius of its orbit is large
  4. The height of a geostationary satellite is about 36000 km from earth

Answer: 1. The orbital velocity depends on the mass of the satellite

Question 106. Two identical satellites are at R and 7R away from the earth’s surface, the wrong statement is (R = Radius of the earth)

  1. The ratio of total energy will be 4
  2. The ratio of kinetic energies will be 4
  3. The ratio of potential energies will be 4
  4. The ratio of total energy will be 4 but the ratio of potential and kinetic energies will be 2

Answer: 4. Ratio of total energy will be 4 but the ratio of potential and kinetic energies will be 2

Question 107. For a satellite escape velocity is 11 km/s. If the satellite is launched at an angle of 60º with the vertical, then the escape velocity will be –

  1. 11 km/s
  2. \(11 \sqrt{3} \mathrm{~km} / \mathrm{s}\)
  3. \(\frac{11}{\sqrt{3}} \mathrm{~km} / \mathrm{s}\)
  4. 33 km/s

Answer: 1. 11 km/s

Question 108. The distance of a geo-stationary satellite from the centre of the earth (Radius R = 6400 km) is nearest to –

  1. 5 R
  2. 7 R
  3. 10 R
  4. 18 R

Answer: 2. 7 R

Question 109. Periodic time of a satellite revolving above Earth’s surface at a height equal to R, radius of Earth, is [g is acceleration due to gravity at Earth’s surface]

  1. \(2 \pi \sqrt{\frac{2 R}{g}}\)
  2. \(4 \sqrt{2} \pi \sqrt{\frac{R}{g}}\)
  3. \(2 \pi \sqrt{\frac{R}{g}}\)
  4. \(8 \pi \sqrt{\frac{R}{g}}\)

Answer: 2. \(4 \sqrt{2} \pi \sqrt{\frac{R}{g}}\)

Question 110. Given the radius of Earth ‘R’ and length of a day ‘T’ the height of a geostationary satellite is [G-Gravitational constant. M-Mass of Earth]

  1. +R
  2. – R
  3. – R
  4. None

Answer: 3. – R

Question 111. The distance of a geostationary satellite from the surface of the earth radius (Re= 6400 km) in terms of Re is –

  1. 13.76 Re
  2. 10.76 Re
  3. 5.56 Re
  4. 2.56 Re

Answer: 3. 5.56 Re

Question 112. The orbital velocity of a planet revolving close to the earth’s surface is –

  1. \(\sqrt{2 g R}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{g R}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 g}{R}}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{g}{R}}\)

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{g R}\)

Question 113. A satellite moves around the earth in a circular orbit of radius r with speed v. If the mass of the satellite is M, its total energy is –

  1. \(-\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Mv}^2\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{2} M v^2\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{2} M v^2\)
  4. Mv2

Answer: 1. \(-\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Mv}^2\)

Question 114. If a satellite is shifted towards the earth. The time period of the satellite will be –

  1. Increase
  2. Decrease
  3. Unchanged
  4. Nothing can be said

Answer: 2. Decrease

Question 115. Two satellites A and B go around a planet in circular orbits having radii 4R and R, respectively. If the speed of satellite A is 3v, then the speed of satellite B is –

  1. \(\frac{3 v}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{4 v}{2}\)
  3. 6v
  4. 12v

Answer: 3. 6v

Question 116. If gravity field due to a point mass follows \(\mathrm{g} \propto \frac{1}{r^3}\) instead of \(\frac{1}{r^2}\), then the relation between time period of a satellite near earth’s surface and radius of its orbit r will be –

  1. T2 ∝ r3
  2. T ∝ r2
  3. T2 ∝ r
  4. T ∝ r

Answer: 2. T ∝ r2

Question 117. A satellite appears to be at rest when seen from the equator. Its height from the earth’s surface is nearly

  1. 35800km
  2. 358000 km
  3. 6400km
  4. Such a satellite cannot exist

Answer: 1. 35800km

Question 118. A body is dropped by a satellite in its geostationary orbit

  1. It will burn on entering the atmosphere
  2. It will remain in the same place with respect to the earth
  3. It will reach the earth in 24 hours
  4. It will perform uncertain motion

Answer: 2. It will remain in the same place with respect to the earth

Question 119. A satellite of Earth can move only in those orbits whose plane coincides with

  1. The plane of a great circle of the earth
  2. The plane passing through the poles of the earth
  3. The plane of a circle at any latitude on earth
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. The plane of a great circle of the earth

Question 120. A satellite launching station should be

  1. Near the equatorial region
  2. Near the polar region
  3. On the polar axis
  4. All locations are equally good

Answer: 1. Near the equatorial region

Question 121. The minimum number of satellites needed to be placed at the surface of the earth for worldwide communication between any two locations is –

  1. 6
  2. 4
  3. 3
  4. 5

Answer: 3. 3

NEET Physics Gravitation Chapter 7 MCQs and Solutions

Question 122. A geostationary satellite orbits around the earth in a circular orbit with a radius of 36000 km. Then, the time period of a spy satellite orbiting a few hundred kilometres above the earth’s surface (REarth = 6400 km) will approximately be :

  1. 1/2 hr
  2. 1 hr
  3. 2 hr
  4. 4 hr

Answer: 3. 2 hr

Question 123. A satellite is moving with a constant speed ‘V’ in a circular orbit about the earth. An object of mass ‘m’ is ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational pull of the earth. At the time of its ejection, the kinetic energy of the object is

  1. \(\frac{1}{2} m V^2\)
  2. mV2
  3. \(\frac{3}{2} m V^2\)
  4. 2mV2

Answer: 2. mV2

Question 124. Two satellites of earth, S1 and S2 are moving in the same orbit. The mass of S1 is four times the mass of S2. Which one of the following statements is true:

  1. The time period of S1 is four times that of S2
  2. The potential energies of the earth and satellite in the two cases are equal
  3. S1 and S2 are moving at the same speed
  4. The kinetic energies of the two satellites are equal

Answer: 3. S1 and S2 are moving at the same speed

Question 125. The orbital speed of a satellite revolving near the earth is :

  1. \(\sqrt{2 g R}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{g R}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{g / R}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{2 g / R}\)

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{g R}\)

Question 126. If the radius of the earth is decreased by 1% and mass remains constant, then the acceleration due to gravity

  1. Decrease by 2%
  2. Decrease by 1%
  3. Increase by 1%
  4. Increase by 2%

Answer: 4. Increase by 2%

Question 127. The escape velocity for a rocket is 11.2 km/s. If it is taken to a planet where the radius and acceleration due to gravity are double that of earth, then the escape velocity will be :

  1. 5.6 m/s
  2. 11.2 m/s
  3. 22.4 km/s
  4. 44.2 m/s

Answer: 3. 22.4 km/s

Question 128. Suppose the radius of the moon’s orbit around the earth is doubled. Its period around the earth will become:

  1. 1/2 times
  2. \(\sqrt{2}\) times
  3. 22/3 times
  4. 23/2 times

Answer: 4. 23/2 times

Question 129. In the case of an orbiting satellite if the radius of the orbit is decreased :

  1. Its Kinetic Energy decreases
  2. Its Potential Energy increase
  3. Its Mechanical Energy decreases
  4. Its speed decreases

Answer: 3. Its Mechanical Energy decreases

Question 130. A satellite of the earth is revolving in a circular orbit with a uniform speed v. If the gravitational force suddenly disappears, the satellite will

  1. Continue to move with velocity v along the original orbit
  2. Move with a velocity v, tangentially to the original orbit
  3. Fall down with increasing velocity
  4. Ultimately come to rest somewhere in the original orbit

Answer: 2. Move with a velocity v, tangentially to the original orbit

Question 131. The time period of a satellite of earth is 5 hours. If the separation between the earth and the satellite is increased to 4 times the previous value, the new time period becomes

  1. 10 hour
  2. 80 hour
  3. 40 hour
  4. 20 hour

Answer: 3. 40 hour

NEET Class 11 Physics Gravitation Multiple Choice Questions and Solutions

Question 132. The escape velocity for a body projected vertically upwards from the surface of the earth is 11 km/s. If the body is projected at an angle of 45º with the vertical, the escape velocity will be :

  1. \(11 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~km} / \mathrm{s}\)
  2. 22 km/s
  3. 11 km/s
  4. \(11 / \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\) m/s

Answer: 3. 11 km/s

Question 133. A satellite of mass m revolves around the earth of radius R at a height x from its surface. If g is the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth, the orbital speed of the satellite is :

  1. gx
  2. \(\frac{g R}{R-x}\)
  3. \(\frac{g R^2}{R+x}\)
  4. \(\left(\frac{g R^2}{R+x}\right)^{1 / 2}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{g R}{R-x}\)

Question 134. The time period of an earth satellite in a circular orbit is independent of :

  1. The mass of the satellite
  2. The radius of its orbit
  3. Both the mass and radius of the orbit
  4. Neither the mass of the satellite nor the radius of its orbit

Answer: 1. The mass of the satellite

Question 135. If g is the acceleration due to gravity on the earth’s surface, the gain in the potential energy of an object of mass m raised from the surface of the earth to a height equal to the radius R of the earth, is :

  1. 2mgR
  2. \(\frac{1}{2} m g R\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{4} m g R\)
  4. mgR

Answer: 2. \(\frac{1}{2} m g R\)

Question 136. The change in the value of ‘g’ at a height ‘h’ above the surface of the earth is the same as at a depth ‘d’ below the surface of the earth. When both ‘d’ and ‘h’ are much smaller than the radius of the earth, then, which one of the following is correct?

  1. \(\mathrm{d}=\frac{h}{2}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{d}=\frac{3 h}{2}\)
  3. d = 2h
  4. d = h

Answer: 3. d = 2h

Question 137. A particle of mass 10 kg is kept on the surface of a uniform sphere of mass 100 kg and radius 10 cm. Find the work to be done against the gravitational force between them, to take the particle far away from the sphere (you may take G = 6.67 × 10-11 Nm2/kg2);

  1. 13.34 × 10-10 J
  2. 3.33 × 10-10 J
  3. 6.67 × 10-9 J
  4. 6.67 × 10-7 J

Answer: 4. 6.67 × 10-7 J

Question 138. If gE and gm are the accelerations due to gravity on the surfaces of the earth and the moon respectively and if Millikan’s oil drop experiment could be performed on the two surfaces, one will find the ratio

  1. 1
  2. 0
  3. gE/gM
  4. gM/gE

Answer: 1. 1

Question 139. A planet in a distant solar system is 10 times more massive than the earth and its radius is 10 times smaller. Given that the escape velocity from the earth is 11 km s-1, the escape velocity from the surface of the planet would be

  1. 11 km s-1
  2. 110 km s-1
  3. 0.11 km s-1
  4. 1.1 km s-1

Answer: 2. 110 km s-1

Question 140. The distance of neptune and saturn from the sun is nearly 1013 and 1012 meters respectively. Assuming that they move in circular orbits, their periodic times will be in the ratio –

  1. \(\sqrt{10}\)
  2. 100
  3. 10
  4. 1/10

Answer: 3. 10

Question 141. The period of a satellite in a circular orbit of eradius R is T, and the period of another satellite in a circular orbit of radius 4R is.

  1. 4T
  2. T/4
  3. 8T
  4. T/8

Answer: 3. 8T

Question 142. Two planets move around the sun. The periodic times and the mean radii of the orbits are T1, T2 and r1, r2 respectively. The ratio T1/ T2 is equal to –

  1. (r1/ r2)1/2
  2. r1/ r2
  3. (r1/ r2)2
  4. (r1/ r2)3/2

Answer: 4. (r1/ r2)3/2

Question 143. The rotation period of an earth satellite close to the surface of the earth is 83 minutes. The time period of another earth satellite in an orbit at a distance of three earth radii from its surface will be –

  1. 83 minute
  2. 83 × \(\sqrt{8}\) minutes
  3. 664 minutes
  4. 249 minutes

Answer: 3. 664 minutes

Question 144. A satellite of mass m is circulating around the earth with constant angular velocity. If the radius of the orbit is R0 and the mass of the earth is M, the angular momentum about the centre of the earth is –

  1. \(\mathrm{m} \sqrt{G M R_0}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{M} \sqrt{G M R_0}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{m} \sqrt{\frac{G M}{R_0}}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{M} \sqrt{\frac{G M}{R_0}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\mathrm{m} \sqrt{G M R_0}\)

Question 145. A planet revolves around the sun whose mean distance is 1.588 times the mean distance between the earth and the sun. The revolution time of the planet will be –

  1. 1.25 years
  2. 1.59 years
  3. 0.89 years
  4. 2 years

Answer: 4. 2 years

Question 146. If the mass of a satellite is doubled and the time period remains constant the ratio of orbit in the two cases will be –

  1. 1: 2
  2. 1: 1
  3. 1 : 3
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. 1:1

Question 147. The earth revolves around the sun in one year. If the distance between them becomes double, the new period of revolution will be –

  1. 1/2 years
  2. \(2 \sqrt{2}\) years
  3. 4 years
  4. 8 years

Answer: 2. \(2 \sqrt{2}\) years

Question 148. A body revolved around the sun 27 times faster than the earth what is the ratio of their radii

  1. 1/3
  2. 1/9
  3. 1/27
  4. 1/4

Answer: 2. 1/9

Question 149. The orbital angular momentum of a satellite revolving at a distance r from the centre is L. If the distance is increased to 16r, then the new angular momentum will be –

  1. 16 L
  2. 64 L
  3. \(\frac{L}{4}\)
  4. 4 L

Answer: 4. 4 L

Question 150. The ratio of the distance of two planets from the sun is 1.38. The ratio of their period of revolution around the sun is –

  1. 1.38
  2. 1.383/2
  3. 1.381/2
  4. 1.383

Answer: 2. 1.383/2

Question 151. Kepler’s second law (law of areas) is nothing but a statement of –

  1. Work energy theorem
  2. Conservation of linear momentum
  3. Conservation of angular momentum
  4. Conservation of energy

Answer: 3. Conservation of angular momentum

Question 152. In an elliptical orbit under gravitational force, in general.

  1. Tangential velocity is constant
  2. Angular velocity is constant
  3. Radial velocity is constant
  4. Areal velocity is constant

Answer: 4. Areal velocity is constant

Question 153. What does not change in the field of central force?

  1. Potential energy
  2. Kinetic energy
  3. Linear momentum
  4. Angular momentum

Answer: 4. Angular momentum

Question 154. A planet is moving in an elliptic orbit. If T, V, E, L stand respectively for their kinetic energy, gravitational potential energy, total energy and magnitude of angular momentum about the centre of force, which of the following statements is correct

  1. T is conserved
  2. V is always positive
  3. E is always negative
  4. L is conserved but the direction of the vector changes continuously

Answer: 3. E is always negative

Question 155. Three identical stars of mass M are located at the vertices of an equilateral triangle with side L. The speed at which they will move if they all revolve under the influence of one another’s gravitational force in a circular orbit circumscribing the triangle while still preserving the equilateral triangle :

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{L}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{L}}\)
  3. \(2 \sqrt{\frac{G M}{L}}\)
  4. Not possible at all

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{L}}\)

Question 156. Periodic-time of a satellite revolving very near to the surface of the earth is – (ρ is the density of the earth)

  1. Proportional to \(\frac{1}{\rho}\)
  2. Proportional to \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{\rho}}\)
  3. Proportional ρ
  4. Does not depend on ρ.

Answer: 2. Proportional to \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{\rho}}\)

Question 157. A satellite is moving around the earth. In order to make it move to infinity, its velocity must be increased by

  1. 20%
  2. It is impossible to do so
  3. 82.8%
  4. 41.4%

Answer: 4. 41.4%

Question 158. If the radius of the earth is to decrease by 4% and its density remains the same, then its escape velocity will

  1. Remain same
  2. Increase by 4%
  3. Decrease by 4%
  4. Increase by 2%

Answer: 3. Decrease by 4%

NEET Class 11 Chapter 7 Gravitation Practice MCQs with Answers

Question 159. An earth satellite is moved from one stable circular orbit to another higher stable circular orbit. Which one of the following quantities increases for the satellite as a result of this change

  1. Gravitational force
  2. Gravitational potential energy
  3. Centripetal acceleration
  4. Linear orbital speed

Answer: 2. Gravitational potential energy

Question 160. The relay satellite transmits the television programme continuously from one part of the world to another because its

  1. A period is greater than the period of rotation of the earth
  2. Period is less than the period of rotation of the earth about its axis
  3. Period has no relation with the period of the earth about its axis
  4. Period is equal to the period of rotation of the earth about its axis

Answer: 4. Period is equal to the period of rotation of the earth about its axis

Question 161. If the universal constant of gravitation were decreasing uniformly with time, then a satellite in orbit would still maintain its

  1. Radius
  2. Tangential speed
  3. Angular momentum
  4. Period of revolution

Answer: 3. Angular momentum

Question 162. A satellite S is moving in an elliptical orbit around the earth. The mass of the satellite is very small compared to the mass of the earth :

  1. The acceleration of S is always directed towards the centre of the earth
  2. The angular momentum of S about the centre of the earth changes in direction, but its magnitude remains constant
  3. The total mechanical energy of S varies periodically with time
  4. The linear momentum of S remains constant in magnitude.

Answer: 1. The acceleration of S is always directed towards the centre of the earth

Question 163. The moon revolves around the Earth 13 times in one year. If the ratio of sun-earth distance to earth-moon distance is 392, then the ratio of masses of sun and earth will be

  1. 3.56 × 105
  2. 3.56 × 106
  3. 3.56 × 107
  4. 3.56 × 108

Answer: 1. 3.56 × 105

Question 164. The earth revolves around the sun in an elliptical orbit. If \(\frac{O A}{O B}\)= x, the ratio of speeds of earth at B and A will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation The Earth Is Revolving Round The Sun In An Elliptical Orbit

  1. x
  2. \(\sqrt{x}\)
  3. x2
  4. \(x \sqrt{x}\)

Answer: 1. x

Question 165. The time period of a satellite of earth is 5 h. If the separation between the earth and the satellite is increased to 4 times the previous value, the new time period will become

  1. 10 h
  2. 80 h
  3. 40 h
  4. 20 h

Answer: 3. 40 h

Question 166. If two spheres of the same masses and radius are brought in contact, then the force of attraction between them will be proportional to (for a given density ρ) :

  1. r2
  2. r3
  3. r6
  4. r4

Answer: 4. r4

Question 167. Assume the earth to be a sphere of radius R. If g is the acceleration due to gravity at any point on the earth’s surface, the mass of the earth is :

  1. \(\frac{g R}{G}\)
  2. \(\frac{g^2 R^2}{G}\)
  3. \(\frac{g R^2}{G}\)
  4. \(\frac{g^2 R}{G}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{g R^2}{G}\)

Question 168. Energy required to transfer a 400 kg satellite in a circular orbit of radius 2 R to a circular orbit of radius 4 R, where R is the radius of the earth. [Given g = 9.8 ms-2, R = 6.4 × 106 m]

  1. 1.65 × 109 J
  2. 3.13 × 109 J
  3. 6.26 × 109 H
  4. 4.80 × 109 J

Answer: 2. 3.13 × 109 J

Question 169. Suppose the gravitational force varies inversely as the 4th power of the distance. If a satellite describes a circular orbit of radius R under the influence of this force, then the time period T of the orbit is proportional to

  1. R3/2
  2. R5/2
  3. R2
  4. R7/2

Answer: 2. R5/2

Question 170. A double star system consists of two stars A and B which have time periods TA and TB. Radius RA and RB and mass MA and MB. Choose the correct option.

  1. If TA> TB then RA> RB
  2. If TA> TB then MA> MB
  3. \(\left(\frac{T_A}{T_B}\right)^2=\left(\frac{R_A}{R_B}\right)^3\)
  4. TA = TB

Answer: 4. TA = TB

Question 171. Mass M is uniformly distributed only on the curved surface of a thin hemispherical shell. A, B and C are three points on the circular base of a hemisphere, such that A is the centre. Let the gravitational potential at points A, B and C be VA, VB, VC respectively. Then

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation Mass M Is Uniformly Distributed Only On Curved Surface Of A Thin Hemispherical Shell

  1. VA> VB>VC
  2. VC> VB>VA
  3. VB>VA and VB> VC
  4. VA= VB=VC

Answer: 4. VA= VB=VC

Question 172. The figure shows the elliptical orbit of a planet m about the sun S. The shaded area SCD is twice the shaded area SAB. If t1is the time for the planet to move from C to D and t2 is the time to move from A to B, then:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation The Elliptical Orbit Of A Planet M About The Sun S

  1. t1> t2
  2. t1= 4t2
  3. t1= 2t2
  4. t1= t2

Answer: 3. t1= 2t2

Question 173. A particle of mass M is situated at the centre of a spherical shell of the same mass and radius a. The gravitational potential at a point situated at \(\frac{a}{2}\) distance from the centre, will be

  1. \(-\frac{3 G M}{a}\)
  2. \(-\frac{2 G M}{a}\)
  3. \(-\frac{G M}{a}\)
  4. \(-\frac{4 G M}{a}\)

Answer: 1. \(-\frac{3 G M}{a}\)

Question 174. The additional kinetic energy to be provided to a satellite of mass m revolving around a planet of mass M, to transfer it from a circular orbit of radius R1 to another of radius R2(R2> R1) is

  1. \(G m M\left(\frac{1}{R_1^2}-\frac{1}{R_2^2}\right)\)
  2. \({GmM}\left(\frac{1}{R_1}-\frac{1}{R_2}\right)\)
  3. \(-\frac{G M}{a}\)
  4. \(-\frac{4 G M}{a}\)

Answer: 4. \(-\frac{4 G M}{a}\)

Question 175. The radii of circular orbits of two satellites A and B of the earth, are 4R and R, respectively. If the speed of satellite A is 3V, then the speed of satellite B will be

  1. \(\frac{3 V}{4}\)
  2. 6V
  3. 12 V
  4. \(\frac{3 V}{2}\)

Answer: 2. 6V

Question 176. The dependence of acceleration due to gravity g on the distance r from the centre of the earth, assumed to be a sphere of radius R of uniform density is as shown in the figures below. The correct figure is.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation The Dependence Of Acceleration Due To Gravity G On The Distance R From The Centre Of The Earth

Answer: 4

Question 177. A planet moving along an elliptical orbit is closest to the sun at a distance r1 and farthest away at a distance of r2. If v1 and v2 are the linear velocities at these points respectively, then the ratio \(\frac{v_1}{v_2}\) is:

  1. (r1/r2)2
  2. r2/r1
  3. (r2/r1)2
  4. r1/r2

Answer: 2. r2/r1

Question 178. A body projected vertically from the Earth reaches a height equal to the earth’s radius before returning to the earth. The power exerted by the gravitational force is greatest :

  1. At the highest position of the body
  2. At the instant just before the body hits the earth
  3. It remains constant all through
  4. At the instant just after the body is projected

Answer: 2. At the instant just before the body hits the earth

Question 179. A particle of mass m is thrown upwards from the surface of the earth, with a velocity u. The mass and the radius of the earth are, respectively, M and R. G is gravitational constant and g is acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth. The minimum value of u so that the particle does not return back to earth, is :

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R^2}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{2 g R^2}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R^2}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 G M}{R}}\)

Question 180. A particle of mass M is situated at the centre of a spherical shell of mass and radius a. The magnitude of the gravitational potential at a point situated at a/2 distance from the centre will be:

  1. \(\frac{2 G M}{a}\)
  2. \(\frac{3 G M}{a}\)
  3. \(\frac{4 G M}{a}\)
  4. \(\frac{G M}{a}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{3 G M}{a}\)

Question 181. Which one of the following plots represents the variation of gravitational field on a particle with distance r due to a thin spherical shell of radius R ? (r is measured from the centre of the spherical shell)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation The Plots Represents The Variation Of Gravitational Field

Answer: 2

Question 182. The height at which the weight of a body becomes 1/16th, its weight on the surface of the earth (radius R), is :

  1. 5R
  2. 15R
  3. 3R
  4. 4R

Answer: 3. 3R

Question 183. A spherical planet has a mass MP and diameter DP. A particle of mass m falling freely near the surface of this planet will experience an acceleration due to gravity, equal to :

  1. 4GMP/DP2
  2. GMPm/DP2
  3. GMP/DP2
  4. 4GMPm/DP2

Answer: 1. 4GMP/DP2

Question 184. A geostationary satellite is orbiting the earth at a height of 5R above the surface of the earth, R is the radius of the earth. The time period of another satellite in hours at a height of 2R from the surface of the earth is :

  1. 5
  2. 10
  3. \(6 \sqrt{2}\)
  4. \(\frac{6}{\sqrt{2}}\)

Answer: 3. \(6 \sqrt{2}\)

Gravitation NEET Physics MCQs for Class 11 with Correct Answers

Question 185. A body of mass ‘m’ is taken from the earth’s surface to a height equal to twice the radius (R) of the earth. The change in potential energy of the body will be:

  1. \(\frac{2}{3} m g R\)
  2. 3mgR
  3. \(\frac{1}{3} m g R\)
  4. mg2R

Answer: 1. \(\frac{2}{3} m g R\)

Question 186. Infinite number of bodies, each of mass 2 kg are situated on the x-axis at distances 1m, 2m, 4m, 8m, …….. respectively, from the origin. The resulting gravitational potential due to this system at the origin will be :

  1. \(-\frac{8}{3} G\)
  2. \(-\frac{4}{3} G\)
  3. –4G
  4. – G

Answer: 3. –4G

Question 187. A block hole is an object whose gravitational field is so strong that even light cannot escape from it. To what approximate radius would earth (mass = 5.98×1024 kg) have to be compressed to be a black hole?

  1. 10-9 m
  2. 10-6 m
  3. 10-2 m
  4. 100 m

Answer: 3. 10-2 m

Question 188. Dependence of intensity of gravitational field (E) of the earth with distance (r) from the centre of the earth is correctly represented by:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation Gravitational Field

Answer: 1

Question 189. Kepler’s third law states that the square of the period of revolution (T) of a planet around the sun, is proportional to the third power of average distance r between the sun and planet i.e. T2 = Kr3 here K is constant. If the masses of the sun and planet are M and m respectively then as per Newton’s law of gravitation force of attraction between them is \(\mathrm{F}=\frac{G M m}{r^2}\) r, here G is gravitational constant. The relation between G and K is described as:

  1. GMK = 4π2
  2. K = G
  3. \(\mathrm{K}=\frac{1}{G}\)
  4. GK = 4π2

Answer: 1. GMK = 4π2

Question 190. A remote-sensing satellite of the earth revolves in a circular orbit at a height of 0.25 × 106 m above the surface of the earth. If the earth’s radius is 6.38 × 106 m and g = 9.8 ms-2, then the orbital speed of the satellite is :

  1. 8.56 km s-1
  2. 9.13 km s-1
  3. 6.67 km s-1
  4. 7.76 km s-1

Answer: 4. 7.76 km s-1

Question 191. At what height from the surface of the earth are the gravitational potential and the value of g –5.4 × 107 J kg-2 and 6.0 ms-2 respectively? Take the radius of the earth as 6400 km.

  1. 2000 km
  2. 2600 km
  3. 1600 km
  4. 1400 km

Answer: 2. 2600 km

Question 192. A satellite S is moving in an elliptical orbit around the earth. The mass of the satellite is very small compared to the mass of the earth. Then,

  1. The total mechanical energy of S varies periodically with time.
  2. The linear momentum of S remains constant in magnitude.
  3. The acceleration of S is always directed towards the centre of the earth.
  4. The angular momentum of S about the centre of the earth changes in direction, but its magnitude remains constant.

Answer: 3. The acceleration of S is always directed towards the centre of the earth.

Question 193. The ratio of escape velocity at earth (ve) to the escape velocity at a planet (vp) whose radius and mean density are twice that of earth is:

  1. \(1: \sqrt{2}\)
  2. 1: 2
  3. \(1: 2 \sqrt{2}\)
  4. 1: 4

Answer: 3. \(1: 2 \sqrt{2}\)

Question 194. Starting from the centre of the earth having radius r, the variation of g (acceleration due to gravity) is shown by

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation The Centre Of The Earth Having Radius R The Variation Of G Acceleration Due To Gravity

Answer: 3

Question 195. A satellite of mass m is orbiting the earth (of radius R) at a height h from its surface. The total energy of the satellite in terms of g0, the value of acceleration due to gravity at the earth’s surface, is

  1. \(-\frac{2 m g_0 R^2}{R+h}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{mg}_0 \mathrm{R}^2}{2(\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h})}\)
  3. \(-\frac{m g_0 R^2}{2(R+h)}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{Rmg}_0 \mathrm{R}^2}{\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h}}\)

Answer: 3. \(-\frac{m g_0 R^2}{2(R+h)}\)

Question 196. A physical quantity of the dimensions of length that can be formed out of c, G and \(\frac{e^2}{4 \pi \epsilon_0}\) is the velocity of light, G is a universal constant of gravitation and e is charge] :

  1. \(\frac{1}{c^2}\left[G \frac{e^2}{4 \pi \epsilon_0}\right]^{1 / 2}\)
  2. \(c^2\left[G \frac{e^2}{4 \pi \epsilon_0}\right]^{1 / 2}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{c^2}\left[\frac{e^2}{G 4 \pi \epsilon_0}\right]^{1 / 2}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{c} G \frac{e^2}{4 \pi \epsilon_0}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{1}{c^2}\left[G \frac{e^2}{4 \pi \epsilon_0}\right]^{1 / 2}\)

Question 197. Suppose the charge of a proton and an electron differ slightly. One of them is – e, and the other is (e + Δe). If the net of electrostatic force and the gravitational force between two hydrogen atoms placed at a distance d (much greater than atomic size) apart is zero, then Δe is of the order of [Given the mass of hydrogen mh = 1.67 × 10-27 kg]

  1. 10-20 C
  2. 10-23 C
  3. 10-37 C
  4. 10-47 C

Answer: 3. 10-37 C

Question 198. Two astronauts are floating in gravitational-free space after having lost contact with their spaceship. The two will :

  1. Keep floating at the same distance between them
  2. Move towards each other
  3. Move away from each other
  4. Will become stationary

Answer: 2. Move towards each other

Question 199. The kinetic energies of a planet in an elliptical orbit about the Sun, at positions A, B and C are KA, KB and KC, respectively. AC is the major axis and SB is perpendicular to AB at the position of the Sun S as shown in the figure. Then

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation The Kinetic Energies Of A Planet In An Elliptical Orbit

  1. KA < KB < KC
  2. KB > KA > KC
  3. KB < KA < KC
  4. KA > KB > KC

Answer: 4. KA > KB > KC

Question 200. If the mass of the Sun were ten times smaller and the universal gravitational constant were ten times larger in magnitude, which of the following is not correct?

  1. Raindrops will fall faster.
  2. ‘g’ on the Earth will not change
  3. Time period of a simple pendulum on the Earth would decrease.
  4. Walking on the ground would become more difficult.

Answer: 2. ‘g’ on the Earth will not change

Question 201. The work done to raise a mass m from the surface of the earth to a height h, which is equal to the radius of the earth, is :

  1. \(\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{mgR}\)
  2. mgR
  3. 2 mgR
  4. \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mgR}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{mgR}\)

Question 202. The time period of a geostationary satellite is 24 h, at a height of 6RE (RE is the radius of the earth) from the surface of the earth. The time period of another satellite whose height is 2.5 RE from the surface will be :

  1. \(6 \sqrt{2} h\)
  2. \(12 \sqrt{2} h\)
  3. \(\frac{24}{2.5} h\)
  4. \(\frac{12}{2.5} h\)

Answer: 1. \(6 \sqrt{2} h\)

Question 203. Assuming that the gravitational potential energy of an object at infinity is zero, the change in potential energy (final – initial) of an object of mass m, when taken to a height h from the surface of the earth (of radius R), is given by :

  1. \(-\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h}}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{GMmh}}{\mathrm{R}(\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h})}\)
  3. mgh
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{GMm}}{\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h}}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{\mathrm{GMmh}}{\mathrm{R}(\mathrm{R}+\mathrm{h})}\)

Question 204. A body weight of 72N on the surface of the earth. What is the gravitational force on it at a height equal to half the radius of the earth?

  1. 24N
  2. 48 N
  3. 32 N
  4. 30 N

Answer: 3. 32 N

Question 205. The escape velocity from the Earth’s surface is υ. The escape velocity from the surface of another planet having a radius, four times that of Earth and the same mass density is:

  1. υ

Answer: 3. 4υ

Question 206. A particle of mass ‘m’ is projected with a velocity u = kVe (k < 1) from the surface of the earth. (Ve = escape velocity) The maximum height above the surface reached by the particle is

  1. \(\mathrm{R}\left(\frac{\mathrm{k}}{1+\mathrm{k}}\right)^2\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{R}^2 \mathrm{k}}{1+\mathrm{k}}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{Rk}^2}{1-\mathrm{k}^2}\)
  4. \(R\left(\frac{k}{1-k}\right)^2\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\mathrm{Rk}^2}{1-\mathrm{k}^2}\)

Question 207. The height at which the acceleration due to gravity becomes \(\) (where g = the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth) in terms of R, the radius of the earth, is

  1. \(\frac{R}{\sqrt{2}}\)
  2. \(\frac{R}{2}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{2} R\)
  4. 2R

Answer: 4. 2R

Question 208. Two bodies of masses m and 4 m are placed at a distance r. The gravitational potential at a point on the line joining them where the gravitational field is zero is:

  1. Zero
  2. \(-\frac{4 G m}{r}\)
  3. \(-\frac{6 G m}{r}\)
  4. \(-\frac{9 G m}{r}\)

Answer: 4. \(-\frac{9 G m}{r}\)

Question 209. Two particles of equal mass ‘m’ go around a circle of radius R under the action of their mutual gravitational attraction. The speed of each particle with respect to its centre of mass is:

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{G m}{4 R}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{G m}{3 R}}\)
  3. \(\frac{G m M}{2 R}\)
  4. \(\frac{G m M}{3 R}\)

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{\frac{G m}{4 R}}\)

Question 210. What is the minimum energy required to launch a satellite of mass m from the surface of a planet of mass M and radius R in a circular orbit at an altitude of 2R?

  1. \(\frac{5 G m M}{6 R}\)
  2. \(\frac{2 G m M}{3 R}\)
  3. \(\frac{G m M}{2 R}\)
  4. \(\frac{G m M}{3 R}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{5 G m M}{6 R}\)

Question 211. Four particles, each of mass M and equidistant from each other move along a circle of radius R under the action of their mutual gravitational attraction. the speed of each particle is:

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{2 \sqrt{2} \frac{G M}{R}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}(1+2 \sqrt{2})}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{2} \sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}(1+2 \sqrt{2})}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{2} \sqrt{\frac{G M}{R}(1+2 \sqrt{2})}\)

Question 212. From a solid sphere of mass M and radius R, a spherical portion of radius R/2 is removed, as shown in the figure. Taking gravitational potential V = 0 at r = ∞, the potential at the centre of the cavity thus formed is :(G = gravitational constant)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 7 Gravitation Gravitational Constant

  1. \(\frac{-G M}{2 R}\)
  2. \(\frac{-G M}{R}\)
  3. \(\frac{-2 G M}{3 R}\)
  4. \(\frac{-2 G M}{R}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{-G M}{R}\)

Question 213. If the angular momentum of a planet of mass m, moving around the sun in a circular orbit is L, about the centre of the Sun, its areal velocity is:

  1. \(\frac{2 L}{m}\)
  2. \(\frac{4 \mathrm{~L}}{\mathrm{~m}}\)
  3. \(\frac{L}{2 m}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{L}}{\mathrm{m}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{L}{2 m}\)

Question 214. The energy required to take a satellite to a height ‘h’ above Earth’s surface (radius or Earth = 6.4 × 103 km) is E1 and the kinetic energy required for the satellite to be in a circular orbit at this height is E2. The value of h for which E1 and E2 are equal is :

  1. 1.28 × 104 km
  2. 6.4 × 103 km
  3. 3.2 × 103 km
  4. 1.6 × 103 km

Answer: 3. 3.2 × 103 km

Question 215. A satellite is moving with a constant speed v in a circular orbit around the earth. An object of mass ‘m’ is ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational pull of the earth. At the time of ejection, the kinetic energy of the object is :

  1. \(\frac{3}{2} m v^2\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{2} m v^2\)
  3. 2mv2
  4. mv2

Answer: 4. mv2

Question 216. Two stars of masses 3 × 1031 kg each, and at distance 2 × 1011 m rotate in a plane about their common centre of mass O. A meteorite passes through O moving perpendicular to the star’s rotation plane. In order to escape from the gravitational field of this double star, the minimum speed that a meteorite should have at O is (Take Gravitational constant G = 6.67 × 10-11 Nm2 kg-2) What is the order of energy of the gas due to its thermal motion?

  1. 3.8 × 104 m/s
  2. 1.4 × 105 m/s
  3. 2.8 × 105 m/s
  4. 2.4 × 104 m/s

Answer: 3. 2.8 × 105 m/s

Question 217. A satellite is revolving in a circular orbit at a height h from the earth’s surface, such that h<<R where R is the radius of the earth. Assuming that the effect of the earth’s atmosphere can be neglected. The minimum increase in the speed required so that the satellite could escape from the gravitational field of the earth is :

  1. \(\sqrt{g R}(\sqrt{2}-1)\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{g R}{2}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{2 \mathrm{gR}}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{g R}\)

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{g R}(\sqrt{2}-1)\)

Chapter 7 Gravitation NEET MCQs and Answer Explanations

Question 218. The mass and the diameter of a planet are three times the respective values for the Earth. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum on the Earth is 2 s. The period of oscillation of the same pendulum on the planet would be: 

  1. \(\frac{3}{2} s\)
  2. \(\frac{2}{\sqrt{3}} \mathrm{~s}\)
  3. \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} s\)
  4. \(2 \sqrt{3} \mathrm{~s}\)

Answer: 4. \(2 \sqrt{3} \mathrm{~s}\)

Question 219. A straight rod of length L extends from x = a to x = L + a. The gravitational force it exerts on a point mass ‘m’ at x = 0, if the mass per unit length of the rod is A + Bx2, is given by

  1. \(G m\left[A\left(\frac{1}{a+L}-\frac{1}{a}\right)-B L\right]\)
  2. \({Gm}\left[A\left(\frac{1}{a+L}-\frac{1}{a}\right)+B L\right]\)
  3. \({Gm}\left[A\left(\frac{1}{a}-\frac{1}{a+L}\right)+B L\right]\)
  4. \(G m\left[A\left(\frac{1}{a}-\frac{1}{a+L}\right)-B L\right]\)

Answer: 3. \({Gm}\left[A\left(\frac{1}{a}-\frac{1}{a+L}\right)+B L\right]\)

NEET Class 11 Physics Gravitation Multiple Choice Questions and Solutions

Question 220. A satellite of mass M is in a circular orbit of radius R about the centre of the earth. A meteorite of the same mass, falling towards the earth, collides with the satellite completely inelastically. The speeds of the satellite and the meteorite are the same, just before the collision. the subsequent motion of the combined body will be :

  1. In the same circular orbit of radius R
  2. Such that it escapes to infinity
  3. In an elliptical orbit
  4. In a circular orbit of a different radius

Answer: 3. In an elliptical orbit

Question 221. Two satellites, A and B, have masses of m and 2m respectively. A is in a circular orbit of radius R, and B is in a circular orbit of radius 2R around the earth. The ratio of their kinetic energies, \(\frac{T_{\mathrm{A}}}{\mathrm{T}_{\mathrm{B}}}\) is:

  1. 1
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{2}}\)
  3. 2
  4. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: 1. 1

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 6 Friction Multiple Choice Question And Answers

Friction Multiple Choice Question And Answers

Question 1. If the normal force is doubled, the coefficient of friction is:

  1. Halved
  2. Doubled
  3. Tripled
  4. Not changed

Answer: 4. Halved

Question 2. If the coefficient of friction of a plane inclined at 45º is 0.5, then the acceleration of a body sliding freely on it is (g = 9.8m/s2)-

  1. 4.9 m/s2
  2. 9.8 m/s2
  3. \(\frac{9.8}{\sqrt{2}} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}^2\)
  4. \(\frac{9.8}{2 \sqrt{2}} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}^2 \)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{9.8}{2 \sqrt{2}} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}^2 \)

Question 3. A body of mass 100 g is sliding downward from an inclined plane of inclination 30°. What is the frictional force experienced if µ = 1.7 –

  1. \(1.7 \times \sqrt{2} \times \frac{1}{\sqrt{3}} \mathrm{~N}\)
  2. \(1.7 \times \sqrt{3} \times \frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~N}\)
  3. \(1.7 \times \sqrt{3} \mathrm{~N}\)
  4. \(1.7 \times \sqrt{2} \times \frac{1}{3} \mathrm{~N}\)

Answer: 2. \(1.7 \times \sqrt{3} \times \frac{1}{2} \mathrm{~N}\)

Friction MCQs for NEET Physics Class 11 with Answers

Question 4. A car is moving along a straight horizontal road with a speed v0. If the coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road is µ then the shortest distance in which the car can be stopped is-

  1. \(\frac{v_0^2}{2 \mu \mathrm{g}}\)
  2. \(\frac{v_0}{\mu g}\)
  3. \(\left(\frac{v_0}{\mu g}\right)^2\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{v_0^2}{2 \mu \mathrm{g}}\)

Question 5. A block of mass 10 kg is moving up an inclined plane of inclination 30° with an initial speed of 5 m/s. It stops after 0.5 s, what is the value of the coefficient of kinetic friction?

  1. 0.5
  2. 0.6 cm
  3. \(\sqrt{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{3}}\)

Question 6. A particle is projected along a rough plane inclined at an angle of 45° with the horizontal if the \(\frac{1}{2}\) coefficient of friction is g

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{\sqrt{2}}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{2}\)
  3. \(\frac{g}{\sqrt{2}}\left(1+\frac{1}{2}\right)\)
  4. \(\frac{g}{\sqrt{2}}\left(1-\frac{1}{2}\right)\)
  5. Answer: 3. \(\frac{g}{\sqrt{2}}\left(1+\frac{1}{2}\right)\)

Question 7. A body of mass 10 kg lies on a rough horizontal surface. When a horizontal force of F newtons acts on it, it gets an acceleration of 5 m/s2. And when the horizontal force is doubled, it gets an acceleration of 18 m/s2. The coefficient of friction between the body and the horizontal surface is- (Take g = 10 m/s2)

  1. 0.2
  2. 0.4
  3. 0.6
  4. 0.8

Answer: 4. 0.8

Question 8. On the horizontal surface of a truck, a block of mass 1kg is placed (μ = 0.6) and the truck is moving with acceleration 5 m/sec2, then frictional force on the block will be –

  1. 5 N
  2. 6 N
  3. 5.88 N
  4. 8 N

Answer: 1. 5 N

Question 9. A 10 kg box is placed on a surface. The coefficient of friction between the surface and box is μ = 0.5. If horizontal force 100 N is applied acceleration of the box will be (g = 10 m/sec2) –

  1. 2.5 m/s2
  2. 5 m/s2
  3. 7.5 m/s2
  4. None

Answer: 2. 5 m/s2

Question 10. A block B is pushed momentarily along a horizontal surface with an initial velocity v. If μ is the coefficient of sliding friction between B and the surface, block B will come to rest after a time:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction A Block B Is Pushed Momentarily Along A Horizontal Surface With An Initial Velocity V

  1. \(\frac{v}{g \mu}\)
  2. \(\frac{g \mu}{v}\)
  3. \(\frac{g}{v}\)
  4. \(\frac{v}{g}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{v}{g \mu}\)

Question 11. A block of mass 5 kg is placed on a horizontal surface and a pushing force of 20 N is acting on the back as shown in the figure. If the coefficient of friction between the block and surface is 0.2, then calculate the frictional force and speed of the block after 15 seconds. (Given g = 10 m/s2)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction A Block Of Mass 5 kg Is Placed On Horizontal Surface And A Pushing Force 20 N

  1. 2.936 MS-1
  2. 4.936 MS-1
  3. 3.936 MS-1
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. 3.936 MS-1

Question 12. A marble block of mass 2 kg lying on ice when given a velocity of 6 m/s is stopped by friction in 10s. Then the coefficient of friction is :

  1. 0.02
  2. 0.03
  3. 0.06
  4. 0.01

Answer: 3. 0.06

NEET Physics Chapter 6 Friction MCQs and Answer Key

Question 13. Consider a car moving on a straight road with a speed of 100 m/s. The distance at which the car can be stopped is (µk= 0.5)

  1. 100 m
  2. 400 m
  3. 800 m
  4. 1000 m

Answer: 4. 1000 m

Question 14. Starting from rest a body slides down a 45º inclined plane in twice the time it takes to slide down the same distance in the absence of friction. The coefficient of friction between the body and the inclined plane is:

  1. 0.75
  2. 0.33
  3. 0.25
  4. 0.80

Answer: 1. 0.75

Question 15. A wooden block of mass m resting on a rough horizontal table (coefficient of friction = μ) is pulled by a force F as shown in the figure. The acceleration of the block moving horizontally is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Acceleration Of The Block Moving Horizontally

  1. \(\frac{F \cos \theta}{m}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mu F \sin \theta}{M}\)
  3. \(\frac{F}{m}(\cos \theta+\mu \sin \theta)-\mu g\)
  4. None

Answer: 3. \(\frac{F}{m}(\cos \theta+\mu \sin \theta)-\mu g\)

Question 16. A block of mass M = 5 kg is resting on a rough horizontal surface for which the coefficient of friction is 0.2. When a force F = 40 N is applied, the acceleration of the block will be (g = 10 m/s2) :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction A Rough Horizontal Surface For Which The Coefficient Of Friction Is The Acceleration Of The Block

  1. 5.73 m/sec2
  2. 8.0 m/sec2
  3. 3.17 m/sec2
  4. 10.0 m/sec2

Answer: 1. 5.73 m/sec2

Question 17. A body is projected up a rough inclined plane from the bottom with some velocity. It travels up the incline and then returns back. If the time of ascent is and time of descent is td, then

  1. ta= td
  2. ta> td
  3. ta< td
  4. Data insufficient

Answer: 3. ta< td

Question 18. The upper half of an inclined plane with inclination φ is perfectly smooth while the lower half is rough. A body starting from rest at the top will again come to rest at the bottom of the coefficient of friction for the lower half is given by

  1. 2 tan φ
  2. tan φ
  3. 2 sin φ
  4. 2 cos φ

Answer: 1. 2 tan φ

Question 19. The frictional force is –

  1. Self-adjustable
  2. Not self-adjustable
  3. scalar quantity
  4. Equal to the limiting force

Answer: 1. Self-adjustable

Question 20. A block is placed on a rough floor and a horizontal force F is applied to it. The force of friction f by the floor on the block is measured for different values of F and a graph is plotted between them-

  1. The graph is a straight line of slope 45°
  2. The graph is a straight line parallel to the F-axis
  3. The graph is a straight line of slope 45° for small F and a straight line parallel to the F-axis for large F.
  4. There is a small kink on the graph
  1. 3, 4
  2. 1, 4
  3. 1, 2
  4. 1, 3

Answer: 1. 3, 4

Question 21. A block A kept on an inclined surface just begins to slide if the inclination is 30°. The block is replaced by another block B and it is found that it just begins to slide if the inclination is 40° –

  1. Mass of A > mass of B
  2. Mass of A < mass of B
  3. Mass of A = mass of B
  4. All three are possible

Answer: 4. All the three are possible

Question 22. It is easier to pull a body than to push, because-

  1. The coefficient of friction is more in pushing than in pulling
  2. The friction force is more in pushing than in pulling
  3. The body does not move forward when pushed.
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. The friction force is more in pushing than that in pulling

Question 23. The coefficient of static friction between two surfaces depends on –

  1. Nature of surfaces
  2. The shape of the surfaces in contact
  3. The area of contact
  4. All of the above

Answer: 1. Nature of surfaces

Question 24. A box is lying on an inclined plane. If the box starts sliding when the angle of inclination is 60°, then the coefficient of static friction of the box and plane is-

  1. 2.732
  2. 1.732
  3. 0.267
  4. 0.176

Answer: 2. 1.732

Question 25. A 20 kg block is initially at rest. A 75 N force is required to set the block in motion. After the motion, a force of 60 N is applied to keep the block moving at a constant speed. The coefficient of static friction is-

  1. 0.6
  2. 0.52
  3. 0.44
  4. 0.35

Answer: 4. 0.35

Question 26. A block of metal is lying on the floor of a bus. The maximum acceleration which can be given to the bus so that the block may remain at rest will be

  1. µg
  2. \(\frac{\mu}{g}\)
  3. µ2g
  4. µg2

Answer: 1. µg

Question 27. A box ‘A’ is lying on the horizontal floor of the compartment of a train running along horizontal rails from left to right. At time ‘t’, it decelerates. Then the reaction R by the floor on the box is given best by :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Horizontal Floor Of The Compartment Of A Train Running Along Horizontal Rails From Left To Right

Answer: 3

Question 28. A block of mass 0.1 kg is held against a wall by applying a horizontal force of 5N on the block. If the coefficient of friction between the block and the wall is 0.5, the magnitude of frictional force acting on the block is (g = 9.8m/s2)

  1. 2.5 N
  2. 0.98 N
  3. 4.9 N
  4. 0.49 N

Answer: 2. 0.98 N

Question 29. A block of mass 2 kg rests on a rough inclined plane making an angle of 300 with the horizontal. The coefficient of static friction between the block and the plane is 0.7. The frictional force on the block is (g = 9.8m/s2) :

  1. 9.8 N
  2. 0.7 × 9.8 N
  3. 9.8 × 7 N
  4. 0.8 × 9.8 N

Answer: 1. 9.8 N

NEET Class 11 Friction Multiple Choice Questions

Question 30. A block of mass 5 kg and surface area 2 m2 just begins to slide down on an inclined plane when the angle of inclination is 30º. Keeping the mass the same, the surface area of the block is doubled. The angle at which it starts sliding down is :

  1. 30º
  2. 60º
  3. 15º
  4. None

Answer: 1. 30º

Question 31. A 60 kg body is pushed horizontally with just enough force to start it moving across a floor and the same force continues to act afterwards. The coefficient of static friction and sliding friction are 0.5 and 0.4 respectively. The acceleration of the body is (g = 10m/s2) :

  1. 6 m/s2
  2. 4.9 m/s2
  3. 3.92 m/s2
  4. 1 m/s2

Answer: 4. 1 m/s2

Question 32. The blocks A and B are arranged as shown in the figure. The pulley is frictionless. The mass of A is 10 kg. The coefficient of friction between block A and the horizontal surface is 0.20. The minimum mass of B to start the motion will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Coefficient Of Friction Between Block A And Horizontal Surface

  1. 2 kg
  2. 0.2 kg
  3. 5 kg
  4. 10 kg

Answer: 1. 2 kg

Question 33. In the case of a horse pulling a cart, the force that causes the horse to move forward is the force that :

  1. The horse exerts on the ground
  2. The horse exerts on the cart
  3. The ground exerts on the horse
  4. The cart exerts on the horse

Answer: 3. The ground exerts on the horse

Question 34. A uniform rope of length l lies on a table. If the coefficient of friction is μ then the maximum length I1 of the part of this rope which can overhang from the edge of the table without sliding down is

  1. \(\frac{\ell}{\mu}\)
  2. \(\frac{\ell}{\mu+1}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mu \ell}{1+\mu}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mu \ell}{1-\mu}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\mu \ell}{1+\mu}\)

Question 35. Block A of mass 4 kg and block B of mass 6 kg are resting on a horizontal surface as shown in the figure. There is no friction between the block B and the horizontal surface. The coefficient of friction between the blocks is 0.2. If the value of g = 10 ms-2, the maximum horizontal force F that can be applied on block B without any relative motion between A and B is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Maximum Horizontal Foce F That Can Be Applied On Block B Without Any Relative Motion Between A And B

  1. 20 N
  2. 40 N
  3. 60 N
  4. 100 N

Answer: 1. 20 N

Question 36. Consider the situation. The wall is smooth but the surfaces of A and B in contact are rough. The friction on B due to A in equilibrium-

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Wall Is Smooth But The Surface Of A And B In Contact Are Rough

  1. Is upward
  2. Is downward
  3. Is zero
  4. The system cannot remain in equilibrium

Answer: 4. The system cannot remain in equilibrium

Question 37. Suppose all the surfaces in the previous problem are rough. The direction of friction on B due to A-

  1. Is upward
  2. Is downward
  3. Is zero
  4. Depends on the masses of A and B

Answer: 1. Is upward

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 6 Friction Multiple Choice Questions and Answers

Question 38. A body of mass M is kept on a rough horizontal surface (friction coefficient = µ). A person is trying to pull the body by applying a horizontal force but the body is not moving. The force by the surface on A is F where-

  1. F = Mg
  2. F = µMg
  3. \(M g \leq F \leq M g \sqrt{1+\mu^2}\)
  4. \(M g \geq F \geq M g \sqrt{1+\mu^2}\)

Answer: 3. \(M g \leq F \leq M g \sqrt{1+\mu^2}\)

Question 39. In a situation where the contact force by a rough horizontal surface on a body placed on it has constant magnitude if the angle between this force and the vertical is decreased the frictional force between the surface and the body will-

  1. Increase
  2. Decrease
  3. Remain the same
  4. May increase or decrease

Answer: 2. Decrease

Question 40. An inclined plane is inclined at an angle θ with the horizontal. A body of mass m rests on it, if the coefficient of friction is µ, then the minimum force that has to be applied to the inclined plane to make the body just move up the inclined plane is-

  1. mgsinθ
  2. µmgcosθ
  3. µmgcosθ – mgsinθ
  4. µmgcosθ + mgsinθ

Answer: 4. µmgcosθ + mgsinθ

Question 41. A block W is held against a vertical wall by applying a horizontal force F. The minimum value of F needed to hold the block is if μ < 1

  1. Less than W
  2. Equal to W
  3. Greater than W
  4. Data is insufficient

Answer: 3. Greater than W

Question 42. The system shown in the figure is in equilibrium. The maximum value of W, so that the maximum value of static frictional force on 100 kg body is 450 N, will be:-

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Maximum Value Of Static Frictional Force

  1. 100 N
  2. 250 N
  3. 450 N
  4. 1000 N

Answer: 3. 450 N

Friction NEET Class 11 MCQs with Detailed Solutions

Question 43. A block of mass 20 kg is kept on a rough incline plane. If the angle of repose is 30°, then what should be the value of Fext so that the block does not move over the inclined plane?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction A Block Of Mass 20 kg Is Kept On Rough Incline Plane

  1. 120 N
  2. 200 N
  3. 110 N
  4. Both 1 and 2

Answer: 4. Both 1 and 2

Question 44. What is the maximum value of the force F such that the block shown in the arrangement, does not move :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Maximum Value Of The Force F

  1. 20 N
  2. 10 N
  3. 12 N
  4. 15 N

Answer: 1. 20 N

Question 45. The coefficient of static friction, μs, between block A of mass 2kg and the table as shown in the figure, is 0.2. What would be the maximum mass value of block B so that the two blocks do not move? The string and the pulley are assumed to be smooth and massless : (g = 10 m/s2)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The String And The Pulley Are Assumed To Be Smooth And Massless

  1. 2.0 kg
  2. 4.0 kg
  3. 0.2 kg
  4. 0.4 kg

Answer: 4. 0.4 kg

Question 46. A horizontal force of 10 N is necessary to just hold a block stationary against a wall. The coefficient of friction between the block and the wall is 0.2. The weight of the block is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Coefficient Of Friction Between The Block And The Wall

  1. 2 kg
  2. 50 N
  3. 100 N
  4. 2 N

Answer: 4. 2 N

Question 47. A block rests on a rough inclined plane making an angle of 30º with the horizontal. The coefficient of static friction between the block and the plane is 0.8. If the frictional force on the block is 10 N, the mass of the block (in kg) is (take g = 10 m/s2) :

  1. 2.0
  2. 4.0
  3. 1.6
  4. 2.5

Answer: 1. 2.0

Question 48. A block of mass 20 kg is acted upon by a force F = 30 N at an angle of 53° with the horizontal in a downward direction as shown. The coefficient of friction between the block and the horizontal surface is 0.2. The friction force acting on the block by the ground is (g = 10 m/s2)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Coefficient Of Friction Between The Block And The Horizontal Surface

  1. 40.0 N
  2. 30.0 N
  3. 18.0 N
  4. 44.8 N

Answer: 3. 18.0 N

Question 49. A block of mass m lying on a rough horizontal plane is acted upon by a horizontal force P and another force Q inclined at an angle θ to the vertical. The block will remain in equilibrium if the coefficient of friction between it and the surface is:-

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction A Block Of Mass M Lying On A Rough Horizontal Plane Is Acted Upon By A Horizontal Force

  1. \(\frac{P+Q \sin \theta}{m g+Q \cos \theta}\)
  2. \(\frac{P \cos \theta+Q}{m g-Q \sin \theta}\)
  3. \(\frac{P+Q \cos \theta}{m g+Q \sin \theta}\)
  4. \(\frac{P \sin \theta+Q}{m g-Q \cos \theta}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{P+Q \sin \theta}{m g+Q \cos \theta}\)

Question 50. In the arrangement shown in the figure, a 5 kg block is placed on a rough table (μ =0.4) and a 3kg mass is connected at one end. then the range of mass m, for which the system will remain in equilibrium is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction In The Arrangement The Range Of Mass M For Which The System Will Remain In Equilibrium

  1. 1 kg to 3 kg
  2. 1 kg to 5 kg
  3. Any value greater than 8 kg
  4. 3 kg to 5 kg

Answer: 2. 1 kg to 5 kg

Question 51. Two masses A and B of 10 kg and 5 kg respectively are connected with a string passing over a frictionless pulley fixed at the corner of a table as shown. The coefficient of static friction of A with table is 0.2. The minimum mass of C that may be placed on A to prevent it from moving is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction Two Masses A And B Of 10 kg And 5 kg Respectively Are Connected With A String

  1. 15 kg
  2. 10 kg
  3. 5 kg
  4. 12 kg

Answer: 1. 15 kg

Question 52. A block of mass m is at rest relative to the stationary wedge of mass M. The coefficient of friction between block and wedge is µ. The wedge is now pulled horizontally with acceleration ‘a’ as shown in the figure. Then the minimum magnitude of ‘a’ for the friction between block and wedge to be zero is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction A Block Of Mass M Is At Rest Relative To The Stationary Wedge Of Mass M

  1. g tan θ
  2. µ g tan θ
  3. g cot θ
  4. µ g cot θ

Answer: 3. g cot θ

Question 53. A uniform rope of length l lies on a table. If the coefficient of friction is
μ, then the maximum length l1 of the part of this rope which can overhang from the edge of the table without sliding down is

  1. \(\frac{l}{\mu}\)
  2. \(\frac{l}{\mu+l}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mu l}{1+\mu}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mu l}{\mu-1}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\mu l}{1+\mu}\)

Question 54. A heavy uniform chain lies on a horizontal tabletop. If the coefficient of friction between the chain and table surface is 0.25, then the maximum fraction of the length of the chain, that can hang over one edge of the table is

  1. 20%
  2. 25%
  3. 35%
  4. 15%

Answer: 1. 20%

Question 55. A uniform chain of length L changes partly from a table which is kept in equilibrium by friction. The maximum length that can withstand without slipping is l, and then the coefficient of friction between the table and the chain is

  1. \(\frac{l}{L}\)
  2. \(\frac{l}{L+l}\)
  3. \(\frac{l}{L-1}\)
  4. \(\frac{L}{L+l}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{l}{L-1}\)

Question 56. A uniform metal chain is placed on a rough table such that one end of the chain hangs down over the edge of the table. When one-third of its length hangs over the edge, the chain starts sliding. Then, the coefficient of static friction is

  1. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
  3. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 57. A rope lies on a table such that part of it lays over. The rope begins to slide when the length of the hanging part is 25 % of the entire length. The coefficient of friction between the rope and the table is:

  1. 0.33
  2. 0.25
  3. 0.5
  4. 0.2

Answer: 1. 0.33

Question 58. Two blocks A and B placed on a plane surface as shown in the figure. The mass of block A is 100 kg and that of block B is 200 kg. Block A is tied to a stand and block B is pulled by a force F. If the coefficient of friction between the surfaces of A and B is 0.2 and the coefficient of friction between B and the plane is 0.3 then for the motion of B the minimum value of F will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction Two Block A And B Placed On A Plane Surface The Motion Of B Tthe Minimum Value Of F

  1. 700 N
  2. 1050 N
  3. 900 N
  4. 1100 N

Answer: 4. 1100N

NEET Physics Gravitation Chapter 6 Friction MCQs and Answers

Question 59. A 40 kg slab rests on a frictionless floor. A 10 kg block rests on top of the slab. The static coefficient of friction between the block and slab is 0.60 while the kinetic coefficient is 0.40. The 10 kg block is acted upon by a horizontal force of 100N. If g = 9.8 m/s2, the resulting acceleration of the slab will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction A 40 kg Slab Rests On A Frictionless Floor

  1. 0.98 m/s2
  2. 1.47 m/s2
  3. 1.52 m/s2
  4. 6.1 m/s2

Answer: 1. 0.98 m/s2

Question 60. A body A of mass 1kg rests on a smooth surface. Another body B of mass 0.2 kg is placed over A as shown. The coefficient of static friction between A and B is 0.15. B will bring to slide on A if a pulled with a force greater than-

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction A Body A Of Mass 1kg Rests On A Smooth Surface

  1. 1.764 N
  2. 0.1764 N
  3. 0.3 N
  4. It will not slide for any F

Answer: 1. 1.764 N

Question 61. A ramp is constructed with a parabolic shape such that the height y at any point on its surface is given in terms of its horizontal distance x from the bottom of the ramp (x = y = 0) by y =. A small block is to be set on the ramp. The maximum height from the bottom level at which the block can be kept on the ramp without sliding is (Given that μs= 0.5)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction A Ramp Is Constructed With A Parabolic Shape

  1. 2.5 m
  2. 5 m
  3. 1.25 m
  4. 2.75 m

Answer: 3. 1.25 m

Question 62. Two blocks A and B of equal masses are sliding down along straight parallel lines on an inclined plane of 45°. Their coefficients of kinetic friction are μA= 0.2 and μB= 0.3 respectively. At t = 0, both the blocks are at rest and block A is \(\sqrt{2}\) 2 meters behind block B. The time and distance from the initial position where the front faces of the blocks come in line on the inclined plane as shown in the figure. (Use g = 10 ms-2.)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction Two Blocks A And B Of Equal Masses Are Sliding Down Along Straight Parallel Lines

  1. \(2 \mathrm{~s}, 8 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~m}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{2} \mathrm{~s}, 7 \mathrm{~m}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{2} \mathrm{~s}, 7 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~m}\)
  4. \(2 \mathrm{~s}, 7 / \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~m}\)

Answer: 1. \(2 \mathrm{~s}, 8 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~m}\)

Question 63. A block of mass m is on an inclined plane of angle θ. The coefficient of friction between the block and the plane is μ and tanθ > μ. The block is held stationary by applying a force P parallel to the plane. The direction of force pointing up the plane is taken to be positive. As P is varied from P1= mg(sinθ – μcosθ) to P2= mg(sinθ + μcosθ), the frictional force f versus P graph will look like :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Block Is Held Stationary By Applying A Force P Parallel To The Plane

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Block Is Held Stationary By Applying A Force P Parallel To The Plane.

Answer: 1

Question 64. A smooth block is released at rest on a 45º incline and then slides a distance d. The time taken to slide is n times as much to slide on a rough incline than on a smooth incline. The coefficient of friction is-

  1. \(\mu_s=1-\frac{1}{n^2}\)
  2. \(\mu_s=\sqrt{1-\frac{1}{n^2}}\)
  3. \(\mu_k=1-\frac{1}{n^2}\)
  4. \(\mu_k=\sqrt{1-\frac{1}{n^2}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\mu_k=1-\frac{1}{n^2}\)

NEET Class 11 Friction MCQ Practice Test with Answers

Question 65. Two blocks m1= 4kg and m2= 2kg, are connected by a weightless rod on a plane having an inclination of 370. The coefficients of dynamic friction of m1 and m2 with the inclined plane are μ = 0.25. Then the common acceleration of the two blocks and the tension in the rod are:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Common Acceleration Of The Two Blocks And The Tension In The Rod

  1. 4 m/s2, T = 0
  2. 2 m/s2, T = 5 N
  3. 10 m/s2,T = 10 N
  4. 15 m/s2, T = 9N

Answer: 1. 4 m/s2, T = 0

Question 66. A force F = t is applied to block A as shown in the figure. The force is applied at t = 0 seconds when the system is at rest and the string is just straight without tension. Which of the following graphs gives the friction force between B and the horizontal surface as a function of time ‘t’?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Friction Force Between B And Horizontal Surface As A Function

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Friction Force Between B And Horizontal Surface As A Function.

Answer: 1

Question 67. If the coefficient of friction between A and B is μ, the maximum horizontal acceleration of the wedge A for which B will remain at rest w.r.t the wedge is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Maximum Horizontal Acceleration Of The Wedge

  1. μ g
  2. \(g\left(\frac{1+\mu}{1-\mu}\right)\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{\mu}\)
  4. \(g\left(\frac{1-\mu}{1+\mu}\right)\)

Answer: 2. \(g\left(\frac{1+\mu}{1-\mu}\right)\)

Question 68. What is the minimum stopping distance for a vehicle of mass m moving with speed v along a level road? If the coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road is μ.

  1. \(\frac{v^2}{2 \mu \mathrm{g}}\)
  2. \(\frac{2 v^2}{\mu \mathrm{g}}\)
  3. \(\frac{v^2}{\mu g}\)
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. \(\frac{v^2}{2 \mu \mathrm{g}}\)

Question 69. A block of mass m1= 1 kg and another mass m2= 2 kg, are placed together (see figure) on an inclined plane with angle of inclination θ. Various values of θ are given in List 1. The coefficient of friction between the block m1 and the plane is always zero. The coefficient of static and dynamic friction between the block m2 and the plane is equal to μ = 0.3. In List 2 expression for the friction on block m2 is given. Match the correct expression of the friction in List II with the angles given in List 1, and choose the correct option. The acceleration due to gravity is denoted by g.

[Useful information : tan(5.5°) ≈ 0.1 ; tan (11.5°) ≈ 0.2 ; tan(16.5º ≈ 0.3)]

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Acceleration Due To Gravity Is Denoted By G

List-1

P. θ = 5°

Q. θ = 10°

R. θ = 15°

S. θ = 20°

List-2

1. m2g sin θ

2. (m1+ m2)g sin θ

3. μm2g cos θ

4. μ(m1+ m2)g cos θ

Code:

  1. P-1, Q-1, R-1,S-3
  2. P-2, Q-2, R-2,S-3
  3. P-2, Q-2, R-2,S-4
  4. P-2, Q-2, R-3,S-3

Answer: 4. P-2, Q-2, R-3,S-3

Question 70. A block of mass m is in contact with cart C as shown in the figure.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction A Block Of Mass M Is In Contact With The Cart C

Friction in NEET Physics Class 11 MCQs and Explanations

The coefficient of static friction between the block and the cart is μ. The acceleration α of the cart that will prevent the block from falling satisfies

  1. \(\alpha>\frac{m g}{\mu}\)
  2. \(\alpha>\frac{g}{\mu m}\)
  3. \(\alpha \geq \frac{g}{\mu}\)
  4. \(\alpha<\frac{g}{\mu}\)

Answer: 3. \(\alpha \geq \frac{g}{\mu}\)

Question 71. A conveyor belt is moving at a constant speed of 2m/s. A box is gently dropped on it. The coefficient of friction between them is µ= 0.5. The distance that the box will move relative to the belt before coming to rest on it taking g = 10 ms-2, is :

  1. 1.2 m
  2. 0.6 m
  3. Zero
  4. 0.4 m

Answer: 4. 0.4 m

Question 72. A gramophone record is revolving with an angular velocity ω. A coin is placed at a distance r from the centre of the record. The static coefficient of friction is μ. The coin will revolve with the record if

  1. \(\mathrm{r}=\mu \mathrm{g} \omega^2\)
  2. \(r=\frac{\omega^2}{\mu g}\)
  3. \(r \leq \frac{\mu g}{\omega^2}\)
  4. \(r \geq \frac{\mu g}{\omega^2}\)

Answer: 3. \(r \leq \frac{\mu g}{\omega^2}\)

Question 73. A car of mass m is moving on a level circular track of radius R. If μs represents the static friction between the road and tyres of the car, the maximum speed of the car in circular motion is given by :

  1. \(\sqrt{\mu_s m R g}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{R g / \mu_s}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{m R g / \mu_s}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\mu_s R g}\)

Answer: 4. \(\sqrt{\mu_s R g}\)

Question 74. A system consists of three masses m1, m2 and m3 connected by a string passing over a pulley P. The mass m3 hangs freely and m2 and m1 are on a rough horizontal table (the coefficient of friction = μ). The pulley is frictionless and of negligible mass. The downward acceleration of mass m1 is : (Assume m1= m2= m3= m)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Pulley Is Frictionless And Of Negligible Mass

  1. \(\frac{g(1-g \mu)}{9}\)
  2. \(\frac{2 g \mu}{3}\)
  3. \(\frac{g(1-2 \mu)}{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{g(1-2 \mu)}{2}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{g(1-2 \mu)}{3}\)

Question 75. A Block A of mass m1 rests on a horizontal table. A light string connected to it passes over a frictionless pulley at the edge of a table and from its other end, another block B of mass m2 is suspended. The coefficient of kinetic friction between the block and the table is μk. When the block A is sliding on the table, the tension in the string is :

  1. \(\frac{g(1-g \mu)}{9}\)
  2. \(\frac{2 g \mu}{3}\)
  3. \(\frac{g(1-2 \mu)}{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{g(1-2 \mu)}{2}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{2 g \mu}{3}\)

Question 76. A plank with a box on it at one end is gradually raised about the other end. As the angle of inclination with the horizontal reaches 30º the box starts to slip and slides 4.0 m down the plank in 4.0s. The coefficients of static and kinetic friction between the box and the plank will be, respectively :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Coefficients Of Static And Kinetic Friction Between The Box And The Plank Will Be Respectively

  1. 0.6 and 0.5
  2. 0.5 and 0.6
  3. 0.4 and 0.3
  4. 0.6 and 0.6

Answer: 1. 0.6 and 0.5

Question 77. Which one of the following statements is incorrect?

  1. Rolling friction is smaller than sliding friction.
  2. The coefficient of sliding friction has dimensions of length.
  3. Frictional force opposes the relative motion.
  4. The limiting value of static friction is directly proportional to normal reaction.

Answer: 2. Coefficient of sliding friction has dimensions of length.

Question 78. The minimum force required to start pushing a body up a rough (frictional coefficient μ) inclined plane is F1 while the minimum force needed to prevent it from sliding down is F2. If the inclined plane makes an F angle θ from the horizontal such that tan θ = 2μ then the ratio \(\frac{F_1}{F_2}\) is :

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 3. 3

NEET Physics Chapter 6 Friction: MCQs for Exam Preparation

Question 79. A block of mass m is placed on a surface with a vertical cross-section given by
y =\(\frac{x^3}{6}\). If the coefficient of friction is 0.5, the maximum height above the ground at which the block can be placed without slipping is:

  1. \(\frac{1}{6} m\)
  2. \(\frac{2}{3} m\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{3} m\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{2} m\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{1}{6} m\)

Question 80. Given in the figure are two blocks A and B of weight 20 N and 100 N, respectively. These are being pressed against a wall by a force F as shown. If the coefficient of friction between the blocks is 0.1 and between block B and the wall is 0.15, the frictional force applied by the wall on block B is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction If The Coefficient Of Friction Between The Blocks

  1. 100N
  2. 80N
  3. 120N
  4. 150N

Answer: 3. 120N

Question 81. Two masses m1 = 5kg and m2 = 10kg connected by an inextensible string over a frictionless pulley are moving as shown in the figure. The coefficient of friction of the horizontal surface is 0.15. The minimum weight m that should be put on top of m2 to stop the motion is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Coefficient Of Friction Of Horizontal Surface

  1. 43.3 kg
  2. 10.3 kg
  3. 18.3 kg
  4. 27.3 kg

Answer: 4. 27.3 kg

Question 82. A block of mass 10 kg is kept on a rough inclined plane as shown in the figure. A force of 3N is applied to the block. The coefficient of static friction between the plane and the block is 0.6. What should be the minimum value of force P, such that the block does not move downward (take g = 10 m/s2)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Coefficient Of Static Friction Between The Plane And The Block

  1. 32 N
  2. 23 N
  3. 25 N
  4. 18 N

Answer: 1. 32 N

NEET Class 11 Friction Multiple Choice Questions and Solutions

Question 83. A block kept on a rough inclined plane, as shown in the figure, remains at rest upto a maximum force of 2N down the inclined plane. The maximum external force up the inclined plane that does not move the block is 10 N. The coefficient of static friction between the block and the plane is : (Take g = 10 m/s2)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 6 Friction The Coefficient Of Static Friction Between The Block And The Plane

  1. \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{4}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
  3. \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\)
  4. \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{2}\)

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics Multiple Choice Questions And Answers

Fluid Mechanics Multiple Choice Questions And Answers

Question 1. The height of a mercury barometer is 75 cm at sea level and 50 cm at the top of a hill. The ratio of the density of mercury to that of air is 104. The height of the hill is

  1. 250 m
  2. 2.5 km
  3. 1.25 km
  4. 750 m

Answer: 2. 2.5 km

Question 2. If pressure at half the depth of a lake is equal to 2/3 of pressure at the bottom of the lake then what is the depth of the lake

  1. 10m
  2. 20m
  3. 60m
  4. 30m

Answer: 2. 20m

Question 3. A uniform tapering vessel is filled with a liquid of density 900 kg/m3. The force that acts on the base of the vessel due to the liquid is (g = 10 ms-2 )

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Uniformly Tapering Vessel Is Filled With A Liquid

  1. 3.6 N
  2. 7.2 N
  3. 9.0 N
  4. 14.4 N

Answer: 2. 7.2 N

Fluid Mechanics MCQs for NEET Physics Class 11 with Answers

Question 4. The pressure at the bottom of a tank containing a liquid does not depend on

  1. Acceleration due to gravity
  2. Height of the liquid column
  3. Area of the bottom surface
  4. Nature of the liquid

Answer: 3. Area of the bottom surface

Question 5. When a large bubble rises from the bottom of a lake to the surface. Its radius doubles. If atmospheric pressure is equal to that of a column of water height H, then the depth of the lake is

  1. H
  2. 2H
  3. 7H
  4. 8H

Answer: 3. 7H

Question 6. The volume of an air bubble becomes three times as it rises from the bottom of a lake to its surface. Assuming atmospheric pressure to be 75 cm of Hg and the density of water to be 1/10 of the density of mercury, the depth of the lake is

  1. 5m
  2. 10m
  3. 15m
  4. 20m

Answer: 3. 15m

Question 7. The value of g at a place decreases by 2%.The barometric height of mercury

  1. Increases by 2%
  2. Decreases by 2%
  3. Remains unchanged
  4. Sometimes increases and sometimes decreases

Answer: 1. Increases by 2%

Question 8. A barometer kept in a stationary elevator reads 76 cm. If the elevator starts accelerating the reading will be

  1. Zero
  2. Equal to 76 cm
  3. More than 76 cm
  4. Less than 76 cm

Answer: 4. Less than 76 cm

Question 9. A beaker containing a liquid is kept inside a big closed jar. If the air inside the jar is continuously pumped out, the pressure in the liquid near the bottom of the liquid will

  1. Increases
  2. Decreases
  3. Remain constant
  4. First decrease and then increase

Answer: 2. Decreases

Question 10. A vertical U-tube of the uniform inner cross-section contains mercury on both sides of its arms. A glycerin (density =1.3g/cm3)column of length 10cm is introduced into one of its arms. Oil of density 0.8 gm/cm3 is poured into the other arm until the upper surfaces of the oil and glycerin are at the same horizontal level. Find the length of the oil column, Density of mercury = 13.6 g/cm3

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A vertical U Tube Of Uniform Inner Cross Section Contains Mercury In Both Sides Of Its Arms

  1. 10.4cm
  2. 8.2 cm
  3. 7.2cm
  4. 9.6cm

Answer: 4. 9.6cm

Question 11. From the adjacent figure, the correct observation is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics The Pressure On The Bottom Of Tank Is Greater Than And Is Similar Than At At The Bottam

  1. The pressure on the bottom of the tank is greater than at the bottom of (2).
  2. The pressure on the bottom of the tank is smaller than at the bottom of
  3. The pressure depends on the shape of the container
  4. The pressure on the bottom of and is the same

Answer: 4. The pressure on the bottom of and is the same

Question 12. Air is blown through a hole in a closed pipe containing liquid. Then the pressure will

  1. Increase on sides
  2. Increase downwards
  3. Increase in all direction
  4. Never increases

Answer: 4. Never increases

Question 13. The radius of an air bubble at the bottom of the lake is r and it becomes 2r when the air bubbles rise to the top surface of the lake. If P cm water is the atmospheric pressure, then the depth of the lake is

  1. 2p
  2. 8p
  3. 4p
  4. 7p

Answer: 4. 7p

Question 14. A closed rectangular tank is completely filled with water and is accelerated horizontally with an acceleration towards the right. Pressure is

  1. Maximum at, and
  2. Minimum at

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Closed Rectangular Tank Is Completely Filled With Water

  1. (1)B (2)D
  2. (1)C (2)D
  3. (1)B (2)C
  4. (1)B (2)A

Answer: 1. (1)B (2)D

Question 15. A given-shaped glass tube having a uniform cross-section is filled with water and is mounted on a rotatable shaft as shown in the figure. If the tube is rotated with a constant angular velocity ω then

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Glass Tube Having Uniform Cross Section And The Tube Is Rotated With A Constant Angular Velocity

  1. Water levels in both sections A and B go up
  2. The water level in Section A goes up and that in B comes down
  3. The water level in Section A comes down and in B it goes up
  4. Water levels remain the same in both sections

Answer: 1. Water levels in both sections A and B go up

NEET Physics Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics Multiple Choice Questions

Question 16. A siphon in use is demonstrated in the following figure. The density of the liquid flowing in the siphon is 1.5 gm/cc. The pressure difference between the points P and S will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Siphon In Use Is Demonstrated

  1. 105 N/m
  2. 2 × 105 N/m
  3. Zero
  4. Infinity

Answer: 3. Zero

Question 17. Figure here shows the vertical cross-section of a vessel filled with a liquid of density ρ. The normal thrust per unit area on the walls of the vessel at point. P, as shown, will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics The Vertical Cross Section Of A Vessel Filled With A Liquid Of Density

  1. h ρ g
  2. H ρ g
  3. (H – h) ρ g
  4. (H – h) ρ g cosθ

Answer: 3. (H – h) ρ g

Question 18. A tank with a length of 10 m, breadth of 8m, and depth of 6m is filled with water to the top. If g = 10 m s-2 and the density of water is 1000 kg m-3, then the thrust on the bottom is

  1. 6 × 1000 × 10 × 80 N
  2. 3 × 1000 × 10 × 48 N
  3. 3 × 1000 × 10 × 60 N
  4. 3 × 1000 × 10 × 80 N

Answer: 1. 6 × 1000 × 10 × 80 N

Question 19. In a hydraulic lift, used at a service station the radius of the large and small piston are in the ratio of 20:1. What weight placed on the small piston will be sufficient to lift a car of mass 1500 kg?

  1. 3.75 kg
  2. 37.5 kg
  3. 7.5 kg
  4. 75 kg.

Answer: 1. 3.75 kg

Question 20. Two vessels A and B of different shapes have the same base area and are filled with water up to the same height h (see figure). The force exerted by water on the base is FA for vessel A and FB for vessel B. The respective weights of the water-filled vessels are WA and WB. Then

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics Two Vessels A And B Of Different Shapes Have The Same Base Area And Are Filled With Water

  1. FA> FB ; WA> WB
  2. FA= FB ; WA> WB
  3. FA= FB ; WA< WB
  4. FA> FB ; WA= WB

Answer: 2. FA= FB ; WA> WB

Question 21. A hydrogen balloon released on the moon would:

  1. Climb up with an acceleration of 9.8 m/s2
  2. Climb up with an acceleration of 9.8 × 6 m/s2
  3. Neither climb nor fall
  4. Fall with an acceleration of 9.8/6 m/s2

Answer: 4. Fall with an acceleration of 9.8/6 m/s2

Question 22. Reason for weightlessness in satellite :

  1. Zero gravity
  2. Centre of gravity
  3. Zero reaction force on a plane of the satellite
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Zero reaction force on a plane of the satellite

Question 22. A hemispherical bowl just floats without sinking in a liquid of density 1.2 × 103 kg/m3. If the outer diameter and the density of the bowl are 1 m and 2 × 104 kgm3 respectively, then the inner diameter of the bowl will be

  1. 0.94 m
  2. 0.97 m
  3. 0.98 m
  4. 0.99 m

Answer: 3. 0.98 m

Question 23. In making an alloy, a substance of specific gravity s1 and mass m1 is mixed with another substance of specific gravity s2 and mass m2; then the specific gravity of the alloy is

  1. \(\left(\frac{m_1+m_2}{s_1+s_2}\right)\)
  2. \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{s}_1 \mathrm{~s}_2}{\mathrm{~m}_1+\mathrm{m}_2}\right)\)
  3. \(\frac{m_1+m_2}{\left(\frac{m_1}{s_1}+\frac{m_2}{s_2}\right)}\)
  4. \(\frac{\left(\frac{m_1}{s_1}+\frac{m_2}{s_2}\right)}{m_1+m_2}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{m_1+m_2}{\left(\frac{m_1}{s_1}+\frac{m_2}{s_2}\right)}\)

Question 24. Two solids A and B float in water. It is observed that A floats with half its volume immersed and B floats with 2/3 of its volume immersed. Compare the densities of A and B

  1. 4 :3
  2. 2 :3
  3. 3:4
  4. 1 :3

Answer: 4. 1 :3

Question 25. A body is just floating on the surface of a liquid. The density of the body is the same as that of the liquid. The body is slightly pushed down. What will happen to the body?

  1. It will slowly come back to its earlier position position
  2. It will remain submerged, where it is left
  3. It will sink
  4. It will come out violently

Answer: 2. It will remain submerged, where it is left

Question 26. A rectangular block is 5 cm × 5 cm × 10 cm in size. The block is floating in water with a 5 cm side vertical. If it floats with a 10 cm side vertical, what change will occur in the level of water?

  1. No change
  2. It will rise
  3. It will fall
  4. It may rise or fall depending on the density of a block

Answer: 1. No change

Question 27. A boat carrying steel balls is floating on the surface of water in a tank. If the balls are thrown into the tank one by one how will it affect the level of water

  1. It will remain unchanged
  2. It will rise
  3. It will fall
  4. First, it will first rise and then fall

Answer: 3. It will fall

Question 28. Two pieces of metal when immersed in a liquid have equal upthrust on them; then

  1. Both pieces must have equal weights
  2. Both pieces must have equal densities
  3. Both pieces must have equal volumes
  4. Both are floating to the same depth

Answer: 3. Both pieces must have equal volumes

Question 29. A wooden cylinder floats vertically in water with half of its length immersed. The density of wood is

  1. Equal to that of water
  2. Half the density of water
  3. Double the density of water
  4. The question is incomplete

Answer: 2. Half the density of water

Question 30. An ice block contains a glass ball when the ice melts within the water, the level of water

  1. Rises
  2. Falls
  3. Unchanged
  4. First rises and then falls

Answer: 2. Falls

Fluid Mechanics NEET Class 11 MCQs with Detailed Solutions

Question 31. The construction of submarines is based on

  1. Archimedes’ principle
  2. Bernoulli’s theorem
  3. Pascal’s law
  4. Newton’s laws

Answer: 1. Archimedes’ principle

Question 32. A concrete sphere of radius R has a cavity of radius r which is packed with sawdust. The specific gravities of concrete and sawdust are respectively 2.4 and 0.3 for this sphere to float with its entire volume submerged under water. The ratio of the mass of concrete to the mass of sawdust will be

  1. 8
  2. 4
  3. 3
  4. Zero

Answer: 2. 4

Question 33. A cubical block is floating in a liquid with half of its volume immersed in the liquid. When the whole system accelerates upwards with an acceleration of g/3, the fraction of volume immersed in the liquid will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Cubical Block Is Floating In A Liquid With Half Of Its Volume Immersed In The Liquid

  1. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
  3. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 34. A silver ingot weighing 2.1 kg is held by a string so as to be completely immersed in a liquid of relative density 0.8. The relative density of silver is 10.5. The tension in the string in kg-wt is

  1. 1.6
  2. 1.94
  3. 3.1
  4. 5.25

Answer: 2. 1.94

Question 35. A solid sphere of density η ( > times lighter than water is suspended in a water tank by a string. If the mass of the sphere is m then the tension in the string is given by

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics The Mass Of The Sphere Is M Then The Tension In The String

  1. \(\left(\frac{\eta-1}{\eta}\right) \mathrm{mg}\)
  2. ηmg
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{mg}}{\eta-1}\)
  4. (η−1)mg

Answer: 4. (η−1)mg

Question 36. A hollow sphere of volume V is floating on a water surface with half immersed in it. What should be the minimum volume of water poured inside the sphere so that the sphere now sinks into the water?

  1. V/2
  2. V/3
  3. V/4
  4. V

Answer: 1. V/2

Question 37. Two solids A and B float in water. It is observed that A floats with half its volume immersed and B floats with 2/3 of its volume immersed. Compare the densities of A and B

  1. 4 : 3
  2. 2 : 3
  3. 3: 4
  4. 1 : 3

Answer: 3. 3: 4

Question 38. The fraction of a floating object of volume V0 and density d0 above the surface of a liquid of density d will be

  1. \(\frac{d_0}{d}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{dd}_0}{\mathrm{~d}+\mathrm{d}_0}\)
  3. \(\frac{d-d_0}{d}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{dd}_0}{\mathrm{~d}-\mathrm{d}_0}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{d-d_0}{d}\)

Question 39. The density of the ice is ρ and that of water is σ. What will be the decrease in volume when a mass M of ice melts?

  1. \(\frac{M}{\sigma-\rho}\)
  2. \(\frac{\sigma-\rho}{M}\)
  3. \(M\left[\frac{1}{\rho}-\frac{1}{\sigma}\right]\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{M}}\left[\frac{1}{\rho}-\frac{1}{\sigma}\right]\)

Answer: 3. \(M\left[\frac{1}{\rho}-\frac{1}{\sigma}\right]\)

Question 40. The reading of a spring balance when a block is suspended from it in the air is 60 newton. This reading is changed to 40 newtons when the block is submerged in water. The specific gravity of the block must be therefore :

  1. 3
  2. 2
  3. 6
  4. 3/2

Answer: 1. 3

Question 41. A block of steel of size 5 cm × 5 cm × 5 cm is weighed in water. If the relative density of steel is 7. Its apparent weight is :

  1. 6 × 5 × 5 × 5 gf
  2. 4 × 4 × 4 × 7 gf
  3. 5 × 5 × 5 × 7 gf
  4. 4 × 4 × 4 × 6 gf

Answer: 1. 6 × 5 × 5 × 5 gf

Question 42. Two bodies are in equilibrium when suspended in water from the arms of a balance. The mass of one body is 36 g and its density is 9 g/cc. If the mass of the other is 48 g, its density in g/cc is :

  1. 4/3
  2. 3/2
  3. 3
  4. 5

Answer: 3. 3

Question 43. In order for a floating object to be in a stable rotation at equilibrium, its center of buoyancy should be

  1. Vertically above its center of gravity
  2. Vertically below its center of gravity
  3. Horizontally in line with its center of gravity
  4. May be anywhere

Answer: 1. Vertically above its center of gravity

Question 44. A cork is submerged in water by a spring attached to the bottom of a bowl. When the bowl is kept in an elevator moving with acceleration downwards, the length of the spring

  1. Increases
  2. Decreases
  3. Remains unchanged
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. Decreases

Question 45. A hollow sphere of volume V is floating on a water surface with half immersed in it. What should be the minimum volume of water poured inside the sphere so that the sphere now sinks into the water?

  1. V/2
  2. V/3
  3. V/4
  4. V

Answer: 1. V / 2

Question 46. An ice block contains a glass ball when the ice melts within the water-containing vessel, the level of water

  1. Rises
  2. Falls
  3. Unchanged
  4. First rises and then falls

Answer: 2. Falls

Question 47. A large ship can float but a steel needle sinks because of

  1. Viscosity
  2. Surface tension
  3. Density
  4. None of these

Answer: 4. None of these

Question 48. An iceberg of density 900 kg/m3 is floating in water of density 1000 Kg/m3. The percentage of the volume of ice-cube outside the water is

  1. 20%
  2. 35%
  3. 10%
  4. 25%

Answer: 3. 10%

Question 49. A hemispherical portion of radius R is removed from the bottom of a cylinder of radius R. The volume of the remaining cylinder is V and its mass M. It is suspended by a string in a liquid of density ρ where it stays vertical. The upper surface of the cylinder is at a depth h below the liquid surface. The force on the bottom of the cylinder by the liquid is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Hemispherical Portion Of Radius R Is Removed From The Bottom Of A Cylinder Of Radius R

  1. Mg
  2. Mg – Vρg
  3. Mg + πR2hρg
  4. ρg(V + πR2h)

Answer: 4. ρg(V + πR2h)

NEET Class 11 Fluid Mechanics MCQs for Exam Preparation

Question 50. A wooden block with a coin placed on its top floats in water as shown in the figure. The distance and h are shown here. After some time the coin falls into the water. Then

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Wooden Block With A CoinPlaced On Its Top Floats In Water

  1. l decreases and h increase
  2. l increases and h decreases
  3. Both l and h increases
  4. Both l and h decrease

Answer: 4. Both l and h decrease

Question 51. If a sphere is inserted in water, then it flows with \(\frac{1}{3}\) rd of it outside the water, When it is inserted in an unknown liquid then it flows with \(\frac{3}{4}\) th of it outside, then the density of the unknown liquid is:

  1. 4.9 gm/c.c
  2. \(\frac{9}{4}\) gm/c.c
  3. \(\frac{8}{3}\) gm/c.c
  4. \(\frac{3}{8}\) gm/c.c

Answer: 3. \(\frac{8}{3}\) gm/c.c

Question 52. A body of uniform cross-sectional area floats in a liquid of density thrice its value. The fraction of exposed height will be:

  1. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{5}{6}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 53. A raft of wood of mass 120 kg floats in water. The weight that can be put on the raft to make it just sing, should be : (draft = 600 kg/m3)

  1. 80 kg
  2. 50 kg
  3. 60 kg
  4. 30 kg

Answer: 1. 80 kg

Question 54. A rectangular block of mass m and area of cross-section A floats in a liquid of density ρ. If it is given a small vertical displacement from equilibrium it undergoes oscillation with a time period T. Them :

  1. \(\mathrm{T} \propto \sqrt{\rho}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{T} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{\mathrm{A}}}\)
  3. \(T \propto \frac{1}{\rho}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{T} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{\mathrm{m}}}\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{T} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{\mathrm{A}}}\)

Question 55. The bob of a simple pendulum executes simple harmonic motion in water with a period t, while the period of oscillation of the bob is t0 in air. Neglecting the frictional force of water and given that the density of the bob is (4/3)× 1000 kg/m3. What relationship between t and t0 is true?

  1. t = t0
  2. t = t0/2
  3. t = 2t0
  4. t = 4t0

Answer: 3. t = 2t0

Question 56. A jar is filled with two non-mixing liquids 1 and 2 having densities ρ1 and ρ2, respectively. A solid ball, made of a material of density ρ3, is dropped in the jar. It comes to equilibrium in the position shown in the figure.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Jar Is Filled With Two Non Mixing Liquids 1 And 2 Having Densities Respectively

Which of the following is true for ρ1, ρ2 and ρ3?

  1. ρ1> ρ3> ρ2
  2. ρ1< ρ2< ρ3
  3. ρ1< ρ3< ρ2
  4. ρ3< ρ1< ρ2

Answer: 3. ρ1< ρ3< ρ2

Question 57. A ball is made of a material of density ρ where ρoil < ρ < ρwater with ρoil and ρwater representing the densities of oil and water, respectively. The oil and water are immiscible. If the above ball is in equilibrium in a mixture of this oil and water, which of the following pictures represents its equilibrium position?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics The Oil And Water Are Immiscible

Answer: 2

Question 58. A block of volume V and of density σb is placed in a liquid of density σll > σb), then the block is moved upward upto a height h and it is still in the liquid. The increase in gravitational potential energy of the system is :

  1. σb Vgh
  2. b + σl)Vgh
  3. b – σl)Vgh
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. (σb – σl)Vgh

Question 59. A metallic sphere floats (just sink) in an immiscible mixture of water (ρw = 103 kg/mand a liquid (ρL= 13.5 × 10 with (1/5)th portion by volume in the liquid. The density of the metal is :

  1. 4.5 × 103 kg/m3
  2. 4.0 × 103 kg/m3
  3. 3.5 × 103 kg/m3
  4. 1.9 × 103 kg/m3

Answer: 3. 3.5 × 103 kg/m3

Question 60. Three liquids of densities d, 2d, and 3d are mixed in equal volumes. Then the density of the mixture is

  1. d
  2. 2d
  3. 3d
  4. 5d

Answer: 2. 2d

Question 61. Three liquids of densities d, 2d, and 3d are mixed in equal proportions of weights. The relative density of the mixture is

  1. \(\frac{11 d}{7}\)
  2. \(\frac{18 d}{11}\)
  3. \(\frac{13 d}{9}\)
  4. \(\frac{23 d}{18}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{18 d}{11}\)

Question 62. Figure shows a weigh-bridge, with a beaker P with water on one pan and a balancing weight R on the other. A solid ball Q is hanging with a thread outside the water. It has a volume of 40 cm3 and weighs 80 g. If this solid is lowered to sink fully in water, but not touching the beaker anywhere, the balancing weight R’ will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Weigh Bridge

  1. Same as R
  2. 40 g less than R
  3. 40 g more than R
  4. 80 g more than R

Answer: 3. 40 g more than R

Question 63. In which one of the following cases will the liquid flow in a pipe be most streamlined

  1. Liquid of high viscosity and high density flowing through a pipe of small radius
  2. Liquid of high viscosity and low density flowing through a pipe of small radius
  3. Liquid of low viscosity and low density flowing through a pipe of large radius
  4. Liquid of low viscosity and high density flowing through a pipe of large radius

Answer: 2. Liquid of high viscosity and low density flowing through a pipe of small radius

Fluid Mechanics Multiple Choice Questions for NEET Physics Class 11

Question 64. Two water pipes of diameters 2 cm and 4 cm are connected with the main supply line. The velocity of the flow of water in the pipe of 2 cm diameter is

  1. 4 times that in the other pipe
  2. 14 times than in the other pipe
  3. 2 times that in the other pipe
  4. 12 times than in the other pipe

Answer: 1. 4 times that in the other pipe

Question 65. Water enters through end A with speed υ1 and leaves through end B with speed υ2 of a cylindrical tube AB. The tube is always completely filled with water. In case I tube is horizontal in case II it is vertical with end A upwards and in case III it is vertical with end B upwards. We have υ1 = υ2 for

  1. Case 1
  2. Case 2
  3. Case 3
  4. Each case

Answer: 4. Each case

Question 66. Water is moving with a speed of 5.18 ms-1 through a pipe with a cross-sectional area of 4.20 cm2. The water gradually descends 9.66 m as the pipe increases in area to 7.60 cm2. The speed of flow at the lower level is

  1. 3.0 ms-1
  2. 5.7 ms-1
  3. 3.82 ms-1
  4. 2.86 ms-1

Answer: 4. 2.86 ms-1

Question 67. In the following flag. Is shown the flow of liquid through a horizontal pipe. Three tubes A, B, and C are connected to the pipe. The radii of tubes A, B, and c at the junction are respectively 2 cm, 1 cm, and 2cm. It can be said that the

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics The Flow Of Liquid Through A Horizontal Pipe

  1. The height of the liquid in tube A is the maximum
  2. Height of the liquid in the tubes A and B is the same
  3. The height of the liquid in all three tubes is the same
  4. Height of the liquid in the tubes A and C is the same

Answer: 4. Height of the liquid in the tubes A and C is the same

Question 68. Air is steaming past a horizontal airplane wing such that its speed is 120 m/s over the upper surface and 90 m/s at the lower surface. If the density of air is 1.3 kg per metre3 and the wing is 10 m long and has an average width of 2 m, then the difference of the pressure on the two sides of the wing of

  1. 4095.0 Pascal
  2. 409.50 Pascal
  3. 40.950 Pascal
  4. 4.0950 Pascal

Answer: 1. 4095.0 Pascal

Question 69. A cylinder of height 20 m is filled with water. The velocity of efflux of water (in m/s) through a small hole on the side wall of the cylinder near its bottom is

  1. 10
  2. 20
  3. 25.5
  4. 5

Answer: 2. 20

Question 70. There is a hole in the bottom of the tank having water. If the total pressure at the bottom is 3 atm (1 atm = 105 N/mthen the velocity of water flowing from the hole is

  1. \(\sqrt{400} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{600} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{60} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{400} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)

Question 71. In a turbulent flow, the velocity of the liquid molecules in contact with the walls of the tube is

  1. Zero
  2. Maximum
  3. Equal to critical velocity
  4. May have any value

Answer: 4. May have any value

Question 72. Water is flowing through a tube of non-uniform cross-section ratio of the radius at the entry and exit end of the pipe is 3: 2. Then the ratio of velocities at the entry and exit of liquid is

  1. 4: 9
  2. 9: 4
  3. 8: 27
  4. 1: 1

Answer: 1. 4: 9

Fluid Mechanics MCQ Practice Test with Answers for NEET Class 11

Question 73. Water is flowing through a horizontal pipe of non-uniform cross-section. At the extremely narrow portion of the pipe, the water will have

  1. Maximum speed and least pressure
  2. Maximum pressure and least speed
  3. Both pressure and speed maximum
  4. Both pressure and speed least

Answer: 1. Maximum speed and least pressure

Question 74. A liquid flows in a tube from left to right as shown in the figure. A1 and A2 are the cross-sections of the portions of the tube as shown. Then the ratio of speeds ν1/ ν2 will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Liquid Flows In A Tube From Left To Right The Cross Section Of The Portions Of The Tube

  1. A1/ A2
  2. A2/ A1
  3. \(\sqrt{A_2} / \sqrt{A_1}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{A_1} / \sqrt{A_2}\)

Answer: 2. A2/ A1

Question 75. A large tank filled with water to a height of ‘h’ is to be emptied through a small hole at the bottom. The ratio of time taken for the level of water to fall from h to \(\frac{h}{2}\) and from \(\frac{h}{2}\) to zero is

  1. \(\sqrt{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{2}-1\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}-1}\)

Answer: 3. \(\sqrt{2}-1\)

Question 76. There is a hole in area A at the bottom of the cylindrical vessel. Water is filled up to a height of h and water flows out in t second. If water is filled to a height of 4h, it will flow out in time equal to

  1. t
  2. 4t
  3. 2 t
  4. t/4

Answer: 3. 2 t

Question 77. In this figure, an ideal liquid flows through the tube, which is of uniform cross-section. The liquid has velocities vA and vB, and pressure PA and PB at points A and B respectively

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics An Ideal Liquid Flows Through The Tube Which Is Of Uniform Cross Section

  1. vA = vB
  2. vB > vA
  3. PA = PB
  4. PB > PA

Answer: (1,4)

Question 78. A liquid flows through a horizontal tube. The velocities of the liquid in the two sections, which have areas of cross-section A1 and A2, are v1 and v2 respectively. The difference in the levels of the liquid in the two vertical tubes is h

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Liquid Flows Through A Horizontal Tube

  1. The volume of the liquid flowing through the tube in unit time is A1v1
  2. \(v_2-v_1=\sqrt{2 g h}\)
  3. \(v_2^2-v_1^2=2 g h\)
  4. The energy per unit mass of the liquid is the same in both sections of the tube

Answer: (1,3,4)

Question 79. An L-shaped glass tube is just immersed in flowing water such that its opening is pointing against flowing water. If the speed of the water current is v, then

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics An L Shaped Glass Tube Is Just Immersed In Flowing Water

  1. The water in the tube rises to height \(\frac{v^2}{2 \mathrm{~g}}\)
  2. The water in the tube rises to height \(\frac{\mathrm{g}}{2 \mathrm{v}^2}\)
  3. The water in the tube does not rise at all
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. The water in the tube rises to height \(\frac{v^2}{2 \mathrm{~g}}\)

Question 80. A streamlined body falls through the air from a height of h on the surface of a liquid. If d and D(D > d) represent the densities of the material of the body and liquid respectively, then the time after which the body will be instantaneously at rest is

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 h}{g}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 h}{g} \cdot \frac{D}{d}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 h}{g} \cdot \frac{d}{D}}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 h}{g}}\left(\frac{d}{D-d}\right)\)

Answer: 4. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 h}{g}}\left(\frac{d}{D-d}\right)\)

Question 81. A large tank is filled with water to a height of H. A small hole is made at the base of the tank. It takes T1 time to decrease the height of water to \(\frac{H}{\eta}(\eta>1)\), and it takes T2 time to take out the rest of the water. T1 = T2 then the value of η is

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. \(2 \sqrt{2}\)

Answer: 3. 4

Question 82. Bernoulli’s principle is based on the law of conservation:

  1. Mass
  2. Momentum
  3. Energy
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Energy

Question 83. The action of the paint gun is based on:

  1. Bernoulli’s principle
  2. Boyle’s law
  3. Faraday’s law
  4. Archimedes principle

Answer: 1. Bernoulli’s principle

NEET Physics Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics MCQs: Key Concepts and Solutions

Question 84. Bernoulli’s equation is applicable to points:

  1. In a steadily flowing liquid
  2. In a streamlined
  3. In a straight line perpendicular to a streamline
  4. For ideal liquid streamline flow on a streamline

Answer: 4. For ideal liquid streamline flow on a streamline

Question 85. Bernoulli’s equation is based upon:

  1. Isochoric process
  2. Isobaric process
  3. Isothermal process
  4. Adiabatic process

Answer: 3. Isothermal process

Question 86. The horizontal flow of fluid depends upon

  1. Pressure difference
  2. Amount of fluid
  3. Density of fluid
  4. All the above

Answer: 1. Pressure difference

Question 87. In steady horizontal flow:

  1. The pressure is greatest where the speed is least
  2. The pressure is independent of speed
  3. The pressure is the least where the speed is the least
  4. (1) and (3) are correct

Answer: 1. The pressure is greatest where the speed is least

Question 88. In a laminar flow, the velocity of the liquid in contact with the walls of the tube is

  1. Zero
  2. Maximum
  3. In between zero and maximum
  4. Equal to critical velocity

Answer: 1. Zero

Question 89. In a turbulent flow, the velocity of the liquid molecules in contact with the walls of the tube is –

  1. Zero
  2. Maximum
  3. Equal to critical velocity
  4. May have any value

Answer: 4. May have any value

Question 90. The Reynolds number of a flow is the ratio of

  1. Gravity to viscous force
  2. Gravity force to pressure force
  3. Inertia forces to viscous force
  4. Viscous forces to pressure forces

Answer: 3. Inertia forces to viscous force

Question 91. A tank is filled with water up to height H. Water is allowed to come out of a hole P in one of the walls at a depth D below the surface of the water. Express the horizontal distance x in terms of H and D :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Tank Is Filled With Water Up To Height H The Horizontal Distance X In Terms Of H And D

  1. \(x=\sqrt{D(H-D)}\)
  2. \(x=\sqrt{\frac{D(H-D)}{2}}\)
  3. \(x=2 \sqrt{D(H-D)}\)
  4. \(x=4 \sqrt{D(H-D)}\)

Answer: 3. \(x=2 \sqrt{D(H-D)}\)

Fluid Mechanics MCQs for NEET Class 11: Complete Question Bank

Question 92. A fixed cylindrical vessel is filled with water up to height H. A hole is bored in the wall at a depth of h from the free surface of the water. For maximum horizontal range, h is equal to :

  1. H
  2. 3H/4
  3. H/2
  4. H/4

Answer: 3. H/2

Question 93. An incompressible liquid flows through a horizontal tube as shown in the figure. Then the velocity ‘ v ‘ of the fluid is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics An Incompressible Liquid Flows Through A Horizontal Tube

  1. 3.0 m/s
  2. 1.5 m/s
  3. 1.0 m/s
  4. 2.25 m/s

Answer: 3. 1.0 m/s

Question 94. For a fluid that is flowing steadily, the level in the vertical tubes is best represented by

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Fluid Which Is Flowing Steadily The Level In The Vertical Tubes

Answer: 1

Question 95. Water flows through a frictionless duct with a cross-section varying as shown in the figure. Pressure p at points along the axis is represented by

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics Water Flows Through A Frictionless Duct With A Cross Section

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics Water Flows Through A Frictionless Duct With A Cross Section.

Answer: 1

Question 96. Air is blown through a hole in a closed pipe containing liquid. Then the pressure will :

  1. Increase on sides
  2. Increase downwards
  3. Increase in all directions
  4. Never increases

Answer: 3. Increase in all directions

Question 97. The Working of an atomizer depends upon

  1. Bernoulli’s theorem
  2. Boyle’s law
  3. Archimedes principle
  4. Newton’s law of motion

Answer: 1. Bernoulli’s theorem

Question 98. A cylinder of height 20m is completely filled with water. The velocity of efflux of water (in ms–through a small hole on the side wall of the cylinder near its bottom, is :

  1. 10
  2. 20
  3. 25.5
  4. 5

Answer: 2. 20

Question 99. An application of Bernoulli’s equation for fluid flow is found in

  1. Dynamic lift of an aeroplane
  2. Viscosity meter
  3. Capillary rise
  4. Hydraulic press

Answer: 1. Dynamic lift of an aeroplane

Question 100. A large open tank has two holes in the wall. One is a square hole of side L at a depth y from the top and the other is a circular hole of radius R at a depth 4y from the top. When the tank is completely filled with water, the quantities of water flowing out per second from both holes are the same. Then radius R, is equal to :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Large Open Tank Has Two Holes In The Wall

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{L}}{\sqrt{2 \pi}}\)
  2. 2 π L
  3. L
  4. \(\frac{L}{2 \pi}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{\mathrm{L}}{\sqrt{2 \pi}}\)

Question 101. Water is filled in a container upto height 3m. A small hole of area ‘a’ is punched in the wall of the container at a height of 52.5 cm from the bottom. The cross-sectional area of the container is A. If a/A = 0.1 then v2 is : (where v is the velocity of water coming out of the hole) (g = 10 m/s2)

  1. 50
  2. 51
  3. 48
  4. 51.5

Answer: 1. 50

Question 102. Statement -1 

The stream of water flowing at high speed from a garden hose pipe tends to spread like a fountain when held vertically up but tends to narrow down when held vertically down.

Statement -2

In any steady flow of an incompressible fluid, the volume flow rate of the fluid remains constant.

  1. Statement -1 is True, Statement -2 is True; Statement -2 is a correct explanation for Statement -1
  2. Statement -1 is True, Statement -2 is True; Statement -2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement -1
  3. Statement -1 is True, Statement -2 is False
  4. Statement -1 is False, Statement -2 is True.

Answer: 1. Statement -1 is True, Statement -2 is True; Statement -2 is a correct explanation for Statement -1

NEET Physics Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics: Practice MCQs and Answers

Question 103. Water is flowing inside a tube of a uniform radius ratio of the radius of entry and exit terminals of the tube is 3: 2. Then the ratio of velocities at entry and exit terminals will be :

  1. 4: 9
  2. 9: 4
  3. 8: 27
  4. 1: 1

Answer: 1. 4: 9

Question 104. At what speed, the velocity head of water is equal to the pressure head of 40 cm of hg?

  1. 10.3 m/s
  2. 2.8 m/s
  3. 5.6 m/s
  4. 8.4 m/s

Answer: 1. 10.3 m/s

Question 105. A hole in the bottom of the tank has water. If the total pressure at the bottom is 3 atm (1 atm = 105 Nm-2), then the velocity of water flowing from the hole is :

  1. \(\sqrt{400} \mathrm{~ms}^{-1}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{600} \mathrm{~ms}^{-1}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{60} \mathrm{~ms}^{-1}\)
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{400} \mathrm{~ms}^{-1}\)

Question 106. The velocity of water flowing in a non-uniform tube is 20 cm/s at a point where the tube radius is 0.2 cm. The velocity at another point, where the radius is 0.1 cm is:

  1. 80 cm/s
  2. 40 cm/s
  3. 20 cm/s
  4. 5 cm/s

Answer: 1. 80 cm/s

Question 107. Water is poured into a vessel at a constant rate β m3/s. There is a small hole of area α at the bottom of the vessel. The maximum level of water in the vessel is proportional to

  1. β/α
  2. β2
  3. β2/ α2
  4. α2/ β2

Answer: 3. β2/ α2

Question 108. A manometer connected to a closed tap reads 3.5 × 105 N/m2, When the value is opened, the reading of the manometer falls to 3.0 × 105 N/m2, then the velocity of the flow of water is

  1. 100 m/s
  2. 10 m/s
  3. 1 m/s
  4. 1010m/s

Answer: 2. 10 m/s

Question 109. According to Bernoulli’s equation \(\frac{P}{p g}+h \frac{1}{2} \frac{v}{g}\)= Constant

The terms A, B, and C are generally called respectively :

  1. Gravitational head, pressure head, and velocity head
  2. Gravity, gravitational head, and velocity head
  3. Pressure head, gravitational head, and velocity head
  4. Gravity, Pressure, and velocity head

Answer: 3. Pressure head, gravitational head, and velocity head

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics MCQs and Answers

Question 110. The weight of the sphere in the air is 50g. Its weight is 40 g in a liquid, at a temperature of 20°C. When the temperature increases to 70°C, it weight becomes 45 g. Find

1. The ratio of densities of liquid at given two temperatures,

Answer: \(\frac{\rho_1}{\rho_2}=\frac{2}{1}\) the ratio of densities of liquid at given two temperatures,

2. The coefficient of cubical expansion of liquid assumes that there is no expansion of the volume of a sphere.

Answer: \(\frac{1}{(70-20)}=0.02 /{ }^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\)

Question 111. The cubical container ABCDEFGH which is completely filled with an ideal (nonviscous and incompressible) fluid, moves in a gravity-free space with an acceleration of a = \(a_0(\hat{i}-\hat{j}+\hat{k})\) where a0 is a positive constant. Then the only point in the container where pressure is maximum is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Gravity Free Space With A Acceleration

  1. B
  2. C
  3. E
  4. F

Answer: 1. B

Question 112. In the previous question pressure will be minimal at point –

  1. A
  2. B
  3. H
  4. F

Answer: 4. F

Question 113. A cylindrical tank of height 0.4 m is open at the top and has a diameter of 0.16 m. Water is filled in it up to a height of 0.16 m. how long it will take to empty the tank through a hole of radius 5×10-3 m in its bottom?

  1. 46.26 sec.
  2. 4.6 sec.
  3. 462.6 sec.
  4. 4.46 sec.

Answer: 1. 46.26 sec.

Question 114. A narrow tube completely filled with a liquid is lying on a series of cylinders as shown in the figure. Assuming no sliding between any surfaces, the value of the acceleration of the cylinders for which liquid will not come out of the tube from anywhere is given by opening to the atmosphere

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Narrow Tube Completely Filled With A Liquid Is Lying On A Series Of Cylinders

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{gH}}{2 \mathrm{~L}}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{gH}}{\mathrm{L}}\)
  3. \(\frac{2 \mathrm{gH}}{\mathrm{L}}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{gH}}{\sqrt{2 \mathrm{~L}}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{\mathrm{gH}}{2 \mathrm{~L}}\)

Question 115. A liquid is kept in a cylindrical vessel that is rotated along its axis. The liquid rises at the sides. If the radius of the vessel is 0.05 m and the speed of rotation is 2 rev/s, The difference in the height of the liquid at the center of the vessel and its sides will be (π2 = 10) :

  1. 3 cm
  2. 2 cm
  3. 3/2 cm
  4. 2/3 cm

Answer: 2. 2 cm

Question 116. A container of liquid is released from the rest, on a smooth inclined plane as shown in the figure. The length of the inclined plane is sufficient, and assume liquid is finally in equilibrium. Finally liquid surface makes an angle horizontal.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics Liquid Surface Makes An Angle With Horizontal

  1. 60º
  2. 45º
  3. 30º
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. 30º

Question 117. A U-tube of base length “l” filled with the same volume of two liquids of densities ρ and 2ρ is moving with an acceleration “a” on the horizontal plane. If the height difference between the two surfaces (open to atmosphere) becomes zero, then the height h is given by:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A U Tube Of Base Length L Filled With Same Volume Of Two Liquids Of Densities On The Horizontal Plane

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{a}}{2 \mathrm{~g}} \ell\)
  2. \(\frac{3 \mathrm{a}}{2 \mathrm{~g}} \ell\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{a}}{\mathrm{g}} \ell\)
  4. \(\frac{2 \mathrm{a}}{3 \mathrm{~g}} \ell\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{3 \mathrm{a}}{2 \mathrm{~g}} \ell\)

Question 118. A given-shaped glass tube having a uniform cross-section is filled with water and is mounted on a rotatable shaft as shown in the figure. If the tube is rotated with a constant angular velocity ω then:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Given Shaped Glass Tube Having Uniform Cross Section Is Filled With Water

  1. Water levels in both sections A and B go up
  2. The water level in Section A goes up and that in B comes down
  3. The water level in Section A comes down and in B it goes up
  4. Water levels remain the same in both sections

Answer: 1. Water levels in both sections A and B go up

Question 119. A candle of diameter d is floating on a liquid in a cylindrical container of diameter D (D > > d) as shown in the figure. If it is burning at the rate of 2cm/hour then the top of the candle will

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Candle Of Diameter D Is Floating On A Liquid In A Cylindrical Container Of Diameter

  1. Remain at the same height
  2. Fall at the rate of 1 cm/hour
  3. Fall at the rate of 2 cm/hour
  4. Go up the rate of 1 cm/hour

Answer: 2. Fall at the rate of 1 cm/hour

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics MCQs and Answers

Question 120. There are two identical small holes on the opposite sides of a tank containing a liquid. The tank is open at the top. The difference in height between the two holes is h. As the liquid comes out of the two holes, the tank will experience a net horizontal force proportional to:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics Two Identical Small Holes On The Opposite Sides Of A Tank Containing A Liquid

  1. h1/2
  2. h
  3. h3/2
  4. h2

Answer: 2. h

Question 121. The diagram shows a cup of tea seen from above. The tea has been stirred and is now rotating without turbulence. A graph showing the speed υ with which the liquid is crossing points at a distance X from O along a radius XO would look like

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics The Diagram Shows A Cup Of Tea

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics The Tea Has Been Stirred And Is Now Rotating Without Turbulence

Answer: 4

Question 122. A wind with a speed of 40 m/s blows parallel to the roof of a house. The area of the roof is 250 m2. Assuming that the pressure inside the house is atmospheric pressure, the force exerted by the wind on the roof and the direction of the direction of the force will be : (Pair = 1.2 kg / m3)

  1. 4.8 x 105 N, upwards
  2. 2.4 x 105 N, upwards
  3. 2.4 x 105 N, downwards
  4. 4.8 x 105 N, downwards

Answer: 2. 2.4 x 105 N, upwards

Question 123. The heart of a man pumps 5 liters of through the arteries per minute at a pressure of 150 mm of mercury. If the density of mercury be 13.6 ×103 kg/m3 and g = 10m/s2 then the power of heart in watt is:

  1. 2.35
  2. 3.0
  3. 1.50
  4. 1.70

Answer: 4. 1.70

Question 124. The cylindrical tube of a spray pump has radius, R, one end of which has n fine holes, each of radius r. If the speed of the liquid in the tube is V, the speed of the ejection of the liquid through the holes is:

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{VR}^2}{\mathrm{nr}^2}\)
  2. \(\frac{V R^2}{n^3 r^2}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{V}^2 \mathrm{R}}{\mathrm{nr}}\)
  4. \(\frac{V R^2}{n^2 r^2}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{\mathrm{VR}^2}{\mathrm{nr}^2}\)

Question 125. Two non-mixing liquids of densities ρ and nρ (n > are put in a container. The height of each liquid is h. A solid cylinder of length L and density d is put in this container. The cylinder floats with its axis vertical and length pL (p < in the denser liquid. The density d is equal to

  1. {1 + (n – 1)p}ρ
  2. {1 + (n + 1)p}ρ
  3. {2+(n + 1)p}ρ
  4. {2 + (n – 1)p}ρ

Answer: 1. {1 + (n – 1)p}ρ

Question 126. A U tube with both ends open to the atmosphere is partially filled with water. Oil, which is immiscible with water, is poured into one side until it stands at a distance of 10 mm above the water level on the other side. Meanwhile, the water rises by 65 mm from its original level (see diagram). The density of the oil is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A U Tube With Both Ends Open To The Atmosphere Is Partially Filled With Water

  1. 650 kg m-3
  2. 425 kg m-3
  3. 800 kg m-3
  4. 928 kg m-3

Answer: 4. 928 kg m-3

Question 127. A small hole of area of cross-section 2 mm2 is present near the bottom of a fully filled open tank of height 2 m. Taking g = 10 m/s2, the rate of flow of water through the open hole would be nearly

  1. 6.4 × 10-6 m3/s
  2. 12.6 × 10-6 m3/s
  3. 8.9 × 10-6 m3/s
  4. 2.23 × 10-6 m3/s

Answer: 2. 12.6 × 10-6 m3/s

Question 128. In a U-tube, as shown in the figure water and oil are on the left side and right side of the tube respectively. The heights from the bottom for water and oil columns are 15 cm and 20 cm respectively. The density of the oil is: [take ρwater = 1000 kg/m3]

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A U Tube Water And Oil Are In The Left Side And Right Side Of The Tube Respectively

  1. 1200 kg/m3
  2. 750 kg/m3
  3. 1000 kg/m3
  4. 1333 kg/m3

Answer: 2. 750 kg/m3

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics MCQs and Answers

Question 129. A liquid does not wet the solid surface if the angle of contact is:

  1. Equal to 45°
  2. Equal to 60°
  3. Greater than 90°
  4. Zero

Answer: 3. Greater than 90°

Question 130. A barometer is constructed using a liquid (density = 760 kg/m3). What would be the height of the liquid column, when a mercury barometer reads 76 cm? (Density of mercury = 13600 kg/m

  1. 1.36 m
  2. 13.6 m
  3. 136 m
  4. 0.76 m

Answer: 2. 13.6 m

Question 131. A capillary tube of radius r is immersed in water and water rises in it to a height h. The mass of the water in the capillary is 5g. Another capillary tube of radius 2r is immersed in water. The mass of water that will rise in this tube is

  1. 20.0 g
  2. 2.5 g
  3. 5.0 g
  4. 10.0g

Answer: 4. 10.0g

Question 132. The velocity of a small ball of mass M and density, when dropped in a container filled with glycerine becomes constant after some time. If the density of glycerine is d/2, then the viscous force acting on the ball will be

  1. Mg
  2. \(\frac{3}{2} \mathrm{Mg}\)
  3. 2Mg
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{Mg}}{2}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{\mathrm{Mg}}{2}\)

Question 133. Water is flowing continuously from a tap having an internal diameter 8 × 10-3 m. The water velocity as it leaves the tap is 0.4 ms-1. The diameter of the water stream at a distance 2 × 10-1 m below the tap is close to :

  1. 5.0 × 10-3 m
  2. 7.5 × 10-3 m
  3. 9.6 × 10-3 m
  4. 3.6 × 10-3 m

Answer: 4. 3.6 × 10-3 m

Question 134. A wooden cube (density of wood ‘d’) of side ‘l’ floats in a liquid of density ‘p’ with its upper and lower surfaces horizontal. If the cube is pushed slightly down and released, it performs a simple harmonic motion of period ‘T’. Then, ‘T’ is equal to :

  1. \(2 \pi \sqrt{\frac{\ell \mathrm{d}}{\rho \mathrm{g}}}\)
  2. \(2 \pi \sqrt{\frac{\ell \rho}{d g}}\)
  3. \(2 \pi \sqrt{\frac{\ell d}{(\rho-d) g}}\)
  4. \(2 \pi \sqrt{\frac{\ell \rho}{(\rho-d) g}}\)

Answer: 1. \(2 \pi \sqrt{\frac{\ell \mathrm{d}}{\rho \mathrm{g}}}\)

Question 135. A uniform cylinder of length L and mass M having cross-sectional area A is suspended, with its length vertical, from a fixed point by a massless spring such that it is half submerged in a liquid of density σ at the equilibrium position. The extension x0 of the spring when it is in equilibrium is : (Here k is spring constant)

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{Mg}}{\mathrm{k}}\)
  2. \(\frac{M g}{k}\left(1-\frac{L A \sigma}{M}\right)\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{Mg}}{\mathrm{k}}\left(1-\frac{\mathrm{LA} \sigma}{2 \mathrm{M}}\right)\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{Mg}}{\mathrm{k}}\left(1+\frac{\mathrm{LA} \sigma}{\mathrm{M}}\right)\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\mathrm{Mg}}{\mathrm{k}}\left(1-\frac{\mathrm{LA} \sigma}{2 \mathrm{M}}\right)\)

Question 136. There is a circular tube in a vertical plane. Two liquids that do not mix and of densities d1 and d2 are filled in the tube. Each liquid subtends a 90° angle at the center. The radius joining their interface makes an angle α with vertical. Ratio \(\frac{d_1}{d_2}\) is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics A Circular Tube In A Vertical Plane

  1. \(\frac{1+\sin \alpha}{1-\sin \alpha}\)
  2. \(\frac{1+\cos \alpha}{1-\cos \alpha}\)
  3. \(\frac{1+\tan \alpha}{1-\tan \alpha}\)
  4. \(\frac{1+\sin \alpha}{1-\cos \alpha}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{1+\tan \alpha}{1-\tan \alpha}\)

Question 137. The top of a water tank is open to air and its water level is maintained. It is giving out 0.74 m3/ min. water per minute through a circular opening of a 2 cm radius in its wall. The depth of the center of the opening from the level of water in the tank is close to :

  1. 2.9 m
  2. 9.6 m
  3. 4.8 m
  4. 6.0 m

Answer: 3. 4.8 m

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 5 Fluid Mechanics MCQs and Answers

Question 138. A cylindrical plastic bottle of negligible mass is filled with 310 ml of water and left floating in a pond with still water. If pressed downward slightly and released, it starts performing simple harmonic motion at angular frequency ω. If the radius of the bottle is 2.5 cm then ω is close to : (density of water = 103 kg/m3)

  1. 5.00 rad s-1
  2. 3.70 rad s-1
  3. 2.50 rad s-1
  4. 1.25 rad s-1

Answer: 4. 1.25 rad s-1

Question 139. A liquid of density is coming out of a hose pipe of radius a with horizontal speed and hits a mesh. 50% of the liquid passes through the mesh unaffected. 25% loses all of its momentum and 25% comes back with the same speed. The resultant pressure on the mesh will be :

  1. \(\frac{1}{2} \rho v^2\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{4} \rho v^2\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{4} \rho v^2\)
  4. \(\rho v^2\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{3}{4} \rho v^2\)

Question 140. A load of mass M kg is suspended from a steel wire of length 2 m and radius 1.0 mm in Searle’s apparatus experiment. The increase in length produced in the wire is 4.0 mm. Now the load is fully immersed in a liquid of relative density 2. The relative density of the material of load is 8. The new value of the increase in length of the steel wire is :

  1. 3.0 mm
  2. Zero
  3. 5.0 mm
  4. 4.0

Answer: 1. 3.0 mm

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 3 Centre Of Mass Multiple Choice Question And Answers

Centre Of Mass Multiple Choice Question And Answers

Question 1. The center of mass of a body:

  1. Lies always at the geometrical center
  2. Lies always inside the body
  3. Lies always outside the body
  4. Lies within or outside the body

Answer: 4. Lies within or outside the body

Question 2. A body has its center of mass at the origin. The x-coordinates of the particles

  1. Maybe all positive
  2. Maybe all negative
  3. It must be all non-negative
  4. It may be positive for some particles and negative for other particles

Answer: 4. May be positive for some particles and negative in other particles

Centre of Mass MCQs for NEET Physics Class 11 with Answers

Question 3. All the particles of a body are situated at a distance R from the origin. The distance of the center of mass of the body from the origin is

  1. = R
  2. ≤ R
  3. > R
  4. ≥ R

Answer: 2. ≤ R

Question 4. Where will be the center of mass on combining two masses m and M (M > m):

  1. Towards m
  2. Towards M
  3. In the middle of m and M
  4. Anywhere

Answer: 2. Towards M

Question 5. Two homogenous spheres A and B of masses m and 2m having radii 2a and a respectively are placed in touch. The distance of the center of mass from the first sphere is :

  1. a
  2. 2a
  3. 3a
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. 2a

Question 6. In the HCl molecule, the separation between the nuclei of the two atoms is about 1.27 Å (1 Å = 10–10 m). The approximate location of the centre of mass of the molecule, distance from the hydrogen atom assuming the chlorine atom to be about 35.5 times as massive as hydrogen is

  1. 2.5 Å
  2. 1.24 Å
  3. 1.5 Å

Answer: 3. 1.24 Å

Question 7. The distance between the carbon atom and the oxygen atom in a carbon monoxide molecule is 1.1 Å. Given, that the mass of the carbon atom is 12 a.m.u. and the mass of the oxygen atom is 16 a.m.u., calculate the position of the center of mass of the carbon monoxide molecule

  1. 6.3 Å from the carbon atom
  2. 1 Å from the oxygen atom
  3. 0.63 Å from the carbon atom
  4. 0.12 Å from the oxygen atom

Answer: 3. 0.63 Å from the carbon atom

Question 8. Three identical metal balls each of radius r are placed touching each other on a horizontal surface such that an equilateral triangle is formed when the centers of the three balls are joined. The center of the mass of the system is located at

  1. Horizontal surface
  2. The center of one of the balls
  3. Line joining centers of any two balls
  4. Point of intersection of the medians

Answer: 4. Point of intersection of the medians

Question 9. Centre of mass is a point

  1. Which is the geometric center of a body
  2. From which distance of particles the same
  3. Where the whole mass of the body is supposed to be concentrated
  4. Which is the origin of the reference frame

Answer: 3. Where the whole mass of the body is supposed to be concentrated

Question 10. Choose the correct statement about the center of mass (CM) of a system of two particles

  1. The CM lies on the line joining the two particles midway between them
  2. The CM lies on the line joining them at a point whose distance from each particle is inversely proportional to the mass of that particle
  3. The CM lies on the line joining them at a point whose distance from each particle is proportional to the square of the mass of that particle
  4. The CM is on the line joining them at a point whose distance from each particle is proportional to the mass of that particle

Answer: 2. The CM lies on the line joining them at a point whose distance from each particle is inversely proportional to the mass of that particle

Question 11. The center of mass of a system of two particles divides the distance between them

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Cricket Bat Is Cut At The Location Of Its Centre Of Mass

  1. In the inverse ratio of the square of masses of particles
  2. In a direct ratio of the square of masses of particles
  3. In inverse ratio of masses of particles
  4. In direct ratio of masses of particles

Answer: 3. In inverse ratio of masses of particles

Question 12. A cricket bat is cut at the location of its center of mass as shown.

  1. The two pieces will have the same mass
  2. The bottom piece will have a larger mass
  3. The handle piece will have a larger mass
  4. The mass of the handle piece is double the mass of the bottom piece

Answer: 2. The bottom piece will have a larger mass

Question 13. The center of mass of the triangle shown in the figure has coordinates

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Centre Of Mass Of Triangle

  1. \(x=\frac{h}{2}, y=\frac{b}{2}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{x}=\frac{\mathrm{b}}{2}, \mathrm{y}=\frac{\mathrm{h}}{2}\)
  3. \(x=\frac{b}{3}, y=\frac{h}{3}\)
  4. \(x=\frac{h}{3}, y=\frac{b}{3}\)

Answer: 3. \(x=\frac{b}{3}, y=\frac{h}{3}\)

Question 14. Four bodies of equal mass start moving at the same speed as shown in the figure. In which of the following combination the center of mass will remain at the origin

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass Four Bodies Of Equal Mass Start Moving With Same Speed The Centre Of Mass Will Remain At Origin

  1. c and b
  2. a and d
  3. a and c
  4. b and c

Answer: 3. a and c

Question 15. Three identical spheres, each of mass 1 kg are kept as shown in the figure, touching each other, with their centers on a straight line. If their centers are marked P, Q, and R respectively, the distance of the center of mass of the system from P (origin) is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Distance Of Centre Of Mass Of The System From P

  1. \(\frac{P Q+P R+Q R}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{P Q+P R}{3}\)
  3. \(\frac{P Q+Q R}{3}\)
  4. PR+QR

Answer: 2. \(\frac{P Q+P R}{3}\)

Question 16. A uniform square plate ABCD has a mass of 10 kg. If two point masses of 3 kg each are placed at the corners C and D as shown in the adjoining figure, then the center of mass shifts to the point which lies on –

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Uniform Square Plate

  1. OC
  2. OD
  3. OY
  4. OX

Answer: 3. OY

Question 17. Three particles of masses 1 kg, 2 kg, and 3 kg are placed at the corners of an equilateral triangle of side 1.0 m as shown in Fig. The coordinates of the center of masses of the system are

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Coordinates Of The Centre Of Masses

  1. \(\left(\frac{7}{12} m, \frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} m\right)\)
  2. \(\left(\frac{1}{2} m, \frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} m\right)\)
  3. \(\left(\frac{3}{12} m, \frac{1}{4} m\right)\)
  4. \(\left(\frac{3}{12} m, \frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} m\right)\)

Answer: 3. \(\left(\frac{3}{12} m, \frac{1}{4} m\right)\)

Question 18. A non–uniform thin rod of length L is placed along the x-axis as such it is one of the ends at the origin. The linear mass density of the rod is λ = λ0x. The distance of the center of mass of the rod from the origin is:

  1. L/2
  2. 2L/3
  3. L/4
  4. L/5

Answer: 2. 2L/3

Question 19. The center of mass of the shaded portion of the disc is : (The mass is uniformly distributed in the shaded portion):

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Centre Of Mass Of The Shaded Portion Of The Disc

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{R}}{20}\) to the left of A
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{R}}{12}\) to the left of A
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{R}}{20}\) to the right of A
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{R}}{12}\) to the right of A

Answer: 1. \(\frac{\mathrm{R}}{20}\) to the left of A

Question 20. Four particles of masses m, 2m, 3m, and 4m are arranged at the corners of a parallelogram with each side equal to a, and one of the angles between two adjacent sides is 60º. The parallelogram lies in the x-y plane with mass m at the origin and 4m on the x-axis. The center of mass of the arrangement will be located at

  1. \(\left(\frac{\sqrt{3}}{2} a, 0.95 a\right)\)
  2. \(\left(0.95 a, \frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} a,\right)\)
  3. \(\left(\frac{3 \mathrm{a}}{4}, \frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}\right)\)
  4. \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}, \frac{3 \mathrm{a}}{4}\right)\)

Answer: 2. \(\left(0.95 a, \frac{\sqrt{3}}{4} a,\right)\)

Question 21. Masses 8, 2, 4, and 2 kg are placed at the corners A, B, C, and D respectively of a square ABCD of diagonal 80 cm. The distance of the center of mass from A will be

  1. 20 cm
  2. 30 cm
  3. 40 cm
  4. 60 cm

Answer: 2. 30 cm

Question 22. If the linear density of a rod of length 3m varies as λ = 2 + x, then the position of the center of gravity of the rod is

  1. \(\frac{7}{3} m\)
  2. \(\frac{12}{7} m\)
  3. \(\frac{10}{7} m\)
  4. \(\frac{9}{7} m\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{12}{7} m\)

Question 23. A circular plate of uniform thickness has a diameter of 56 cm. A circular portion of diameter 42 cm is removed from one edge as shown in the figure. The center of mass of the remaining portion from the center of the plate will be:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Centre Of Mass Of The Remaining Portion From The Centre Of Plate

  1. 5 cm
  2. 7 cm
  3. 9 cm
  4. 11 cm

Answer: 3. 9 cm

NEET Physics Chapter 3 Centre of Mass Multiple Choice Questions

Question 24. The coordinate of the center of mass of a system is shown in the figure:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Coordinate Of The Centre Of Mass Of A System

  1. \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{a}}{3}, 0\right)\)
  2. \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}, \frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}\right)\)
  3. \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{a}}{3}, \frac{\mathrm{a}}{3}\right)\)
  4. \(\left(0, \frac{\mathrm{a}}{3}\right)\)

Answer: 3. \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{a}}{3}, \frac{\mathrm{a}}{3}\right)\)

Question 25. The coordinate of the center of mass of a system is shown in the figure:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Coordinate Of The Centre Of Mass Of A System.

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{a} \sqrt{3}}{2}, \frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{a}{2}, \frac{a}{6} \sqrt{3}\)
  3. \(\frac{a}{4}, \frac{a}{4} \sqrt{3}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{a}}{2}, \frac{\mathrm{a}}{\sqrt{3}}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{a}{2}, \frac{a}{6} \sqrt{3}\)

Question 26. The center of masses of three particles of mass m1= m2= 1 kg at the corners of an equilateral triangle of side 1 m will be –

  1. 0.50m, 0.43m
  2. 0.43m, 0.50m
  3. 0.25m, 0.25m
  4. 0.22m, 0.22m

Answer: 1. 0.50m, 0.43m

Question 27. Two bodies of mass 1 kg and 3 kg have position vector \(\hat{i}+2 \hat{j}+\hat{k} \text { and }-3 \hat{i}-2 \hat{j}+\hat{k}\) respectively. The center of mass of this system has a position vector.

  1. \(-2 \hat{i}+2 \hat{k}\)
  2. \(-2 \hat{i}-\hat{j}+\hat{k}\)
  3. \(2 \hat{i}-\hat{j}-2 \hat{k}\)
  4. \(-\hat{i}+\hat{j}+\hat{k}\)

Answer: 2. \(-2 \hat{i}-\hat{j}+\hat{k}\)

Question 28. A circular disc of radius R is removed from a bigger circular disc of radius 2R such that the circumferences of the discs coincide. The center of mass of the new disc is αR from the center of the bigger disc. The value of α is:

  1. 1/3
  2. 1/2
  3. 1/6
  4. 1/4

Answer: 1. 1/3

Question 29. Two semicircular rings of linear mass densities λ and 2 λ and of radius ‘R’ each are joined to form a complete ring. The distance of the center of the mass of the complete ring from its geometrical center is:

  1. \(\frac{3 R}{8 \pi}\)
  2. \(\frac{2 R}{3 \pi}\)
  3. \(\frac{3 R}{4 \pi}\)
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. \(\frac{2 R}{3 \pi}\)

Question 30. A uniform metal disc of radius R is taken and out of it, a disc of diameter R is cut off from the end. The center of mass of the remaining part will be:

  1. \(\frac{R}{4}\)from the centre
  2. \(\frac{R}{3}\) from the centre
  3. \(\frac{R}{5}\) from the centre
  4. \(\frac{R}{6}\) from the centre

Answer: 4. \(\frac{R}{6}\) from the centre

Question 31. A uniform solid cone of height 40 cm is shown in the figure. The distance of the center of mass of the cone from point B (center of the base) is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Distance Of Centre Of Mass Of The Cone From Point B

  1. 20 cm
  2. 10/3 cm
  3. 20/3 cm
  4. 10 cm

Answer: 4. 10 cm

Question 32. A bomb traveling in a parabolic path under the effect of gravity explodes in mid-air. The center of mass of fragments will:

  1. Move vertically upwards and then downwards
  2. Move vertically downwards
  3. Move-in irregular path
  4. Move-in the parabolic path which the unexploded bomb would have traveled.

Answer: 4. Move in the parabolic path that the unexploded bomb would have traveled.

Question 33. If a ball is thrown upwards from the surface of the earth and during upward motion :

  1. The earth remains stationary while the ball moves upwards
  2. The ball remains stationary while the earth moves downwards
  3. The ball and earth both move toward each other
  4. The ball and earth both move away from each other

Answer: 4. The ball and earth both move away from each other

Question 34. Internal forces can change :

  1. The linear momentum but not the kinetic energy of the system.
  2. The kinetic energy but not the linear momentum of the system.
  3. Linear momentum as well as kinetic energy of the system.
  4. Neither the linear momentum nor the kinetic energy of the system.

Answer: 2. The kinetic energy but not the linear momentum of the system.

Question 35. If the external forces acting on a system have zero resultant, the center of mass

  1. Must not move
  2. Must accelerate
  3. May move
  4. May accelerate

Answer: 3. May accelerate

Question 36. Two balls are thrown in the air. The acceleration of the center of mass of the two balls while in the air (neglect air resistance)

  1. Depends on the direction of the motion of the balls
  2. Depends on the masses of the two balls
  3. Depends on the speeds of the two balls
  4. Is equal to g

Answer: 4. Is equal to g

Question 37. Two particles of mass 1 kg and 0.5 kg are moving in the same direction with speeds of 2m/s and 6m/s respectively on a smooth horizontal surface. The speed of the center of mass of the system is:

  1. \(\frac{10}{3} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)
  2. \(\frac{10}{7} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)
  3. \(\frac{11}{2} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)
  4. \(\frac{12}{3} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{10}{3} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)

Question 38. The motion of the center of mass of a system of two particles is unaffected by their internal forces:

  1. Irrespective of the actual direction of the internal forces
  2. Only if they are along the line joining the particles
  3. Only if they are at right angles to the line joining the particles
  4. Only if they are obliquely inclined to the line joining the particles.

Answer: 1. Irrespective of the actual directions of the internal forces

Question 39. Two objects of masses 200 gm and 500 gm possess velocities \(10 \hat{i} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s} \text { and } 3 \hat{i}+5 \hat{j} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\) respectively. The velocity of their center of mass in m/s is :

  1. \(5 \hat{i}-25 \hat{j}\)
  2. \(\frac{5}{7} \hat{i}-25 \hat{j}\)
  3. \(5 \hat{i}+\frac{25}{7} \hat{j}\)
  4. \(25 \hat{i}-\frac{5}{7} \hat{j}\)

Answer: 3. \(5 \hat{i}+\frac{25}{7} \hat{j}\)

Question 40. 2 bodies of different masses of 2kg and 4kg are moving with velocities 20m/s and 10m/s towards each other due to mutual gravitational attraction. What is the velocity of their center of mass?

  1. 5 m/s
  2. 6 m/s
  3. 8 m/s
  4. Zero

Answer: 4. Zero

Question 41. Two spheres of masses 2M and M are initially at rest at a distance R apart. Due to the mutual force of attraction, they approach each other. When they are at separation R/2, the acceleration of the center of mass of spheres would be

  1. 0 m / s2
  2. g m / s2
  3. 3g m / s2
  4. 12g m / s2

Answer: 1. 0 m / s2

Question 42. Two bodies A and B have masses M and m respectively, where M > m and they are at a distance d apart. Equal force is applied to them so that they approach each other. The position where they hit each other is

  1. Nearer to B
  2. Nearer to A
  3. At an equal distance from A and B
  4. Cannot be decided

Answer: 2. Nearer to A

Question 43. Two particles whose masses are 10 kg and 30 kg and their position vectors are respectively would have the center of mass at –

  1. \(-\frac{(\hat{\mathbf{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{j}}+\hat{\mathrm{k}})}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{(\hat{i}+\hat{j}+\hat{k})}{2}\)
  3. \(-\frac{(\hat{i}+\hat{j}+\hat{k})}{4}\)
  4. \(\frac{(\hat{i}+\hat{j}+\hat{k})}{4}\)

Answer: 1. \(-\frac{(\hat{\mathbf{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{j}}+\hat{\mathrm{k}})}{2}\)

Question 44. Two balls A and B of masses 100 gm and 250 gm respectively are connected by a stretched spring of negligible mass and placed on a smooth table. When the balls are released simultaneously the initial acceleration of B is 10 cm/sec2 westward. What is the magnitude and direction of the initial acceleration of the ball A –

  1. 25 cm/sec2 Eastward
  2. 25 cm/sec2 Northward
  3. 25 cm/sec2 Westward
  4. 25 cm/sec2 Southward

Answer: 1. 25 cm/sec2 Eastward

Question 45. A shell of mass m moving with velocity u suddenly breaks into 2 pieces. The part having mass m/4 remains stationary. The velocity of the other shell will be :

  1. u
  2. 2u
  3. \(\frac{3}{4}\)u
  4. \(\frac{4}{3}\)u

Answer: 4. \(\frac{4}{3}\)u

Question 46. A stone is projected with an initial velocity at some angle to the horizontal. A small piece separates from the stone before the stone reaches its maximum height. Then the piece will :

  1. Fall to the ground
  2. Fly horizontally initially and will then describe a parabolic path
  3. Fly side by side with the parent stone along a parabolic path
  4. The lag behind the parent stone increases the distance from it.

Answer: 3. Fly side by side with the parent stone along a parabolic path

Centre of Mass NEET Class 11 MCQs with Detailed Solutions

Question 47. Three particles with masses 10, 20 and 40gm are moving with velocities \(10 \hat{i}, 10 \hat{j}\) and \(10 \hat{k}_{}\) m/sec respectively. If due to some internal force, the first particle comes to rest and the velocity of the second becomes \((3 \hat{i}+4 \hat{j})\)+m/sec. then the velocity of the third particle after the interaction is-

  1. \(\hat{i}+\hat{j}+5 \hat{k}\)
  2. \(\hat{j}+10 \hat{k}\)
  3. \(\hat{\mathrm{i}}+\hat{\mathrm{j}}+10 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
  4. \(\hat{i}+3 \hat{j}+10 \hat{k}\)

Answer: 4. \(\hat{i}+3 \hat{j}+10 \hat{k}\)

Question 48. Two particles having mass ratio n: 1 are interconnected by a light inextensible string that passes over a smooth pulley. If the system is released, then the acceleration of the center of mass of the system is:

  1. \((n-1)^2 g\)
  2. \(\left(\frac{n+1}{n-1}\right)^2 g\)
  3. \(\left(\frac{n-1}{n+1}\right)^2 g\)
  4. \(\left(\frac{n+1}{n-1}\right) g\)

Answer: 3. \(\left(\frac{n-1}{n+1}\right)^2 g\)

Question 49. A uniform thin rod of mass M and Length L is standing vertically along the y-axis on a smooth horizontal surface, with its lower end at the origin (0,0). A slight disturbance at t = 0 causes the lower end to slip on the smooth surface along the positive x-axis, and the rod starts falling. The acceleration vector of the center of mass of the rod during its fall is :

⇒ [\(\vec{R}\) is reaction from surface]

  1. \(\vec{a}_{C M}=\frac{M \vec{g}+\vec{R}}{M}\)
  2. \(\vec{a}_{C M}=\frac{M \vec{g}-\vec{R}}{M}\)
  3. \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}_{\mathrm{CM}}=\mathrm{Mg}-\overrightarrow{\mathrm{R}}\)
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. [\(\vec{R}\) is reaction from surface]

Question 50. In a vertical plane inside a smooth hollow thin tube, a block of the same mass as that of the tube is released as shown in the figure. When it is slightly disturbed it moves towards the right. By the time the block reaches the right end of the tube then the displacement of the tube will be (where ‘R’ is the mean radius of a tube). Assume that the tube remains in the vertical plane.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass Assume That The Tube Remains In Vertical Plane

  1. \(\frac{2 R}{\pi}\)
  2. \(\frac{4 R}{\pi}\)
  3. \(\frac{R}{2}\)
  4. R

Answer: 3. \(\frac{R}{2}\)

Question 51. A ball kept in a closed box moves in the box making collisions with the walls. The box is kept on a smooth surface. The centre of mass:

  1. Of the box remains constant
  2. Of the box plus the ball system remains constant
  3. If the ball remains constant
  4. Of the ball relative to the box remains constant

Answer: 2. Of the box plus the ball system remains constant

Question 52. A man of mass M stands at one end of a plank of length L which lies at rest on a frictionless surface. The man walks to the other end of the plank. If the mass of the plank is M/3, the distance that the plank moves relative to the ground is :

  1. 3L/4
  2. L/4
  3. 4L/5
  4. L/3

Answer: 1. 3L/4

Question 53. Two blocks A and B are connected by a massless string (shown in figure) A force of 30 N is applied to block B. The distance traveled by center of mass in 2s starting from rest is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Distance Travelled By Centre Of Mass In 2s Starting From Rest

  1. 1m
  2. 2m
  3. 3m
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. 2m

Question 54. If the system is released, then the acceleration of the center of mass of the system :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Acceleration Of The Centre Of Mass Of The System

  1. \(\frac{g}{4}\)
  2. \(\frac{g}{2}\)
  3. g
  4. 2g

Answer: 1. \(\frac{g}{4}\)

Question 55. Three particles of masses 1 kg, 2 kg and 3 kg are subjected to forces \((3 \hat{i}-2 \hat{j}+2 \hat{k}) N,(-\hat{i}+2 \hat{j}-\hat{k}) N\), and \((\hat{i}+\hat{j}+\hat{k}) N\)respectively. The magnitude of the acceleration of the CM of the system is:

  1. \(\frac{\sqrt{11}}{6} \mathrm{~ms}^{-2}\)
  2. \(\frac{\sqrt{14}}{6} \mathrm{~ms}^{-2} \)
  3. \(\frac{11}{6} \mathrm{~ms}^{-2}\)
  4. \(\frac{22}{6} \mathrm{~ms}^{-2}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{\sqrt{14}}{6} \mathrm{~ms}^{-2} \)

Question 56. Two bodies of mass 10 kg and 2 kg are moving with velocity \(2 \hat{i}-7 \hat{j}+3 \hat{k} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s} \text { and }-10 \hat{i}+35 \hat{j}-3 \hat{k} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)respectively. The velocity of their centre of mass is :

  1. \(2 \hat{i} \mathrm{~ms}\)
  2. \(2 \hat{k} \text { ms }\)
  3. \((2 \hat{j}+2 \hat{k}) \mathrm{ms}\)
  4. \((2 \hat{i}+2 \hat{j}+2 \hat{k}) \mathrm{ms}\)

Answer: 2. \(2 \hat{k} \text { ms }\)

Question 57. Consider a system of two particles having masses m1 and m1. If the particle of mass m1 is pushed towards the mass center of particles through a distance d, by what distance would the particle of mass m2 move so as to keep the mass center of particles at the original position?

  1. \(\frac{m_1}{m_1+m_2} d\)
  2. \(\frac{m_1}{m_2} d\)
  3. d
  4. \(\frac{m_2}{m_1} d\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{m_1}{m_2} d\)

Question 58. Two identical particles move towards each other with velocities 2v and v respectively. This velocity of the centre of mass is –

  1. v
  2. v/3
  3. v/2
  4. Zero

Answer: 3. v/2

Question 59. Two blocks of masses 10kg and 4kg are connected by a spring of negligible mass and are placed on a frictionless horizontal surface. An impulse gives a speed of 14 ms-1 to the heavier block in the direction of the lighter block. Then, the velocity of the centre of mass is

  1. 30 ms-1
  2. 20 ms-1
  3. 10 ms-1
  4. 5 ms-1

Answer: 3. 10 ms-1

Question 60. A uniform chain of length 2 m is kept on a table such that a length of 60 cm hangs freely from the edge of the table. The total mass of the chain is 4 kg. What is the work done in pulling the entire chain on the table?

  1. 7.2 J
  2. 3.6 J
  3. 120 J
  4. 1200 J

Answer: 2. 3.6 J

Question 61. A body A of mass M while falling vertically downwards under gravity breaks into two parts; a body B of mass \([\frac{1}{3}\)M and, a body C of mass \([\frac{2}{3}\)M. The centre of mass of bodies B and C taken together shifts compared to that of body A towards:

  1. Depends on the height of the breaking
  2. Does not shift
  3. Shift towards body C
  4. Shift towards body B

Answer: 2. Does not shift

Question 62. Consider a two-particle system with particles having masses m1 and m2. If the first particle is pushed towards the centre of mass through a distance d, by what distance should the second particle be moved, so as to keep the centre of mass at the same position?

  1. d
  2. \(\frac{m_2}{m_1} d\)
  3. \(\frac{m_1}{m_1+m_2} d\)
  4. \(\frac{m_1}{m_2} d\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{m_1}{m_2} d\)

Question 63. A uniform sphere is placed on a smooth horizontal surface and a horizontal force F is applied on it at a distance h above the surface. The acceleration of the center

  1. Is maximum when h = 0
  2. Is maximum when h = R
  3. Is maximum when h = 2R
  4. Is independent of h

Answer: 4. Is independent of h

Question 64. A can of height h is filled with liquid of uniform density ρ. If the liquid is coming out from the bottom then a centre of mass of the ” can + water in the can “

  1. First ascends and then descends
  2. First descends and then ascends
  3. Always decreases
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. First descends and then ascends

Question 65. A man of mass M stands at one end of a plank of length L which lies at rest on a frictionless horizontal surface. The man walks to the other end of the plank. If the mass of the plank is M/3, the distance that the man moves relative to the ground is

  1. 3 L/4
  2. 4 L/5
  3. L/4
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. L/4

Question 66. When a block is placed on a wedge as shown in the figure, the block starts sliding down and the wedge also starts sliding on the ground. All surfaces are rough. The center of mass of the (wedge + block) system will

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Block Is Placed On A Wedge All Surfaces Are Rough

  1. Leftward and downward.
  2. Right ward and downward.
  3. Leftward and upwards.
  4. Only downward.

Answer: 2. Rightward and downward.

Question 67. A 2 kg body and a 3 kg body are moving along the x-axis. At a particular instant the 2 kg body has a velocity of 3 ms-1 and the 3 kg body has a velocity of 2 ms-1. The velocity of the center of mass at that instant is

  1. 5 ms-1
  2. 1 ms-1
  3. zero
  4. None of these

Answer: 4. None of these

NEET Class 11 Physics Centre of Mass MCQs for Exam Preparation

Question 68. Two bodies of masses 2 kg and 4 kg are moving with velocities 2 m/s and 10m/s respectively along the same direction. Then the velocity of their centre of mass will be

  1. 8.1 m/s
  2. 7.3 m/s
  3. 6.4 m/s
  4. 5.3 m/s

Answer: 2. 7.3 m/s

Question 69. Two particles of masses m1 and m2 initially at rest start moving towards each other under their mutual force of attraction. The speed of the centre of mass at any time t, when they are at a distance r apart, is

  1. Zero
  2. \(\left(G \frac{m_1 m_2}{r^2} \cdot \frac{1}{m_1}\right) t\)
  3. \(\left(G \frac{m_1 m_2}{r^2} \cdot \frac{1}{m_2}\right) t\)
  4. \(\left(G \frac{m_1 m_2}{r^2} \cdot \frac{1}{m_1+m_2}\right) t\)

Answer: 1. Zero

Question 70. A body of mass 20 kg is moving with a velocity of 2ν and another body of mass 10 kg is moving with velocity V along the same direction. The velocity of their center of mass is

  1. 5ν/3
  2. 2ν/3
  3. ν
  4. Zero

Answer: 1. 5ν/3

Question 71. The two particles X and Y, initially at rest, start moving towards each other under mutual attraction. If at any instant the velocity of X is V and that of Y is 2V, the velocity of their centre of mass will be

  1. Zero
  2. V
  3. 2V
  4. V/2

Answer: 1. Zero

Question 72. Two particles A and B initially at rest move towards each other under a mutual force of attraction. The speed of the center of mass at the instant when the speed of A is v and the speed of B is 2v is :

  1. v
  2. Zero
  3. 2 v
  4. 3 v /2

Answer: 2. Zero

Question 73. If the KE of a body becomes four times its initial value, then the new momentum will be more than its initial momentum by;

  1. 50%
  2. 100%
  3. 125%
  4. 150%

Answer: 2. 100%

Question 74. A particle of mass 4m which is at rest explodes into three fragments. Two of the fragments, each of mass m are found to move with speed v each, in mutually perpendicular directions. The total energy released in the process of explosion is-

  1. 3mv2/2
  2. mv2
  3. 4mv2
  4. 2mv2

Answer: 1. 3mv2/2

Question 75. A bullet of mass m is being fired from a stationary gun of mass M. If the velocity of the bullet is v, the velocity of the gun is-

  1. \(\frac{M v}{m+M}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}}{\mathrm{M}}\)
  3. \(\frac{(M+m) v}{M}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{M}+\mathrm{m}}{\mathrm{Mv}}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}}{\mathrm{M}}\)

Question 76. A bomb explodes in the air in two equal fragments. If one of the fragments is moving vertically upwards with velocity v0, then the other fragment is moving-

  1. Vertically up with velocity v0
  2. Vertically downwards with velocity v0
  3. In any arbitrary direction
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. Vertically downwards with velocity v0

Question 77. Two particles with equal kinetic energies have masses in the ratio of 1: 2. Then linear momenta will be in the ratio-

  1. 1
  2. 4
  3. 0.707
  4. 2

Answer: 3. 0.707

Question 78. If a shell fired from a canon explodes in the air then-

  1. Momentum decreases
  2. Momentum increases
  3. Kinetic energy increases
  4. K.E. decreases

Answer: 3. Kinetic energy increases

Question 79. Three particles A, B and C of equal mass move with equal speeds v along the medians of an equilateral triangle as shown in the figure. They collide at the centroid G of the triangle. After collision A comes to rest, and B retraces its path with speed v. The velocity of C is-

Three Particles A B And C Of Equal Mass Move With Equal Speeds V Along The Medians Of An Equilateral Triangle

  1. \(\vec{v} \text {, direction } \vec{G} A\)
  2. \(\overrightarrow{2} \mathrm{v} \text { and direction } \overrightarrow{\mathrm{G}} \mathrm{A}\)
  3. \(2 \mathrm{v} \text {, direction } \overrightarrow{\mathrm{GB}}\)
  4. \(\vec{v} \text {, and direction } \overrightarrow{B G}\)

Answer: 4. \(\vec{v} \text {, and direction } \overrightarrow{B G}\)

Question 80. Under the effect of mutual internal attractions-

  1. The linear momentum of a system increases
  2. The linear momentum of a system decreases
  3. The linear momentum of the system is conserved
  4. The angular momentum increases

Answer: 3. The linear momentum of the system is conserved

Question 81. A ball of mass 3 kg collides with a wall with a velocity of 10 m/sec at an angle of 30° and after collision reflects at the same angle with the same speed. The change in momentum of the ball in the MKS unit is-

  1. 20
  2. 30
  3. 15
  4. 45

Answer: 2. 30

Question 82. A particle is moving in X–Y plane under the action of a force \(\vec{F}\) such that at some instant ‘t’ the components of its linear momentum \(\vec{p}\) are px= 2 cos t and py= 2 sin t. At this instant the angle between \(\vec{F} \text { and } \vec{p}\) is

  1. 90°
  2. 180°
  3. 30°

Answer: 1. 90°

Question 83. The kinetic energies of a lighter body and a heavier body are the same. Then the value of momentum is-

  1. Higher for lighter body
  2. Higher for heavier body
  3. Same for both
  4. Additional information is needed to reply to this question

Answer: 2. Higher for heavier body

Centre of Mass Multiple Choice Questions for NEET Class 11

Question 84. A bullet of mass m moving with a velocity v1strikes a suspended wooden block of mass M as shown in the figure and sticks to it. If the block rises to a height of h the initial velocity of the bullet is-

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Block Rises To A Height H The Initial Velocity Of The Bullet

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{m}+\mathrm{M}}{\mathrm{m}} \sqrt{2 \mathrm{gh}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{2 g h}\)
  3. \(\frac{M+m}{M} \sqrt{2 g h}\)
  4. \(\frac{m}{M+m} \sqrt{2 g h}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{\mathrm{m}+\mathrm{M}}{\mathrm{m}} \sqrt{2 \mathrm{gh}}\)

Question 85. If the mass and kinetic energy of a particle are m and E respectively, then the value of its momentum is-

  1. \(\sqrt{\mathrm{mE}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{2 m E}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{2 E / m}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{2 \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{E}}\)

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{2 m E}\)

Question 86. If a lighter body (mass M1 and velocity V1) and a heavier body (mass M2 and velocity V2) have the same kinetic energy, then-

  1. M2V2< M1V1
  2. M2V2= M1V1
  3. M2V1= M1V2
  4. M2V2> M1V1

Answer: 4. M2V2> M1V1

Question 87. A bomb of mass 12kg at rest explodes into two fragments of masses in the ratio 1: 3. The K.E. of the smaller fragment is 216 J. The momentum of heavier fragments is (in kg-m/sec) –

  1. 36
  2. 72
  3. 108
  4. Insufficient data

Answer: 1. 36

Question 88. A bomb is projected at 200m/s at an angle of 60° with horizontal. At the highest point, it explodes into three particles of equal masses. One goes vertically upward with a velocity of 100m/sec, second particle goes vertically downward with the same velocity as the first. Then what is the velocity of the third one-

  1. 120 m/sec with 60° angle
  2. 200 m/sec with 30° angle
  3. 50 m/sec, in horizontal direction
  4. 300 m/sec, in horizontal direction

Answer: 4. 300 m/sec, in horizontal direction

Question 89. The law of conservation of energy implies that the

  1. Total mechanical energy is conserved
  2. Total kinetic energy is conserved
  3. Total potential energy is conserved
  4. Sum of all kinds of energies is conserved

Answer: 4. Sum of all kinds of energies is conserved

Question 90. If the kinetic energy of a body becomes four times its initial value, then new momentum will-

  1. Become twice its initial value
  2. Become three times, its initial value
  3. Become four times, its initial value
  4. Remains constant

Answer: 1. Become twice its initial value

Question 91. A spacecraft of mass M is travelling in space with velocity v. It then breaks up into two parts such that the smaller part m comes to the rest, then the velocity of the remaining part is-

  1. \(\frac{M v}{M-m}\)
  2. \(\frac{M v}{M+m}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}}{\mathrm{M}-\mathrm{m}}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{Mv}}{\mathrm{m}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{M v}{M-m}\)

Question 92. A bomb at rest has a mass of 60 kg. It explodes and a fragment of 40 kg has a kinetic energy of 96 joules. Then the kinetic energy of the other fragment is-

  1. 180 J
  2. 190 J
  3. 182 J
  4. 192 J

Answer: 4. 192 J

Question 93. Consider the following two statements-

  1. The linear momentum of a system of particles is zero
  2. the kinetic energy of a system of particles is zero. Then
  1. A does not imply B but B implies A
  2. A implies B and B implies A
  3. A does not imply B & B does not imply A
  4. A implies B but B does not imply A

Answer: 1. A does not imply B but B implies A

Question 94. When a U238 nucleus originally at rest, decays emitting an alpha particle having a speed ‘u’, the recoil speed of the residual nucleus is-

  1. \(\frac{4 u}{234}\)
  2. \(-\frac{4 u}{238}\)
  3. \(\frac{4 u}{238}\)
  4. \(-\frac{4 u}{234}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{4 u}{234}\)

Question 95. A ball of mass 2 kg and another of mass 4 kg are dropped together from a 60-foot-tall building. After a fall of 30 feet each toward Earth, their respective kinetic energies will be in the ratio of-

  1. \(\sqrt{2}\): 1
  2. 1: 4
  3. 1: 2
  4. 1:\(\sqrt{2}\)

Answer: 3. 1: 2

Question 96. A moving body of mass m and velocity 3 km/hr collides with a body at rest and of mass 2m and then sticks to it. Now the combined mass starts to move, then the combined velocity will be:

  1. 4 km/hr
  2. 3 km/hr
  3. 2 km/hr
  4. 1 km/hr

Answer: 4. 1 km/hr

Question 97. A 50 g bullet moving with a velocity of 10 m/s strikes a block of mass 950 g at rest and gets embedded into it. The loss in kinetic energy will be

  1. 100 %
  2. 95 %
  3. 5 %
  4. 50 %

Answer: 2. 95 %

Question 98. A body at rest splits into three parts of mass m, m and 4m respectively. The two equal masses fly off perpendicular to each other and each with a speed of V. The speed of 4m will be

  1. \(\frac{V}{2 \sqrt{2}}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{\sqrt{2}}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{V}}{2}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{2} \mathrm{~V}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{V}{2 \sqrt{2}}\)

Question 99. A stationary body explodes into two fragments of masses m1 and m2. If the momentum of one fragment is p, the minimum energy of the explosion is

  1. \(\frac{p^2}{2\left(m_1+m_2\right)}\)
  2. \(\frac{p^2}{2 \sqrt{m_1 m_2}}\)
  3. \(\frac{p^2\left(m_1+m_2\right)}{2 m_1 m_2}\)
  4. \(\frac{p^2}{2\left(m_1-m_2\right)}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{p^2\left(m_1+m_2\right)}{2 m_1 m_2}\)

Question 100. A train of mass M is moving on a circular track of radius ‘ R ‘ with constant speed V. The length of the train is half of the perimeter of the track. The linear momentum of the train will be

  1. 0
  2. \(\frac{2 M V}{\pi}\)
  3. MVR
  4. MV

Answer: 2. \(\frac{2 M V}{\pi}\)

Question 101. Two bodies of masses m and 4m are moving with equal linear momentum. The ratio of their kinetic energies is:

  1. 1: 4
  2. 4: 1
  3. 1: 1
  4. 1: 2

Answer: 2. 4: 1

Question 102. If the momentum of a body increases by 20%, the percentage increase in its kinetic energy is equal to :

  1. 44
  2. 88
  3. 66
  4. 20

Answer: 1. 44

Question 103. A man is in a moving train, then the train :

  1. His momentum must not be zero
  2. His kinetic energy is zero
  3. His kinetic energy is not zero
  4. His kinetic energy may be zero

Answer: 4. His kinetic energy may be zero

Question 104. A bomb dropped from an airplane explodes in the air. It’s total :

  1. Momentum decreases
  2. Momentum increases
  3. Kinetic energy increases
  4. Kinetic energy decreases

Answer: 3. Kinetic energy increases

Question 105. Two blocks of masses m1 and m2 are connected by a massless spring and placed on a smooth surface. The spring initially stretched and released. Then :

  1. The momentum of each particle remains constant separately
  2. The momentums of each body are equal
  3. The magnitude of momentums of each body are equal to each other
  4. The mechanical energy of a system remains constant
  1. a and b are correct
  2. a, b and c are correct
  3. c and d are correct
  4. Only C is correct

Answer: 3. c and d are correct

Question 106. A bag of mass M hangs by a long thread and a bullet (mass m) comes horizontally with velocity v and gets caught in the bag. Then for the combined system (bag + bullet):

  1. Momentum is mMv/(M + m)
  2. KE is (1/2) Mv2
  3. Momentum is mv
  4. KE is m2v2/(M + m)

Answer: 3. Momentum is mv

Question 107. A man of mass ‘m’ climbs on a rope of length L suspended below a balloon of mass M. The balloon is stationary with respect to ground. If the man begins to climb up the rope at a speed vrel (relative to rope). In what direction and with what speed (relative to ground) will the balloon move?

  1. Downwards, \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}_{\mathrm{rel}}}{\mathrm{m}+\mathrm{M}}\)
  2. Upwards, \(\frac{\mathrm{Mv}_{\mathrm{rell}}}{\mathrm{m}+\mathrm{M}}\)
  3. Downwards, \(\frac{\mathrm{mV}_{\mathrm{rel}}}{\mathrm{M}}\)
  4. Downwards, \(\frac{(M+m) v_{\text {rel }}}{M}\)

Answer: 1. Downwards, \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}_{\mathrm{rel}}}{\mathrm{m}+\mathrm{M}}\)

Question 108. In the figure shown the initial velocity of a boat (30 kg) + person (15 kg ) is 2 m/s. Find the velocity of the person w.r.t. boat so that the velocity of the boat will be 1 m/s in right (Neglect friction between boat and water)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Initial Velocity Of Boat Plus Person

  1. 3 m/s towards right
  2. 3 m/s towards left
  3. 4 m/s towards right
  4. 4 m/s towards left

Answer: 1. 3 m/s towards right

Question 109. 1 kg body explodes into three fragments. The ratio of their masses is 1: 1 : 3. The fragments of the same mass move perpendicular to each other at speeds of 30 m/s, while the heavier part remains in the initial direction. The speed of the heavier part is :

  1. \(\frac{10}{\sqrt{2}} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)
  2. \(10 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)
  3. \(20 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)
  4. \(30 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)

Answer: 2. \(10 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~m} / \mathrm{s}\)

Question 110. A stationary particle explodes into two particles of masses m1 and m2 which move in opposite directions with velocities v1 and v2. The ratio of their kinetic energies E1/E2 is:-

  1. m2/m1
  2. m1/m2
  3. 1
  4. m1v2/m2 v1

Answer: 1. m1/m2

Question 111. A particle of mass m1 is moving with a velocity v1and another particle of mass m2 is moving with a velocity v2. Both of them have the same momentum but their different kinetic energies are E1 and E2 respectively. If m1> m2 then :

  1. E1 < E2
  2. \(\frac{E_1}{E_2}=\frac{m_1}{m_2}\)
  3. E1 > E2
  4. E1 = E2

Answer: 1. E1 < E2

Question 112. A bomb of mass 30 kg at rest explodes into two pieces of masses 18 kg and 12 kg. The velocity of 18 kg mass is 6 ms-1. The kinetic energy of the other mass is:

  1. 256 J
  2. 486 J
  3. 524 J
  4. 324 J

Answer: 2. 486 J

Question 113. A shell of mass 200 g is ejected from a gun of mass 4 kg by an explosion that generates 1.05 kJ of energy. The initial velocity of the shell is

  1. 100 ms-1
  2. 80 ms-1
  3. 40 ms-1
  4. 120 ms-1

Answer: 1. 100 ms-1

NEET Physics Chapter 3 Centre of Mass MCQs: Key Concepts and Solutions

Question 114. A bomb of mass 3.0 kg explodes in the air into two pieces of masses 2.0 kg and 1.0 kg. The smaller mass goes at a speed of 80 m/s. The total energy imparted to the two fragments is :

  1. 1.07 kJ
  2. 2.14 kJ
  3. 2.4 kJ
  4. 4.8 kJ

Answer: 4. 4.8 kJ

Question 115. Consider the following two statements :

  1. A. Linear momentum of a system of particles is zero
  2. B. Kinetic energy of a system of particles is zero,

Then,

  1. A does not imply B and B does not imply A
  2. A implies B but B does not imply A
  3. A does not imply B but B implies A
  4. A implies B and B implies A

Answer: 3. A does not imply B but B implies A

Question 116. A bomb of mass 16 kg at rest explodes into two pieces of masses of 4 kg and 12 kg. The velocity of the 12 kg mass is 4 ms-1. The kinetic energy of the other mass is :

  1. 96 J
  2. 144 J
  3. 288 J
  4. 192 J

Answer: 3. 288 J

Question 117. A block of mass 0.50 kg is moving with a speed of 2.00 ms-1 on a smooth surface. It strikes another mass of 1.00 kg and then they move together as a single body. The energy loss during the collision is :

  1. 1.00 J
  2. 0.67 J
  3. 0.34 J
  4. 0.16 J

Answer: 2. 0.67 J

Question 118. Which of the following is incorrect?

  1. If the centre of mass of three particles is at rest, and it is known that two of them are moving along different non-parallel lines then the third particle must also be moving.
  2. If the centre of mass remains at rest, then the net work done by the forces acting on the system must be zero.
  3. If the centre of mass remains at rest then the net external force must be zero
  4. None of this statement is incorrect

Answer: 2. If the centre of mass remains at rest, then the net work done by the forces acting on the system must be zero.

Question 119. A bomb at rest explodes in three segments of unequal masses. The most general description of the final state is that:

  1. The fragments fly off in any arbitrary direction.
  2. The fragments fly off in such a way that there directions lie in the same plane.
  3. Two of the three must go opposite to each other.
  4. Two of the three must fly off at right angles to each other.

Answer: 2. The fragments fly off in such a way that there directions lie in the same plane.

Question 120. Two particles A and B start moving due to their mutual interaction only. If at any time ‘t’, \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}_{\mathrm{A}} and \overrightarrow{\mathrm{a}}_{\mathrm{B}}\) respective accelerations, \(\vec{v}_A\) and \(\vec{v}_A\) are their respective velocities, and upto that time wA and B wB are the work done on A and B respectively by the mutual force, mA and mB are their masses respectively, then which of the following is always correct.

  1. \(\vec{v}_A+\vec{v}_B=0\)
  2. \(m_A \vec{v}_A+\vec{v}_B m_B=0\)
  3. \(w_A+w_B=0\)
  4. \(\vec{a}_A+\vec{a}_B=0\)

Answer: 2. \(m_A \vec{v}_A+\vec{v}_B m_B=0\)

Question 121. In the diagram shown, a block of mass M initially at rest on a frictionless horizontal surface is struck by a bullet of mass m moving with horizontal velocity v. What is the velocity of the bullet-block system after the bullet embeds itself in the block?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Block Of Mass M Initially At Rest On A Frictionless Horizontal Surface

  1. \(\left(\frac{M+m}{M}\right) v\)
  2. \(\left(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{\mathrm{M}}\right) \mathrm{v}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}}{\mathrm{Nm}+\mathrm{M}}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{Nm}+\mathrm{M}}{\mathrm{mv}}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{\mathrm{Nm}+\mathrm{M}}{\mathrm{mv}}\)

Question 122. A continuous stream of particles of mass m and velocity v, is emitted from a source at a rate of n per second. The particles travel along a straight line, collide with a body of mass M and are buried in this body. If the mass M was originally at rest, its velocity when it has received N particles will be:

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{mvn}}{\mathrm{Nm}+\mathrm{n}}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{mvN}}{\mathrm{Nm}+\mathrm{M}}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}}{\mathrm{Nm}+\mathrm{M}}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{Nm}+\mathrm{M}}{\mathrm{mv}}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{\mathrm{mvN}}{\mathrm{Nm}+\mathrm{M}}\)

Question 123. On doubling the speed of an object its-

  1. K.E. is doubled
  2. P.E. is doubled
  3. Momentum is doubled
  4. Acceleration is doubled

Answer: 3. Momentum is doubled

Question 124. A block moving in the air explodes in two parts then just after the explosion

  1. The total momentum must be conserved
  2. The total kinetic energy of the two parts must be the same as that of a block before the explosion.
  3. The total momentum must change
  4. The total kinetic energy must not be increased

Answer: 1. The total momentum must be conserved

Question 125. A particle of mass m moving with velocity v rebounds with the same speed after making an impact with a wall. The change in its momentum shall be

  1. –2mv
  2. mv
  3. –mv
  4. Zero

Answer: 1. –2mv

Question 126. A block of mass m slips down an inclined plane as shown in the figure and it presses a spring lying at the bottom. If the length of the spring h >> l and the spring constant is K the compression in the spring will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Block Of Mass M Slips Down An Inclined Plane

  1. \(\sqrt{\frac{\mathrm{mgh}}{\mathrm{k}}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 m g h}{k}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{g h}{m k}}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 \mathrm{gh}}{\mathrm{mk}}}\)

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 m g h}{k}}\)

Question 127. One end of a vertical ideal spring is attached to a rigid support and to the other end a weight of 200 gm is suspended. If this weight is doubled then the value of the spring constant is :

  1. Halved
  2. Unchanged
  3. Doubled
  4. Zero

Answer: 2. Unchanged

Question 128. A mass M is hanging from a spring. If on hanging an additional mass ‘m’ the string further gets stretched by x meters, then the spring constant is :

  1. mg/x
  2. (m + M)g/x
  3. Mg/x
  4. Mx/m

Answer: 1. mg/x

Question 129. After falling from a height h a mass m compresses a spring of force constant k. The compression produced in the spring is :

  1. (mgh/k)1/2
  2. (2mgh/k)1/2
  3. (k/mgh)1/2
  4. (2k/mgh)1/2

Answer: 2. (2mgh/k)1/2

Question 130. With how much velocity a block of mass 2 kg should move on a frictionless surface so as to compress a spring with a force constant of 2 newton/meter by 4 meters:

  1. 4 m/s
  2. 16 m/s
  3. 2 m/s
  4. 8 m/s

Answer: 1. 4 m/s

Question 131. A body of mass 8kg moving with a velocity of 2 m/sec comes to the rest, after compressing a spring placed on a frictionless table. If the spring constant is 5000N/m then compression produced in the spring shall be :

  1. 4 cm
  2. 8 cm
  3. 16 cm
  4. 32 cm

Answer: 2. 8 cm

Question 132. A mass of 2 kg falls from a height of 0.4 m on a spring of force constant k = 1960 N/m. The maximum distance upto which the string can be compressed is :

  1. 9 cm
  2. 4.5 cm
  3. 12.6 cm
  4. 6.3 cm

Answer: 1. 9 cm

Question 133. An object is attached to a vertical spring and slowly lowered to its equilibrium position. This stretches the spring by 10 cm. If the same object is attached to the same vertical spring but permitted to fall instead, the maximum distance upto which the spring can be stretched is:

  1. 5 cm
  2. 10 cm
  3. 20 cm
  4. 40 cm

Answer: 3. 20 cm

Question 134. The figure shows the magnitude of change in momentum of the block when it comes to its initial position if the maximum compression of the spring is x0 will be:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Magnitude Of Change In Momentum Of The Block

  1. \(2 \sqrt{k m} x_0\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\mathrm{km}} x_0\)
  3. Zero
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. \(2 \sqrt{k m} x_0\)

Question 135. Two masses are connected by a spring as shown in the figure. One of the masses was given velocity v = 2 k, as shown in the figure where ‘k’ is the spring constant. The maximum extension in the spring will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass Two Masses Are Connected By A Spring

  1. 2 m
  2. m
  3. \(\sqrt{2 m k}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{3 \mathrm{mk}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\sqrt{2 m k}\)

Centre of Mass MCQ Practice Test with Answers for NEET Class 11

Question 136. A force of 50 dynes is acted on a body of mass 5gm which is at rest for an interval of 3 sec, then the impulse is-

  1. 0.16 × 10-3 N-S
  2. 0.98 × 10-3 N-S
  3. 1.5 × 10-3 N-S
  4. 2.5 × 10-3 N-S

Answer: 3. 1.5 × 10-3 N-S

Question 137. The area of the F-t curve is A, where ‘F’ is the force on one mass due to the other. If one of the colliding bodies of mass M is at rest initially, its speed just after the collision is :

  1. A/M
  2. M/A
  3. AM
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{2 A}{M}}\)

Answer: 1. A/M

Question 138. A body of mass 0.5 kg is projected under gravity with a speed of 98 m/s at an angle of 60° with the vertical. The change in momentum [in magnitude] of the body when it returns to the ground is

  1. 24.5 N-s
  2. 49.0 N-s
  3. 98.0 N-s
  4. 49 \(\sqrt{\frac{2 A}{M}}\)

Answer: 2. 49.0 N-s

Question 139. A body of mass ‘M’ collides against a wall with a velocity υ and retraces its path at the same speed. The change in momentum is (take the initial direction of velocity as positive) :

  1. zero‘
  2. 2Mυ
  3. –2Mυ

Answer: 4. –2Mυ

Question 140. If two balls, each of mass 0.06 kg, moving in opposite directions with a speed of 4m/s, collide and rebound with the same speed, then the impulse imparted to each ball due to the other (in kg-m/s) is :

  1. 0.48
  2. 0.53
  3. 0.81
  4. 0.92

Answer: 1. 0.48

Question 141. A ball of mass 50 gm is dropped from a height h = 10 m. It rebounds losing 75 percent of its kinetic energy. If it remains in contact with the ground for Δt = 0.01 sec., the impulse of the impact force is :

  1. 1.3 N–s
  2. 1.05 N-s
  3. 1300 N–s
  4. 105 N–s

Answer: 2. 1.05 N-s

Question 142. The given figure shows a plot of the time-dependent force F acting on a particle in motion along the x-axis. What is the total impulse delivered by this force to the particle from time t = 0 to t = 2second?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Total Impulse Delivered By This Force To The Particle From Time t

  1. 0
  2. 1 kg-m/s
  3. 2 kg-m/s
  4. 3 kg-m/s

Answer: 3. 2 kg-m/s

Question 143. A ball of mass 3 kg moving with a speed of 100 m/s, strikes a wall at an angle of 60º (as shown in the figure). The ball rebounds at the same speed and remains in contact with the ball for 0.2 seconds, the force exerted by the ball on the wall is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Ball Rebounds At The Same Speed And Remains In Contact With The Ball

  1. 1500
  2. 1500 N
  3. 3003N
  4. 300 N

Answer: 1. 1500

Question 144. In the figure given the position-time graph of a particle of mass 0.1 kg is shown. The impulse at t = 2 s is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Position Time Graph Of A Particle Of Mass

  1. 0.2 kg m s-1
  2. – 0.2 kg m s-1
  3. 0.1 kg m s-1
  4. – 0.4 kg m s-1

Answer: 2. – 0.2 kg m s-1

Question 145. Two balls of the same mass are dropped from the same height onto the floor. The first ball bounces upwards from the floor elastically. The second ball sticks to the floor. The first applies an impulse to the floor of I1 the second applies an impulse Ι2(for the duration of collision). Then the relation between both impulses is,

  1. Ι2= 2Ι1
  2. \(\mathrm{I}_2=\frac{\mathrm{I}_1}{2}\)
  3. Ι2= 4Ι1
  4. \(\mathrm{I}_2=\frac{\mathrm{I}_1}{4}\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{I}_2=\frac{\mathrm{I}_1}{2}\)

Question 146. A particle of mass m initially at rest, is acted upon by a variable force F for a brief interval of time T. It attains a velocity u after the force stops acting. F is shown in the graph as a function of time. The curve is a semicircle, find u.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Particle Of Mass M Initially At Rest Is Acted Upon By A Variable Force F For A Brief Interval Of Time T

  1. \(\frac{\pi F_0^2}{2 m}\)
  2. \(\frac{\pi T^2}{8 \mathrm{~m}}\)
  3. \(\frac{\pi F_0 T}{4 m}\)
  4. \(\frac{F_0 T}{2 m}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\pi F_0 T}{4 m}\)

Question 147. A mass of 100g strikes the wall with a speed of 5m/s at an angle as shown in the figure and it rebounds with the same speed. If the contact time is 2 × 10-3 sec., what is the force applied on the mass by the wall:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Mass Of 100g Strikes The Wall

  1. 250\(\sqrt{3}\) to right
  2. 250 N to right
  3. 250\(\sqrt{3}\)N to left
  4. 250 N to left

Answer: 3. 250\(\sqrt{3}\)N to left

Question 148. Two particles of masses m1 and m2 in projectile motion have velocities \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}_1\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{u}}_2\) respectively at time t = 0. They collide at time t0. Their velocities become \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_1\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_2\)at time 2t0 while still moving in the air. The value of

⇒ \(\left[\left(m_1 \vec{v}_1+m_2 \vec{v}_2\right)-\left(m_1 \vec{u}_1+m_2 \vec{u}_2\right)\right]\)is

  1. Zero
  2. (m1+ m2)gt0
  3. 2(m1+ m2)gt0
  4. \(\frac{1}{2}\)(m1+ m2)gt0

Answer: 3. 2(m1+ m2)gt0

Question 149. A body is moving towards a finite body which is initially at rest and collides with it. In the absence of any external impulsive force, it is not possible that

  1. Both the bodies come to rest
  2. Both bodies move after the collision
  3. The moving body comes to rest and the stationary body starts moving
  4. The stationary body remains stationary, the moving body does not change its velocity.

Answer: 1. Both the bodies come to rest

Question 150. In head-on elastic collision of two bodies of equal masses, it is not possible :

  1. The velocities are interchanged
  2. The speeds are interchanged
  3. The momenta are interchanged
  4. The faster body speeds up and the slower body slows down

Answer: 4. The faster body speeds up and the slower body slows down

Question 151. A massive ball moving with speed v collides head-on with a tiny ball at rest having a mass very less than the mass of the first ball. If the collision is elastic, then immediately after the impact, the second ball will move with a speed approximately equal to:

  1. v
  2. 2v
  3. v/2
  4. ∞.

Answer: 2. 2v

Question 152. A ball of mass ‘m’, moving with uniform speed, collides elastically with another stationary ball. The incident ball will lose maximum kinetic energy when the mass of the stationary ball is

  1. m
  2. 2m
  3. 4m
  4. Infinity

Answer: 1. m

Question 153. In a collision between two solid spheres, the velocity of separation along the line of impact (assume no external forces act on the system of two spheres during impact) :

  1. Cannot be greater than the velocity of the approach
  2. Cannot be less than the velocity of the approach
  3. Cannot be equal to the velocity of the approach
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. Cannot be greater than the velocity of the approach

Question 154. In the figure shown block A collides head-on with another block B at rest. The mass of B is twice the mass of A. Block A stops after collision. The coefficient of restitution is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass the block A Collides Head On With Another Block B At Rest

  1. 0.5
  2. 1
  3. 0.25
  4. It is not possible

Answer: 1. 0.5

Question 155. A sphere of mass m moving with a constant velocity hits another stationary sphere of the same mass. If e is the coefficient of restitution, then the ratio of the speed of the first sphere to the speed of the second sphere after a collision will be :

  1. \(\left(\frac{1-e}{1+e}\right)\)
  2. \(\left(\frac{1+e}{1-e}\right)\)
  3. \(\left(\frac{e+1}{e-1}\right)\)
  4. \(\left(\frac{e-1}{e+1}\right)\)

Answer: 1. \(\left(\frac{1-e}{1+e}\right)\)

Question 156. A ball rebounds after colliding with the floor, then in case of inelastic collision-

  1. The momentum of the ball before and after collision is the same
  2. The mechanical energy of the ball is conserved
  3. The total momentum of the earth-ball system is conserved
  4. The total kinetic energy of the earth and ball is conserved

Answer: 3. The total momentum of the earth-ball system is conserved

Question 157. A ball is allowed to fall from a height of 8cm, if the ball is perfectly elastic, how much does it rise after rebound-

  1. 8 cm
  2. 1 cm
  3. 0.5 cm
  4. 0

Answer: 1. 8 cm

Question 158. A particle of mass m1 moving with a velocity of 5m/s collides head-on with a stationary particle of mass m2. After collision both the particle moves with a common velocity of 4m/s, then the value of m1/m2 is-

  1. 4: 1
  2. 2: 1
  3. 1 : 8
  4. 1 : 1

Answer: 1. 4: 1

Question 159. A body of mass m1 collides head-on elastically with a stationary body of mass m2. If velocities of m1 before and after the collision are v and –v/3 respectively then the value of m1/m2 is-

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 0.5
  4. 4

Answer: 3. 0.5

Question 160. A sphere of mass 0.1 kg is attached to a cord of 1m in length. Starting from the height of its point of suspension this sphere hits a block of the same mass at rest on a frictionless table. If the impact is elastic, then the kinetic energy of the block after the collision is-

  1. 1 J
  2. 10 J
  3. 0.1 J
  4. 0.5 J

Answer: 1. 1 J

Question 161. Two identical smooth spheres A and B are moving with the same velocity and collide with similar spheres C and D, then after elastics collision- (Consider dimensional collision)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass Two Identical Smooth Spheres A And B Are Collides With Similar Spheres

  1. D will move with greater speed
  2. C and D will move with the same velocity v
  3. C will stop and D will move with velocity v
  4. All spheres A, B, C, and D will move with velocity v/2

Answer: 2. C and D will move with the same velocity v

Question 162. A ball is allowed to fall from a height of 1.0 m. If the value of the coefficient of restitution is 0.6, then after the impact ball will go up to

  1. 0.16 m
  2. 0.36 m
  3. 0.40 m
  4. 0.60 m

Answer: 2. 0.36 m

Question 163. A ball of mass m moving with velocity v collides elastically with another ball of identical mass coming from the opposite direction with velocity 2v. Their velocities after collisions are-

  1. – v, 2v
  2. – 2v, v
  3. v, – 2v
  4. 2v, – v

Answer: 2. – 2v, v

Question 164. A sphere of mass M moving with velocity u collides head-on elastically with a sphere of mass m at rest. After collision their respective velocities are V and v. The value of v is-

  1. \(2 \mathrm{u} \frac{\mathrm{M}}{\mathrm{m}}\)
  2. \(2 u \frac{\mathrm{m}}{\mathrm{m}}\)
  3. \(\frac{2 u}{1+\mathrm{m} / \mathrm{M}}\)
  4. \(\frac{2 \mathrm{u}}{1+\mathrm{M} / \mathrm{m}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{2 u}{1+\mathrm{m} / \mathrm{M}}\)

Centre of Mass in NEET Physics Class 11 MCQs and Explanations

Question 165. A scooter of 40 kg mass moving with a velocity of 4 m/s collides with another scooter of 60 kg mass and moving with a velocity of 2 m/s. After the collision the two scooters stick to each other the loss in kinetic energy-

  1. 392 J
  2. 440 J
  3. 48 J
  4. 110 J

Answer: 3. 48 J

Question 166. Two spheres approaching each other collide elastically. Before collision the speed of A is 5m/s and that of B is 10m/s. Their masses are 1kg and 0.5kg. After collision velocities of A and B are respectively-

  1. 5 m/s –10 m/s
  2. 10 m/s, –5 m/s
  3. –10 m/s, –5 m/s
  4. –5 m/s, 10 m/s

Answer: 4. –5 m/s, 10 m/s

Question 167. After falling from a height of h and striking the ground twice, a ball rises up to the height [e = coefficient of restitution]

  1. He
  2. He2
  3. He3
  4. He4

Answer: 4. He4

Question 168. A metal ball of mass 2.0kg moving at 36km/hr collides with a stationary ball of mass 3.0kg. If after the collision both balls move together, the loss in kinetic energy will be

  1. 40 J
  2. 60 J
  3. 100 J
  4. 140 J

Answer: 2. 60 J

Question 169. A rubber ball is dropped from a height of 5m on a plane. On bouncing it rises to 1.8m. The ball loses its velocity on bouncing by a factor of-

  1. 16/25
  2. 2/5
  3. 3/5
  4. 9/25

Answer: 2. 2/5

Question 170. One sphere collides with another sphere of the same mass at rest inelastically. If the value of the coefficient of restitution is 1/2, the ratio of their speeds after collision shall be-

  1. 1 : 2
  2. 2 : 1
  3. 1 : 3
  4. 3 : 1

Answer: 3. 1 : 3

Question 171. A steel ball of radius 2cm is initially at rest on a horizontal frictionless surface. It is struck head-on by another steel ball of 4 cm radius travelling with a velocity of 81 cm/s. The velocities of two balls after collision are-

  1. 72 cm/s and 56 cm/s
  2. 144 cm/s and 56 cm/s
  3. 144 cm/s and 63 cm/s
  4. 63 cm/s and 72 cm/s

Answer: 3. 144 cm/s and 63 cm/s

Question 172. Which of the following statements is true for collisions-

  1. Momentum is conserved in elastic collisions but not in inelastic collisions
  2. Total kinetic energy is conserved in elastic collisions but momentum is not conserved
  3. Total kinetic energy is not conserved in inelastic collisions but momentum is conserved
  4. Total kinetic energy and momentum both are conserved in all types of collisions

Answer: 3. Total kinetic energy is not conserved in inelastic collisions but momentum is conserved

Question 173. For a two-particle collision, the following quantities are conserved in general-

  1. Kinetic energy
  2. Momentum
  3. Both kinetic energy and momentum
  4. Neither kinetic energy nor momentum

Answer: 2. Momentum

Question 174. A completely inelastic collision is one in which the two colliding particles-

  1. Are separated after the collision.
  2. Remain together after the collision.
  3. Split into small fragments flying in all directions.
  4. None of the above.

Answer: 2. Remain together after the collision.

Question 175. A bullet of mass m = 50 gm strikes a sandbag of mass M = 5 kg hanging from a fixed point, with a horizontal velocity \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{v}}_{\mathrm{p}}\). If the bullet sticks to the sandbag then the ratio of the final and initial kinetic energy of the bullet is (approximately) :

  1. 10-2
  2. 10-3
  3. 10-6
  4. 10-4

Answer: 4. 10-4

Question 176. There are a hundred identical sliders equally spaced on a frictionless track as shown in the figure. Initially, all the sliders are at rest. Slider 1 is pushed with velocity v towards slider 2. In a collision, the sliders stick together. The final velocity of the set of hundred stuck sliders will be :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass There Are Hundred Identical Sliders Equally Spaced On A Frictionless Track

  1. \(\frac{v}{99}\)
  2. \(\frac{v}{100}\)
  3. Zero
  4. v

Answer: 2. \(\frac{v}{100}\)

Question 177. The coefficient of restitution depends upon-

  1. The masses of the colliding bodies
  2. The direction of motion of the colliding bodies
  3. The inclination between the colliding bodies
  4. The materials of the colliding bodies

Answer: 4. The materials of the colliding bodies

Question 178. In an elastic collision of two particles, the following is conserved :

  1. Momentum of each particle
  2. The speed of each particle
  3. The kinetic energy of each particle
  4. The total kinetic energy of both the particles

Answer: 4. Total kinetic energy of both the particles

Question 179. A body of mass M1 collides elastically with another mass M2 at rest. There is maximum transfer of energy when :

  1. M1> M2
  2. M1< M2
  3. M1= M2
  4. Same for all values of M1 and M2

Answer: 3. M1= M2

Question 180. Two putty balls of equal mass moving with equal velocity in mutually perpendicular directions, stick together after collision. If the balls were initially moving with a velocity of \(45 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~ms}^{-1}\) each, the velocity of their combined mass after a collision is :

  1. \(45 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~ms}^{-1}\)
  2. 45 ms-1
  3. 90 ms-1
  4. \(22.5 \sqrt{2} \mathrm{~ms}^{-1}\)

Answer: 2. 45 ms-1

Question 181. The coefficient of restitution e for a perfectly elastic collision is :

  1. 1
  2. 0
  3. –1

Answer: 1. 1

Question 182. Two perfectly elastic particles P and Q of equal mass travelling along the joining them with velocities 15m/sec. and 10 m/sec. After the collision, their velocities respectively (in m/sec.) will be :

  1. 0,25
  2. 5,20
  3. 10, 15
  4. 20, 5

Answer: 3. 10, 15

Question 183. A particle of mass m moving with horizontal speed 6 m/sec. as shown in the figure. If m << M then for one-dimensional elastic collision, the speed of lighter particles after the collision will be :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Particle Of Mass M Moving With Horizontal

  1. 2 m/sec in original direction
  2. 2 m/sec opposite to the original direction
  3. 4 m/sec opposite to the original direction
  4. 4 m/sec in original direction

Answer: 1. 2 m/sec in original direction

Question 184. A particle of mass m moving towards East with a velocity v collides with another particle of the same mass moving towards North with the same speed and adheres to it. The velocity of the combined particle is-

  1. \(v / \sqrt{2}\) along North-East
  2. \(v / \sqrt{2}\) along North-West
  3. 2 \(\sqrt{2 v}\) along North-East
  4. \(\sqrt{2 v}\) along North-West

Answer: 1. \(v / \sqrt{2}\) along North-East

Question 185. A particle of mass ‘m’ and velocity ‘ \(\) collides oblique elastically with a stationary particle of mass ‘m’. The angle between the velocity vectors of the two particles after the collision is :

  1. 45°
  2. 30°
  3. 90°
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. 90°

Question 186. An iron ball of mass 100gm moving at a speed of 10m/sec strikes a wall at an angle of 30° and reflects at the same angle. If the ball and wall remain in contact for 0.1 sec, the force exerted on the wall will be

  1. 10 N
  2. 100 N
  3. 1.0 N
  4. 0.1 N

Answer: 1. 10 N

Question 187. If a ball of mass 10 gm strikes perpendicular on a hard floor with a speed of 5 m/sec. and bounces with the same speed and remains in contact with the floor for 1 sec, then the force applied on the ball by the floor is-

  1. 100 N
  2. 10 N
  3. 1.0 N
  4. 0.1 N

Answer: 4. 0.1 N

Question 188. For inelastic collision between two spherical rigid bodies :

  1. The total kinetic energy is conserved
  2. The linear momentum is not conserved
  3. The total mechanical energy is not conserved
  4. The linear momentum is conserved

Answer: 4. The linear momentum is conserved

Question 189. A mass of 20 kg moving with a speed of 10 m/s collides with another stationary mass of 5 kg. As a result of the collision both masses stick together. The kinetic energy of the composite mass will be :

  1. 600 J
  2. 800 J
  3. 1000 J
  4. 1200 J

Answer: 2. 800 J

Question 190. When two bodies collide elastically, then :

  1. The kinetic energy of the system alone is conserved
  2. Only momentum is conserved
  3. Both energy and momentum are conserved
  4. Neither energy nor momentum is conserved

Answer: 3. Both energy and momentum are conserved

Question 191. A ball of mass ‘m’ moving with the velocity v collides head-on with another ball of mass m at rest, If the coefficient of restitution is e, then the ratio of the velocities of the first and second ball after the collision

  1. \(\frac{1-e}{1+e}\)
  2. \(\frac{1+e}{1-e}\)
  3. \(\frac{1+e}{2}\)
  4. \(\frac{1-e}{2}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{1-e}{1+e}\)

Question 192. When two bodies collide elastically, the force of interaction between them is :

  1. Conservative
  2. Non–conservative
  3. Either conservative or non–conservative
  4. Zero

Answer: 1. Conservative

Question 193. In an elastic collision in the absence of external force, which of the following is/are correct :

  1. The linear momentum is not conserved
  2. The potential energy is conserved in the collision
  3. The final kinetic energy is less than the initial kinetic energy
  4. The final kinetic energy is equal to the initial kinetic energy

Answer: 4. The final kinetic energy is equal to the initial kinetic energy

Question 194. A shell explodes in a region of negligible gravitational field, giving out n fragments of equal mass m. Then it’s total

  1. Kinetic energy is smaller than that before the explosion
  2. Kinetic energy is equal to the before the explosion
  3. Momentum and kinetic energy depend on n
  4. Momentum is equal to that before the explosion.

Answer: 4. Momentum is equal to that before the explosion.

Question 195. During the head-on collision of two masses 1 kg and 2 kg the maximum energy of deformation is 1003J. If before the collision the masses are moving in the opposite direction, then their velocity of approach before the collision is :

  1. 10 m/sec.
  2. 5 m/sec.
  3. 20 m/sec.
  4. \(10 \sqrt{2}\) m/sec.

Answer: 1. 10 m/sec.

Question 196. A block A of mass m moving with a velocity ‘ v ‘ along a frictionless horizontal track and blocks of mass m/2 moving with 2 v collide with plank elastically. The final speed of the block A is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Block A Of Mass M Moving With A Velocity V Along A Frictionless Horizontal Track And A Blocks

  1. \(\frac{5 v}{3}\)
  2. v
  3. \(\frac{2 v}{3}\)
  4. None of these

Answer: 2. v

Question 197. A particle of mass m moves with velocity v0= 20 m/sec towards a wall that is moving with velocity v = 5 m/sec. If the particle collides with the wall elastically, the speed of the particle just after the collision is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Particle Collides With The Wall Elastically The Speed Of The Particle Just After The Collision

  1. 30 m/s
  2. 20 m/s
  3. 25 m/s
  4. 22 m/s

Answer: 1. 30 m/s

Question 198. A super-ball is to bounce elastically back and forth between two rigid walls at a distance d from each other. Neglecting gravity and assuming the velocity of the super-ball to be v0horizontally, the average force being exerted by the super-ball on one wall is :

  1. \(\frac{1}{2} \frac{m v_0^2}{d}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}_0^2}{\mathrm{~d}}\)
  3. \(\frac{2 m v_0^2}{d}\)
  4. \(\frac{4 m v_0^2}{d}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{\mathrm{mv}_0^2}{\mathrm{~d}}\)

Question 199. Which of the following relation(s) is/are always correct? [ p = linear momentum ]

  1. Thrust = \(u_{\text {rel }} \frac{d m}{d t}\)
  2. F = m \(\mathrm{m} \frac{\mathrm{dp}}{\mathrm{dt}}\)
  3. F = m \(m \frac{d v}{d t}\)
  4. F = m \(m \frac{d v}{d t}+v \frac{d m}{d t}\)

Answer: 4. F = m \(m \frac{d v}{d t}+v \frac{d m}{d t}\)

Question 200. Statement-1: In an elastic collision between two bodies, the relative speed of the bodies after a collision is equal to the relative speed before the collision. because Statement 2: In an elastic collision, the linear momentum of the system is conserved

  1. Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
  2. Statement-1 is True,Statement-2 is True;Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1
  3. Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False
  4. Statement-1 is False, and Statement-2 is True.

Answer: 2. Statement-1 is True,Statement-2 is True;Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1

Question 201. A ball hits a floor and rebounds after an inelastic collision. In this case

  1. The momentum of the ball just after the collision is the same as that just before the collision
  2. The mechanical energy of the ball remains the same during the collision
  3. The total momentum of the ball and the earth is conserved
  4. The total energy of the ball and the earth remains the same

Answer: 3. The total momentum of the ball and the earth is conserved

Question 202. Two balls having mass of 2 kg and 3 kg are approaching each other with velocities of 3 m/s and 2 m/s respectively on the horizontal frictionless surface. They undergo a head-on elastic collision. Find out the maximum potential energy of deformation.

  1. Zero
  2. 12.5 J
  3. 15 J
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. 15 J

Question 203. A particle ‘A’ of mass m collides head-on with another stationary particle ‘B’ of the same mass ‘m’. The kinetic energy lost by the colliding particle ‘A’ will be maximum if the coefficient of the restitution is

  1. 1
  2. 0
  3. 0.5
  4. None

Answer: 1. 1

Question 204. Two particles A and B of masses 10 kg and 38 kg respectively are moving along the same straight line with velocities of 15 m/s and 3 m/s respectively in the same direction. After the elastic collision, the velocities of A and B are vA and vB in the direction of initial motion. Then :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Direction Of Initial Motion

  1. vA= 20, vB= 8
  2. vA= − 4, vB= 8
  3. vA= 16, vB= 28
  4. vA= − 5, vB= 10

Answer: 2. vA= − 4, vB= 8

NEET Physics Chapter 3 Centre of Mass: MCQs for Revision and Practice

Question 205. Two small spheres of equal mass, heading towards each other with equal speeds, undergo a head-on collision (no external force acts on the system of two spheres). Then which of the following statements is correct?

  1. Their final velocities must be zero.
  2. Their final velocities may be zero.
  3. Each must have a final velocity equal to the other’s initial velocity.
  4. Their velocities must be reduced in magnitude

Answer: 2. Their final velocities may be zero.

Question 206. In a perfectly inelastic direct collision, maximum transfer of energy takes place if-

  1. m1>> m2
  2. m1<< m2
  3. m1= m2
  4. m2= 0

Answer: 3. m1= m2

Question 207. Which of the following statements is true for collisions-

  1. Momentum is conserved in elastic collisions but not in inelastic collisions.
  2. Total K.E. is conserved in elastic collisions but momentum is not conserved.
  3. Total K.E. is not conserved in inelastic collisions but momentum is conserved.
  4. Total K.E. and momentum both are conserved in all types of collisions.

Answer: 3. Total K.E. is not conserved in inelastic collisions but momentum is conserved.

Question 208. A body falls on a surface with a coefficient of restitution of 0.6 from a height of 1m. Then the body rebounds to a height of :

  1. 0.6 m
  2. 0.4 m
  3. 1m
  4. 0.36 m

Answer: 4. 0.36 m

Question 209. If the force on a rocket which is ejecting gases with a relative velocity of 300 m/s, is 210 N. Then the rate of combustion of the fuel will be :

  1. 10.7 kg/sec
  2. 0.07 kg/sec
  3. 1.4 kg/sec
  4. 0.7 kg/sec

Answer: 4. 0.7 kg/sec

Question 210. A belt is moving horizontally with a speed of 2m/s and sand is falling on it at the rate of 150 gm/sec. The additional force required to keep the speed of the belt is-

  1. 0.015 N
  2. 0.30 N
  3. 3N
  4. 300 N

Answer: 2. 0.30 N

Question 211. A rocket with a lift-off mass of 3.5 × 104 kg is blasted upwards with an initial acceleration of 10 m/s2. The initial thrust of the blast is-

  1. 14.0 × 105 N
  2. 1.76 × 105 N
  3. 3.5 × 105 N
  4. 7.0 × 105 N

Answer: 4. 7.0 × 105 N

Question 212. Fuel is consumed at the rate of 100 kg/sec. in a rocket. The exhaust gases are ejected at a speed of 4.5 × 104 m/s. What is the thrust experience by the rocket-

  1. 3 × 106 N
  2. 4.5 × 106 N
  3. 6 × 106 N
  4. 9 × 106 N

Answer: 2. 4.5 × 106 N

Question 213. A rocket of initial mass 6000 kg. ejects mass at a constant rate of 16 kg/sec. with a constant relative speed of 11 km/sec. What is the acceleration of the rocket, a minute after the blast-(Consider acceleration due to gravity g = 10msec-2)

  1. 28.3 m/sec²
  2. 42 m/sec²
  3. 34.9 m/sec²
  4. 24.92 m/sec²

Answer: 4. 24.92 m/sec²

Question 214. A 6000 kg rocket is set for vertical firing. If the exhaust speed is 1000 m/sec. How much gas must be ejected each second to supply the thrust needed to give the rocket an initial upward acceleration of 20 m/sec²- (consider g = 9.8 msec-2 acceleration due to gravity )

  1. 92.4 kg/sec
  2. 178.8 kg/sec
  3. 143.2 kg/sec
  4. 47.2 kg/sec

Answer: 2. 178.8 kg/sec

Question 215. The rocket works on the principle of conservation of-

  1. Energy
  2. Angular momentum
  3. Momentum
  4. Mass

Answer: 3. Momentum

Question 216. A rocket with a lift-off mass of 3.5 × 104 kg is blasted upwards with an initial acceleration of 10 m/s2. Then the initial thrust of the blast is :

  1. 3.5 × 105 N
  2. 7.0 × 105 N
  3. 14.0 × 105 N
  4. 1.75 × 105 N

Answer: 2. 7.0 × 105 N

Question 217. A balloon having a mass ‘ m ‘ is filled with gas and is held in the hands of a boy. Then suddenly it gets released and gas starts coming out of it at a constant rate. The velocities of the ejected gases are also constant at 2 m/s with respect to the balloon. Find out the velocity of the balloon when the mass of gas is reduced to half.

  1. l n 2
  2. 2 ln 4
  3. 2 ln 2
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. 2 in 2

Question 218. In the figure shown a hole of radius 2 cm is made in a semicircular disc of radius 6 π cm at a distance 8 cm from the centre C of the disc. The distance of the center of mass of this system from point C is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Distance Of The Centre Of Mass Of This System From Point C

  1. 4 cm
  2. 8 cm
  3. 6 cm
  4. 12 cm

Answer: 2. 8 cm

Question 219. A semicircular portion of radius ‘r’ is cut from a uniform rectangular plate as shown in the figure. The distance of the center of mass ‘C’ of the remaining plate, from point ‘O’ is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Semicircular Portion Of Radius R Is Cut From A Uniform Rectangular Plate

  1. \(\frac{2 r}{(3-\pi)}\)
  2. \(\frac{3 r}{2(4-\pi)}\)
  3. \(\frac{2 r}{(4+\pi)}\)
  4. \(\frac{2 r}{3(4-\pi)}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{2 r}{3(4-\pi)}\)

Question 220. Look at the drawing given in the figure which has been drawn with ink of uniform line-thickness. The mass of ink used to draw each of the two inner circles, and each of the two line segments is m. The mass of the ink used to draw the outer circle is 6m. The coordinates of the centers of the different parts are outer circle (0, 0), left inner circle (–a, a), right inner circle (a, a), vertical line (0, 0), and horizontal line (0, –a). The y-coordinate of the center of mass of the ink in this drawing is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Y Coordinate Of The Centre Of Mass

  1. \(\frac{a}{10}\)
  2. \(\frac{3 r}{2(4-\pi)}\)
  3. \(\frac{2 r}{(4+\pi)}\)
  4. \(\frac{2 r}{3(4-\pi)}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{a}{10}\)

Question 221. Two spherical bodies of mass M and 5M and radii R and 2R respectively are released in free space with initial separation between their centres equal to 12R. If they attract each other due to gravitational force only, then the distance covered by the smaller body just before the collision is :

  1. 2.5R
  2. 4.5 R
  3. 7.5R
  4. 1.5 R
  5. Answer: 3. 7.5R

Question 222. A radioactive nucleus initially at rest decays by emitting an electron and neutrino at right angles to one another. The momentum of the electron is 3.2 × 10-23 kg-m/sec. and that of the neutrino is 6.4 × 10-23 kg-m/sec. The direction of the recoiling nucleus with that of the electron motion is-

  1. tan-1(0.5)
  2. tan-1
  3. π – tan-1
  4. 2π+ tan-1(2)

Answer: 3. π – tan-1

Question 223. A particle of mass 1 kg is thrown vertically upwards with a speed 100 m/s. After 5s it explodes into two parts. One part of mass 400g comes back with a speed of 25 m/s, what is the speed of the other part just after the explosion?

  1. 100 m/s upwards
  2. 600 m/s upwards
  3. 100 m/s downward
  4. 300 m/s upward

Answer: 1. 100 m/s upwards

Question 224. A mass ‘m’ moves with a velocity ‘v’ and collides inelastically with another identical mass at rest. After collision the 1st mass moves with velocity \(\frac{v}{\sqrt{3}}\) in a direction perpendicular to the initial direction of motion. Find the speed of the 2nd mass after collision:

  1. v
  2. \(\sqrt{3 v}\)
  3. \(\frac{2}{\sqrt{3}}\)
  4. \(\frac{v}{\sqrt{3}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{2}{\sqrt{3}}\)

Question 225. A mass of 10 gm, moving horizontally with a velocity of 100 cm/sec, strikes the bob of a pendulum and sticks to it. The mass of the bob is also 10 gm. The maximum height to which the system can be raised is (g = 10 m/sec2)

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass Moving Horizontally With A Velocity

  1. Zero
  2. 5 cm
  3. 2.5 cm
  4. 1.25 cm

Answer: 4. 1.25 cm

Question 226. A solid iron ball A of radius r collides head-on with another stationary solid iron ball B of radius 2r. The ratio of their speeds just after the collision (e = 0.5) is :

  1. 3
  2. 4
  3. 2
  4. 1

Answer: 3. 2

NEET Physics Chapter 3 Centre of Mass: MCQs for Revision and Practice

Question 227. Two balls, having linear momenta \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_1=p \hat{\mathrm{i}} \text { and } \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_2=-p \hat{\mathrm{i}} \text {, }\) undergo a collision in free space. There is no external force acting on the balls. Let \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_1^{\prime} \text { and } \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_2^{\prime}\) be their final momenta. The following option(s) is(are) Not Allowed for any non-zero value of p, a1, a2, b1, b2, c1and c2.

  1. \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_1^{\prime}=\mathrm{a}_1 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+\mathrm{b}_1 \hat{\mathrm{j}}+\mathrm{c}_1 \hat{\mathrm{k}}, \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_2^{\prime}=\mathrm{a}_2 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+\mathrm{b}_2 \hat{\mathrm{j}}\)
  2. \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_1^{\prime}=\mathrm{c}_1 \hat{\mathrm{k}}, \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_2^{\prime}=c_2 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
  3. \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_1^{\prime}=\mathrm{a}_1 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+\mathrm{b}_1 \hat{\mathrm{j}}+\mathrm{c}_1 \hat{\mathrm{k}}, \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_2^{\prime}=\mathrm{a}_2 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+\mathrm{b}_2 \hat{\mathrm{j}}-\mathrm{c}_1 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\)
  4. \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_1^{\prime}=\mathrm{a}_1 \hat{\mathrm{i}}+\mathrm{b}_1 \hat{\mathrm{j}}, \overrightarrow{\mathrm{p}}_2^{\prime}=\mathrm{c}_2 \hat{\mathrm{k}}\)

Answer: 1 and 4

Question 228. An explosion blows a rock into three parts. Two parts go off at right angles of each other. These two are 1 kg first part moving with a velocity of 12 ms–1 and 2 kg second part moving with a velocity of 8 ms–1. If the third part files off with a velocity of 4 ms–1, its mass would be :

  1. 5 kg
  2. 7 kg
  3. 17 kg
  4. 3 kg

Answer: 1. 5 kg

Question 229. A ball moving with a velocity 2 m/s collides head-on with another stationary ball of double the mass. If the coefficient of restitution is 0.5, then their velocities (in m/s) after the collision will be

  1. 0, 1
  2. 1, 1
  3. 1, 0.5
  4. 0, 2

Answer: 1. 0, 1

Question 230. Two particles which are initially at rest, move towards each other under the action of their internal attraction. If their speeds are v and 2v at any instant, then the speed of the center of mass of the system will be

  1. 2v
  2. Zero
  3. 1.5 v
  4. v

Answer: 2. Zero

Question 231. A mass of m moving horizontally (along the x-axis) with velocity v collides and sticks to the mass of 3m moving vertically upward (along the y-axis) with velocity 2v. The final velocity of the combination is :

  1. \(\frac{1}{4} v \hat{i}+\frac{3}{2} v \hat{j}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{3} v \hat{i}+\frac{2}{3} v \hat{j}\)
  3. \(\frac{2}{3} v \hat{i}+\frac{1}{3} v \hat{j}\)
  4. \(\frac{3}{2} v \hat{i}+\frac{1}{4} v \hat{j}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{1}{4} v \hat{i}+\frac{3}{2} v \hat{j}\)

Question 232. Two persons of masses 55 kg and 65 kg respectively, are at the opposite ends of a boat. The length of the boat is 3.0 m and weighs 100 kg. The 55 kg man walks up to the 65 kg man and sits with him. If the boat is in still water the center of mass of the system shifts by :

  1. 3.0 m
  2. 2.3 m
  3. Zero
  4. 0.75 m

Answer: 3. Zero

Question 233. Two spheres A and B of masses m1 and m2 respectively collide. A is at rest initially and B is moving with velocity v along the x-axis. After collision B has a velocity \(\frac{v}{2}\) in a direction perpendicular to the original direction. The mass A moves after collision in the direction.

  1. Same as that of B
  2. Opposite to that of B
  3. θ = tan-1(1/2) to the x-axis
  4. θ = tan-1(–1/2) to the x-axis

Answer: 4. θ = tan-1(–1/2) to the x-axis

Question 234. Three masses are placed on the x-axis: 300 g at origin, 500g at x = 40 cm and 400g at x = 70 cm. The distance of the centre of mass from the origin is :

  1. 40 cm
  2. 45 cm
  3. 50 cm
  4. 30 cm

Answer: 1. 40 cm

Question 235. An explosion breaks a rock into three parts in a horizontal plane. Two of them go off at right angles to each other. The first part of mass 1kg moves with a speed of 12 ms-1 and the second part of mass 2 kg moves with 8 ms-1 speed. If the third part flies off with 4 ms-1 speed, then its mass is :

  1. 5 kg
  2. 7 kg
  3. 17 kg
  4. 3 kg

Answer: 1. 5 kg

Question 236. A body of mass (4m) is lying in the x-y plane at rest. It suddenly explodes into three pieces. Two pieces, each of mass (m) move perpendicular to each other with equal speeds (υ). The total kinetic energy generated due to the explosion is :

  1. mv
  2. \(\frac{3}{2} m v^2\)
  3. 2mv2
  4. 4mv2

Answer: 2. \(\frac{3}{2} m v^2\)

Question 237. Two particles of masses m1, m2 move with initial velocities u1 and u2. On collision, one of the particles gets excited to a higher level, after absorbing energy ε If the final velocities of particles be v1 and v2 then we must have:

  1. \(\frac{1}{2} m_1 u_1^2+\frac{1}{2} m_2 u_2^2=\frac{1}{2} m_1 v_1^2+\frac{1}{2} m_2 v_2^2-\varepsilon\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{2} m_1 u_1^2+\frac{1}{2} m_2 u_2^2-\varepsilon=\frac{1}{2} m_1 v_1^2+\frac{1}{2} m_2 v_2^2\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{2} m_1^2 u_1^2+\frac{1}{2} m_2^2 u_2^2+\varepsilon=\frac{1}{2} m_1^2 v_1^2+\frac{1}{2} m_2^2 v_2^2\)
  4. \(m_1^2 u_1+m_2^2 u_2-\varepsilon=m_1^2 v_1+m_2^2 v_2\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{1}{2} m_1 u_1^2+\frac{1}{2} m_2 u_2^2-\varepsilon=\frac{1}{2} m_1 v_1^2+\frac{1}{2} m_2 v_2^2\)

Question 238. Two spherical bodies of mass M and 5 M and radii R and 2R are released in free space with initial separation between their centres equal to 12 R. If they attract each other due to gravitational force only, then the distance covered by the smaller body before a collision is:

  1. 4.5 R
  2. 7.5 R
  3. 1.5 R
  4. 2.5 R

Answer: 2. 7.5 R

Question 239. A rigid ball of mass m strikes a rigid wall at 60º and gets reflected without loss of speed as shown in the figure below. The value of impulse imparted by the wall in the ball will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Rigid Ball Of Mass M Strikes A Rigid Wall At 60 Degrees And Gets Reflected Without Loss Of Speed

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{mV}}{3}\)
  2. mV
  3. 2mV
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{mV}}{2}\)

Answer: 2. mV

Question 240. A bullet of mass 10 g moving horizontally with a velocity of 400 ms–1 strike of a wooden block of mass 2 kg which is suspended by a light inextensible string of length 5 m. As a result, the center of gravity of the block is found to rise a vertical distance of 10 cm. The speed of the bullet after it emerges horizontally from the block will be

  1. 160 ms-1
  2. 100 ms-1
  3. 80 ms-1
  4. 120 m-1

Answer: 4. 120 m-1

Question 241. Two identical balls A and B having velocities of 0.5 m/s and –0.3 m/s respectively collide elastically in one dimension. The velocities of B and A after the collision respectively will be

  1. 0.3 m/s and 0.5 m/s
  2. – 0.5 m/s and 0.3 m/s
  3. 0.5 m/s and – 0.3 m/s
  4. – 0.3 m/s and 0.5 m/s

Answer: 3. 0.5 m/s and – 0.3 m/s

Question 242. A moving block having a mass of m collides with another stationary block having a mass of 4m. The lighter block comes to rest after collision. When the initial velocity of the lighter block is v, then the value of the coefficient of restitution (e) will be

  1. 0.5
  2. 0.4
  3. 0.8
  4. 0.25

Answer: 4. 0.25

Question 243. Body A of mass 4 m moving with speed u collides with another body B of mass 2 m at rest the collision is head-on and elastic in nature. After the collision, the fraction of energy lost by colliding body A is :

  1. \(\frac{5}{9}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{9}\)
  3. \(\frac{8}{9}\)
  4. \(\frac{4}{9}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{8}{9}\)

Question 244. A particle of mass 5 m at rest suddenly breaks on its own into three fragments. Two fragments of mass m each move along a mutually perpendicular direction with speed v each. The energy released during the process is

  1. \(\frac{3}{5} m v^2\)
  2. \(\frac{5}{3} m v^2\)
  3. \(\frac{3}{2} m v^2\)
  4. \(\frac{4}{3} m v^2\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{4}{3} m v^2\)

Question 245. Two small particles of equal masses start moving in opposite directions from point A in a horizontal circular orbit. Their tangential velocities are v and 2v, respectively, as shown in the figure. Between collisions, the particles move at constant speeds. After making how many elastic collisions, other than that at A, these two particles will again reach point A?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass In Opposite Directions From A Point A In A Horizontal Circular Orbit

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 2
  4. 1

Answer: 3. 2

NEET Physics Chapter 3 Centre of Mass: MCQs for Revision and Practice

Question 246. Statement-1: Two particles moving in the same direction do not lose all their energy in a completely inelastic collision.

Statement 2: The principle of conservation of momentum holds true for all kinds of collisions.

  1. Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is the correct explanation of Statement-1.
  2. Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is not the correct explanation of Statement-1
  3. Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
  4. Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.

Answer: 1. Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is the correct explanation of Statement-1.

Question 247. A ball of mass 0.2 kg rests on a vertical post of height 5 m. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg, traveling with a velocity of V m/s in a horizontal direction, hits the center of the ball. After the collision, the ball and bullet travel independently. The ball hits the ground at a distance of 20 m and the bullet at a distance of 100 m from the foot of the post. The initial velocity V of the bullet is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass The Initial Velocity V Of The Bullet

  1. 250 m/s
  2. 250\(\sqrt{2}\)m/s
  3. 400 m/s
  4. 500 m/s

Answer: 4. 500 m/s

Question 248. This question has Statement 1 and Statement 2. Of the four choices given after the Statements, choose the one that best describes the two Statements.

Statement – 1: A point particle of mass m moving with speed υ collides with stationary point particle of mass M. If the maximum energy loss possible is given as\(f\left(\frac{1}{2} m v^2\right) \text { then } f=\left(\frac{m}{M+m}\right)\)

Statement 2: Maximum energy loss occurs when the particles get stuck together as a result of the collision.

  1. Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true, and Statement -2 is the correct explanation of Statement -1.
  2. Statement -1 is true, Statement – 2 is true, Statment-2 is not the correct explanation of Statement – 1.
  3. Statement -1 is true, Statement 2 is false.
  4. Statement -1 is false, and Statement – 2 is true.

Answer: 4. Statement -1 is false, Statement – 2 is true.

Question 249. A particle of mass m is projected from the ground with an initial speed u0at an angle α with the horizontal. At the highest point of its trajectory, it makes a completely inelastic collision with another identical particle, which was thrown vertically upward from the ground with the same initial speed u0. The angle that the composite system makes with the horizontal immediately after the collision is :

  1. \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)
  2. \(\frac{\pi}{4}+\mathrm{a}\)
  3. \(\frac{\pi}{4}-\mathrm{a}\)
  4. \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)

Question 250. A tennis ball is dropped on a horizontal smooth surface. It bounces back to its original position after hitting the surface. The force on the ball during the collision is proportional to the length of compression of the ball. Which one of the following sketches describes the variation of its kinetic energy K with time t most appropriately? The figures are only illustrative and not to the scale.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass A Tennis Ball Is Dropped On A Horizontal Smooth Surface

Answer: 2.

Question 251. A particle of mass m moving in the x direction with speed 2v is hit by another particle of mass 2m moving in the y direction with speed v. If the collision is perfectly inelastic, the percentage loss in the energy during the collision is close to :

  1. 44%
  2. 50%
  3. 56%
  4. 62%

Answer: 3. 56%

Question 252. The distance of the centre of mass of a solid uniform cone from its vertex is z0. If the radius of its base is R and its height is h then z0is equal to

  1. \(\frac{h^2}{4 R}\)
  2. \(\frac{3 h}{4}\)
  3. \(\frac{5 h}{8}\)
  4. \(\frac{3 h^2}{8 R}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{3 h}{4}\)

Question 253. It is found that if a neutron suffers an elastic collinear collision with deuterium at rest, fractional loss of its energy is pd, while for its similar collision with carbon nucleus at rest, fractional loss of energy is pc. The values of pd and pc are respectively:

  1. (0, 0)
  2. (0, 1)
  3. (.89, .28)
  4. (.28, .89)

Answer: 3. (.89, .28)

Question 254. The mass of a hydrogen molecule is 3.32 × 10-27 kg. If 1023 hydrogen molecules strike, per second, a fixed wall of area 2cm2 at an angle of 45° to the normal, and rebound elastically with a speed of 103 m/s, then the pressure on the wall is nearly :

  1. 2.35 × 102 N/m2
  2. 4.70 × 102 N/m2
  3. 2.35 × 103 N/m2
  4. 4.70 × 103 N/m2

Answer: 3. 2.35 × 103 N/m2

Question 255. In a collinear collision, a particle with an initial speed v0 strikes a stationary particle of the same mass. If the final total kinetic energy is 50% greater than the original kinetic energy, the magnitude of the relative velocity between the two particles, after collision, is :

  1. \(\frac{v_0}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{v_0}{\sqrt{2}}\)
  3. \(\frac{v_0}{4}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{2} v_0\)

Answer: 4. \(\sqrt{2} v_0\)

Question 256. Three blocks A, B and C are lying on a smooth horizontal surface, as shown in the figure. A and B have equal masses, m which C has mass M. Block A is given an initial speed of v towards B due to which it collides with B perfectly inelastically. The combined mass collides with C, also perfectly inelastically of the initial kinetic energy is also perfectly inelastically lost in the whole process. What is the value of M/m?

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass Three Blocks A B And C Are Lying On A Smooth Horizontal Surface

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 5
  4. 3

Answer: 2. 4

Question 257. A piece of wood of mass 0.03 kg is dropped from the top of a 100-height building. At the same time, a bullet of mass 0.02 kg is fired vertically upwards, with a velocity of 100 ms-1 from the ground. The bullet gets embedded in the wood. Then the maximum height to which the combined system reaches above the top of the building before falling below is : (g = 10 m/s-2)

  1. 10 m
  2. 20 m
  3. 30 m
  4. 40 m

Answer: 4. 40 m

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 3 Centre of Mass MCQs and Answers

Question 258. A simple pendulum, made of a string of length  and a bob of mass m, is released from a small angle θ0. It strikes a block of mass M, kept on a horizontal surface at its lowest point of oscillations, elastically. It bounces back and goes up to an angle θ1. Then M is given by :

  1. \(\mathrm{m}\left(\frac{\theta_0+\theta_1}{\theta_0-\theta_1}\right)\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{2}\left(\frac{\theta_0-\theta_1}{\theta_0+\theta_1}\right)\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{2}\left(\frac{\theta_0+\theta_1}{\theta_0-\theta_1}\right)\)
  4. \(\mathrm{m}\left(\frac{\theta_0-\theta_1}{\theta_0+\theta_1}\right)\)

Answer: 4. \(\mathrm{m}\left(\frac{\theta_0-\theta_1}{\theta_0+\theta_1}\right)\)

Question 259. The position vector of the center of mass\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{r}}[latex]cm of an asymmetric uniform bar of the negligible area of cross-section as shown in the figure is:

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 3 Center Of Mass An Asymmetric Uniform Bar Of Negligible Area Of Cross Section

  1. [latex]\vec{r}_{\mathrm{cm}}=\frac{3}{8} L \hat{x}+\frac{11}{8} L \hat{y}\)
  2. \(\vec{r}_{c m}=\frac{11}{8} L \hat{x}+\frac{3}{8} L \hat{y}\)
  3. \(\vec{r}_{\mathrm{cm}}=\frac{13}{8} L \hat{x}+\frac{5}{8} L \hat{y}\)
  4. \(\vec{r}_{\mathrm{cm}}=\frac{5}{8} L \hat{x}+\frac{13}{8} L \hat{y}\)

Answer: 3. \(\vec{r}_{\mathrm{cm}}=\frac{13}{8} L \hat{x}+\frac{5}{8} L \hat{y}\)

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity Multiple Choice Question And Answers

Elasticity And Viscosity Solids Multiple Choice Question And Answers

Question 1. The diameter of a brass rod is 4 mm and Young’s modulus of brass is 9 × 1010 N/m2. The force required to stretch by 0.1% of its length is:

  1. 360 πN
  2. 36 N
  3. 144 π × 103 N
  4. 36 π × 105 N

Answer: 1. 360 πN

Question 2. A steel wire is suspended vertically from a rigid support. When loaded with a weight in the air, it expands by La and when the weight is immersed completely in water, the extension is reduced to Lw. The relative density of the material of the weight is

  1. \(\frac{L_a}{L_a-L_w}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{L}_{\mathrm{w}}}{\mathrm{L}_{\mathrm{a}}}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{L}_{\mathrm{a}}}{\mathrm{L}_{\mathrm{w}}}\)
  4. \(\frac{L_w}{L_a-L_w}\)

Answer: 2. 1. \(\frac{L_a}{L_a-L_w}\)

Elasticity and Viscosity MCQs for NEET Physics Class 11

Question 3. Two wires of equal length and cross-section area are suspended as shown in the figure. Their Young’s modulus is Y1 and Y2 respectively. The equivalent of Young’s modulus will be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity The Equivalent Youngs Modulus

  1. Y1 + Y2
  2. \(\frac{Y_1+Y_2}{2}\)
  3. \(\frac{Y_1 Y_2}{Y_1+Y_2}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{Y_1 Y_2}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{Y_1+Y_2}{2}\)

Question 4. The load versus elongation graph for four wires of the same materials is shown in the figure. The thinnest wire is represented by the line :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity The Load Versus Elongation Graph For Four Wires Of The Same Materials

  1. OC
  2. OD
  3. OA
  4. OB

Answer: 3. OA

Question 5. A force F is needed to break a copper wire having radius R. Then the force needed to break a copper wire of radius 2 R will be :

  1. F/2
  2. 2 F
  3. 4 F
  4. F/4

Answer: 3. 4 F

Question 6. A brass rod of length 2 m and a cross-sectional area of 2.0 cm2 is attached end to end to a steel rod of length L and a cross-sectional area of 1.0 cm2. The compound rod is subjected to equal and opposite pulls of magnitude 5 × 104 N at its ends. If the elongations of the two rods are equal, then the length of the steel rod (L) is

(YBrass = 1.0 × 1011 N/m2 and YSteel = 2.0 × 1011 N/m2 )

  1. 1.5 m
  2. 1.8 m
  3. 1 m
  4. 2 m

Answer: 4. 2 m

Question 7. If the ratio of lengths, radii, and Young’s moduli of steel and brass wires in the figure are a, b, and c respectively. Then the corresponding ratio of increase in their lengths would be :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity Youngs Modulii Of Steel And Brass Wires

  1. \(\frac{2 \mathrm{ac}}{\mathrm{b}^2}\)
  2. \(\frac{3 a}{2 b^2 c}\)
  3. \(\frac{3 c}{2 a b^2}\)
  4. \(\frac{2 a^2 c}{b}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{3 a}{2 b^2 c}\)

Question 8. The breaking stress of a wire depends upon

  1. Length of the wire
  2. The radius of the wire
  3. Material of the wire
  4. The shape of the cross-section

Answer: 3. Material of the wire

Question 9. The mean distance between the atoms of iron is 3 ×10-10 m and the interatomic force constant for iron is 7 N /m. Yong’s modulus of elasticity for iron is

  1. 2.33 × 105 N/ m2
  2. 23.3 × 1010 N/ m2
  3. 233 × 1010N/ m2
  4. 2.33 × 1010 N/ m2

Answer: 4. 2.33 × 1010 N/ m2

Question 10. An iron rod of length 2m and cross-section area of 50mm2 stretched by 0.5mm, when a mass of 250kg is hung from its lower end. Young’s modulus of the iron rod is

  1. 19.6 ×1010 N/ m2
  2. 19.6 × 1015 N/ m2
  3. 19.6 × 1018 N/ m2
  4. 19.6 × 1020 N/ m2

Answer: 1. 19.6 ×1010 N/ m2

Question 11. A steel wire of 1 m long and 1 mm2 cross-section area is hung from a rigid support. When a weight of 1 kg is hung from it then the change in length will be (given Y = 2 × 1011 N / m2)

  1. 0.5 mm
  2. 0.25 mm
  3. 0.05 mm
  4. 5 mm

Answer: 3. 0.05 mm

NEET Physics Chapter 4 Elasticity and Viscosity MCQs with Answers

Question 12. A 1m long metal wire of cross-sectional area 10-6 m2 is fixed at one end from a rigid support and a weight W is hanging at its other end. The graph shows the observed extension of length Δl of the wire as a function of W. Young’s modulus of the material of the wire in SΙ units is

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity Youngs Modulus Of Material Of The Wire in SI Units

  1. 5 × 104
  2. 2 × 105
  3. 2 × 1011
  4. 5 × 1011

Answer: 3. 2 × 1011

Question 13. One end of a horizontal thick copper wire of length 2L and radius 2R is welded to an end of another horizontal thin copper wire of length L and radius R. When the arrangement is stretched by applying forces at two ends, the ratio of the elongation in the thin wire to that in the thick wire is :

  1. 0.25
  2. 0.50
  3. 2.00
  4. 4.00

Answer: 3. 2.00

Question 14. The Young’s modulus of a wire of length (L) and radius (r) is Y. If the length is reduced to \(\frac{\mathrm{L}}{2}\) and radius to \(\frac{\mathrm{R}}{2}\) then its Young’s modulus will be

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{Y}}{2}\)s
  2. Y
  3. 2Y
  4. 2Y

Answer: 2. Y

Question 15. A 5m aluminium wire (Y = 7 × 1010 N/m2) of diameter 3 mm supports a 40 kg mass. In order to have the same elongation in a copper wire (Y= 12 × 1010 N/m2) of the same length under the same weight, the diameter should be in mm

  1. 1.75
  2. 2.0
  3. 2.3
  4. 5.0

Answer: 3. 2.3

Question 16. The following four wires are made of the same material and the same tension is applied to them. Which one will have the maximum increase in length?

  1. Length = 100 cm, Diameter = 1mm
  2. Length = 50 cm, Diameter = 0.5 mm
  3. Length = 200 cm, Diameter = 2mm
  4. Length = 300 cm, Diameter = 3 mm

Answer: 2. Length = 50 cm, Diameter = 0.5 mm

Question 17. A catapult’s string made of rubber has a cross-section area of 25 mm2 and a length of 10 cm. To throw a 5 gm pabble it is stretched up to 5 cm and released. The velocity of the projected pabble is (Young coefficient of elasticity of rubber is 5 × 108 N/m2) :

  1. 20 m/s
  2. 100 m/s
  3. 250 m/s
  4. 200 m/s

Answer: 3. 250 m/s

Question 18. The diameter of a brass rod is 4 mm and the Young modulus of elasticity is 9 × 1010 N/m2. The force required to increase the length of the rod by 0.10% will be :

  1. 360 πN
  2. 36 N
  3. 144π × 103 N
  4. 36π × 105 N

Answer: 1. 360 πN

Question 19. Two blocks each of mass 2kg are connected as shown in the figure. The breaking stress of the material of the wire is \(\frac{2}{\pi} \times 10^9\) N/m2. Find the minimum radius of the wire used if it is not to break.

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity Two Blocks Eeach Of Mass 2kg Are Connected

  1. 10-3 m
  2. 10-4 m
  3. 10-5 m
  4. 10-6 m

Answer: 2. 10-4 m

Question 20. Four wires of the same material are stretched by the same load. The dimensions of the wires are given below. The one that has the maximum elongation is of

  1. Diameter 1 mm and length 1 m
  2. Diameter 2 mm and length 2 m
  3. Diameter 0.5 mm and length 0.5 m
  4. Diameter 3 mm and length 3 m

Answer: 3. Diameter 0.5 mm and length 0.5 m

Question 21. An elevator cable can have a maximum stress of 7 × 107 N/m2 for appropriate safety factors. Its maximum upward acceleration is 1.5 m/s2. If the cable has to support the total weight of 2000 kg of a loaded elevator, the minimum area of the cross-section of the cable should be (g = 10 m/s2)

  1. 3.28 cm2
  2. 2.38 cm2
  3. 0.328 cm2
  4. 8.23 cm2

Answer: 1. 3.28 cm2

Elasticity and Viscosity Multiple Choice Questions for NEET Class 11

Question 22. A 2m long light metal rod AB is suspended from the ceiling horizontally by means of two vertical wires of equal length tied to its ends. One wire is of brass and has a cross-sectional area of 0.2 × 10-4 m2 and the other is of steel with 0.1 × 10-4 m2 cross-sectional area. in order to have equal stresses in the two wires, a weight W is hung from the rod. The position of the weight along the rod from end A should be

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity A Viscous The Ceiling Horizontally By Means Brass And Steel

  1. 66.6 cm
  2. 133 cm
  3. 44.4 cm
  4. 155.6 cm

Answer: 1. 66.6 cm

Question 23. A brass rod of length 2 m and a cross-sectional area of 2.0 cm2 is attached end to end to a steel rod of length L and a cross-sectional area of 1.0 cm2. The compound rod is subjected to equal and opposite pulls of magnitude 5 × 104 N at its ends. If the elongations of the two rods are equal, then the length of the steel rod (L) is (YBrass = 1.0 × 1011 N/m2 and YSteel = 2.0 × 1011 N/m2 )

  1. 1.5 m
  2. 1.8 m
  3. 1 m
  4. 2 m

Answer: 4. 2m

Question 24. A square brass plate of side 1.0 m and thickness 0.005 m is subjected to a force F on its smaller opposite edges, causing a displacement of 0.02 cm. If the shear modulus of brass is 0.4 × 1011 N/m2, the value of the force F is

  1. 4 × 103 N
  2. 400 N
  3. 4 × 104 N
  4. 1000 N

Answer: 3. 4 × 104 N

Question 25. A solid cylinder of radius r and length l is clamped at its upper end and the lower end is twisted through θ. The shear strain is given by.

  1. θ
  2. \(\frac{\theta \ell}{\mathrm{r}}\)
  3. \(\frac{\theta \mathrm{r}}{\ell}\)
  4. 0

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\theta \mathrm{r}}{\ell}\)

Question 26. A 50 kg motor rests on four cylindrical rubber blocks. Each block has a height of 4 cm and a cross-sectional area of 16 cm2. The shear modulus of rubber is 2 × 106 N/m2. A sideways force of 500 N is applied to the motor. The distance that the motor moves sideways is

  1. 0.156 cm
  2. 1.56 cm
  3. 0.312 cm
  4. 0.204 cm

Answer: 1. 0.156 cm

Question 27. If the poison ratio is 0.4 and after increasing the length of the wire by 0.05% then the decrease in its diameter will be :

  1. 0.02%
  2. 0.1%
  3. 0.01%
  4. 0.4%

Answer: 1. 0.02%

Question 28. A 50 kg motor rests on four cylindrical rubber blocks. Each block has a height of 4 cm and a cross-sectional area of 16 cm2. The shear modulus of rubber is 2 × 106 N/m2. A sideways force of 500 N is applied to the motor. The distance that the motor moves sideways is

  1. 0.156 cm
  2. 1.56 cm
  3. 0.312 cm
  4. 0.204 cm

Answer: 1. 0.156 cm

NEET Class 11 Physics Elasticity and Viscosity MCQs

Question 29. A metal block is experiencing an atmospheric pressure of 1 × 105 N/m2, when the same block is placed in a vacuum chamber, the fractional change in its volume is (the bulk modulus of metal is 1.25 × 1011 N/m2)

  1. 4 × 10-7
  2. 2 × 10-7
  3. 8 × 10-7
  4. 1 × 10-7

Answer: 3. 8 × 10-7

Question 30. The compressibility of water is 46.4 × 10-6/atm. This means that

  1. The bulk modulus of water is 46.4 × 106 atm
  2. The volume of water decreases by 46.4 one-millionths of the original volume for each atmosphere increase in pressure
  3. When water is subjected to an additional pressure of one atmosphere, its volume decreases by 46.4%
  4. When water is subjected to an additional pressure of one atmosphere, its volume is reduced to 10-6 of its original volume.

Answer: 2. The volume of water decreases by 46.4 one-millionths of the original volume for each atmosphere increase in pressure

Question 31. If a rubber ball is taken at a depth of 200 m in a pool its volume decreases by 0.1%. If the density of the water is 1 × 103 kg/m3 and g = 10 m/s2, then the volume elasticity in N/m2 will be :

  1. 108
  2. 2 × 108
  3. 109
  4. 2 × 109

Answer: 4. 2 × 109

Question 32. Two wires of the same material and length but diameter in the ratio 1: 2 are stretched by the same force. The ratio of potential energy per unit volume for the two wires when stretched will be:

  1. 1: 1
  2. 2: 1
  3. 4: 1
  4. 16: 1

Answer: 4. 16:1

Question 33. Two wires A and B of the same length and of the same material have the respective radii r1 and r2. One end is fixed with a rigid support, and at the other end equal twisting couple is applied. Then the ratio of the angle of twist at the end of A and the angle of twist at the end of B will be

  1. \(\frac{r_1^2}{r_2^2}\)
  2. \(\frac{r_2^2}{r_1^2}\)
  3. \(\frac{r_2^4}{r_1^4}\)
  4. \(\frac{r_1^4}{r_2^4}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{r_2^4}{r_1^4}\)

Question 34. The upper end of a wire of radius 4 mm and length 100 cm is clamped and its other end is twisted through an angle of 30°. Then angle of the shear is

  1. 12°
  2. 0.12°
  3. 1.2 °
  4. 0.012°

Answer: 2. 0.12°

Question 35. A 2m long rod of radius 1 cm which is fixed from one end is given a twist of 0.8 radians. The shear strain developed will be

  1. 0.002
  2. 0.004
  3. 0.008
  4. 0.016

Answer: 2. 0.004

Question 36. The relation between γ, η, and K for an elastic material is

  1. \(\frac{1}{\eta}=\frac{1}{3 \gamma}+\frac{1}{9 K}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{~K}}=\frac{1}{3 \gamma}+\frac{1}{9 \eta}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{\gamma}=\frac{1}{3 K}+\frac{1}{9 \eta}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{\gamma}=\frac{1}{3 \eta}+\frac{1}{9 K}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{\gamma}=\frac{1}{3 \eta}+\frac{1}{9 K}\)

Question 37. The upper end of a wire of radius 4 mm and length 100 cm is clamped and its other end is twisted through an angle of 30º. The angle of the shear is

  1. 12º
  2. 0.12º
  3. 1.2º
  4. 0.012º

Answer: 2. 0.12º

Question 38. A rubber ball is brought into 200 m deep water, its volume is decreased by 0.1% then the volume elasticity modulus of the material of the ball will be :

  1. 19.6 × 108 N/m2
  2. 19.6 × 10-10 N/m2
  3. 19.6 × 1010 N/m2
  4. 19.6 × 10-8 N/m2

Answer: 1. 19.6 × 108 N/m2

Question 39. The mean density of seawater is ρ, and the bulk modulus is B. The change in density of seawater in going from the surface of the water to a depth h is :

  1. \(\frac{\rho g h}{B}\)
  2. Bpgh
  3. \(\frac{\rho^2 g h}{B}\)
  4. \(\frac{B \rho^2}{\mathrm{gh}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\rho^2 g h}{B}\)

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 4: Elasticity and Viscosity MCQs with Solutions

Question 40. A sample of a liquid has an initial volume of 1.5 L. The volume is reduced by 0.2 mL when the pressure increases by 140 kPa. What is the bulk modulus of the liquid?

  1. 3.05 × 109 Pa.
  2. 1.05 × 109 Pa.
  3. 1.05 × 107 Pa.
  4. 1.05 × 1011 Pa.

Answer: 2. 1.05 × 109 Pa.

Question 41. If the potential energy of a spring is V on stretching it by 2 cm, its potential energy when it is stretched by 10 cm will be :

  1. V/25
  2. 5 V
  3. V/5
  4. 25 V

Answer: 4. 25V

Question 42. If work done in stretching a wire by 1mm is 2J, the work necessary for stretching another wire of the same material, but of double the radius and half the length by 1mm in joule will be –

  1. 1/4
  2. 4
  3. 8
  4. 16

Answer: 4. 16

Question 43. According to Hooke’s law of elasticity, if stress is increased, the ratio of stress to strain

  1. Increases
  2. Decreases
  3. Becomes zero
  4. Remains constant

Answer: 4. Remains constant

Question 44. Which of the following affects the elasticity of a substance

  1. Hammering and annealing
  2. Change in temperature
  3. Impurity in substance
  4. All of these

Answer: 4. All of these

Question 45. Calculate the work done, if a wire is loaded by ‘Mg’ weight and the increase in length is ‘l’

  1. Mgl
  2. Zero
  3. Mgl/2
  4. 2Mgl

Answer: 3. Mgl/2

Question 46. An elastic material of Young’s modulus Y is subjected to a stress S. The elastic energy stored per unit volume of the material is

  1. \(\frac{2 Y}{S^2}\)
  2. \(\frac{S^2}{2 \mathrm{Y}}\)
  3. \(\frac{S}{2 \mathrm{Y}}\)
  4. \(\frac{S^2}{Y}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{S^2}{2 \mathrm{Y}}\)

Question 47. A stretched rubber has

  1. Increased kinetic energy
  2. Increased potential energy
  3. Decreased kinetic energy
  4. Decreased potential energy

Answer: 2. Increased potential energy

Question 48. If a spring extends by x on loading, then the energy stored by the spring is (if T is tension in the spring and k is spring constant)

  1. \(\frac{T^2}{2 x}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{T}^2}{2 \mathrm{k}}\)
  3. \(\frac{2 x}{T}\)
  4. \(\frac{2 T^2}{k}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{\mathrm{T}^2}{2 \mathrm{k}}\)

Question 49. On stretching a wire, of length L by l using force F the elastic energy stored per unit volume is

  1. Fl/2AL
  2. FA/2L
  3. FL/2A
  4. FL/2

Answer: 1. Fl/2AL

Question 50. A wire of length 50 cm and a cross-sectional area of 1 sq. mm is extended by 1 mm. The required work will be (Y = 2 × 1010 Nm-2)

  1. 6 × 10-2 J
  2. 4 × 10-2 J
  3. 2 × 10-2 J
  4. 1 × 10-2 J

Answer: 3. 2 × 10-2 J

Question 51. When a force is applied on a wire of uniform cross-sectional area 3 × 10-6 m2 and length 4m, the increase in length is 1 mm. Energy stored in it will be (Y = 2 × 1011 N / m2)

  1. 6250 J
  2. 0.177 J
  3. 0.075 J
  4. 0.150 J

Answer: 3. 0.075 J

Question 52. The elastic energy stored in a wire of Young’s modulus Y is

  1. \(\mathrm{Y} \times \frac{\text { Strain }^2}{\text { Volume }}\)
  2. Stress × Strain × Volume
  3. \(\frac{\text { Stress }^2 \times \text { Volume }}{2 \mathrm{Y}}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{2} Y \times \text { stress } \times \text { Strain } \times \text { Volume }\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{\text { Stress }^2 \times \text { Volume }}{2 \mathrm{Y}}\)

Question 53. A wire of length 50 cm and a cross-sectional area of 1 sq. mm is extended by 1 mm. The required work will be (Y = 2 × 1010 Nm-2)

  1. 6 × 10-2 J
  2. 4 × 10-2 J
  3. 2 × 10-2 J
  4. 1 × 10-2 J

Answer: 3. 2 × 10-2 J

Question 54. When a load of 5 kg is hung on a wire then an extension of 3 meters takes place, the work done will be :

  1. 75 J
  2. 60 J
  3. 50 J
  4. 100 J

Answer: 1. 75 J

Elasticity and Viscosity MCQ Practice Test for NEET Class 11

Question 55. When a load of 5 kg is hung on a wire then an extension of 3 metres takes place, the work done will be :

  1. 75 J
  2. 60 J
  3. 50 J
  4. 100 J

Answer: 1. 75 J

Question 56. A wire suspended vertically from one of its ends is stretched by attaching a weight of 200 N to the lower end. The weight stretches the wire by 1mm. Then the elastic energy stored in the wire is?

  1. 0.2 J
  2. 10J
  3. 20J
  4. 0.1 J

Answer: 4. 0.1 J

Question 57. If ‘S’ is stress and ‘Y’ is Young’s modulus of the material of a wire, the energy stored in the wire per unit volume is :

  1. 2S2Y
  2. \(\frac{S^2}{2 \mathrm{Y}}\)
  3. \(\frac{2 Y}{S^2}\)
  4. \(\frac{S}{2 Y}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{S^2}{2 \mathrm{Y}}\)

Question 58. A wire elongates by lmm when a load W is hanged from it. If the wire goes over a pulley and two weights W each are hung at the two ends, the elongation of the wire will be (in mm)

  1. l/2
  2. l
  3. 2l
  4. Zero

Answer: 2. 1

Question 59. An oil drop falls through the air with a terminal velocity of 5 × 10-4 m/s.

1. The radius of the drop will be :

  1. 2.5 × 10-6 m
  2. 2 × 10-6 m
  3. 3 × 10-6 m
  4. 4 × 10-6 m

Answer: 3. 3 × 10-6 m

2. The terminal velocity of a drop of half of this radius will be (Viscosity of air = \(\frac{18 \times 10^{-5}}{5}\) N-s/m2 density of oil = 900 Kg/m3. Neglect density of air as compared to that of oil).

  1. 3.25 × 10-4 m/s
  2. 2.10 × 10-4 m/s
  3. 1.5 × 10-4 m/s
  4. 1.25 × 10-4 m/s

Answer: 4. 1.25 × 10-4 m/s

Question 60. The terminal velocity of a sphere moving through a viscous medium is :

  1. Directly proportional to the radius of the sphere
  2. Inversely proportional to the radius of the sphere
  3. Directly proportional to the square of the radius of the sphere
  4. Inversely proportional to the square of the radius of a sphere

Answer: 3. Directly proportional to the square of the radius of a sphere

Question 61. A sphere is dropped gently into a medium of infinite extent. As the sphere falls, the net force acting downwards on it

  1. Remains constant throughout
  2. Increases for some time and then becomes constant
  3. Decreases for some time and then becomes zero
  4. Increases for some time and then decreases.

Answer: 3. Decreases for some time and then becomes zero

Question 62. A solid sphere falls with a terminal velocity of 10 m/s in air. If it is allowed to fall in a vacuum,

  1. Terminal velocity will be more than 10 m/s
  2. Terminal velocity will be less than 10 m/s
  3. Terminal velocity will be 10 m/s
  4. There will be no terminal velocity

Answer: 4. There will be no terminal velocity

Question 63. A spherical ball is dropped in a long column of viscous liquid. Which of the following graphs represents the variation of

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity A Spherical Bball Is Dropped In A Long Column Of Viscous Liquid

  1. Gravitational force with time
  2. Viscous force with time
  3. The net force acting on the ball with time.
  1. Q, R, P
  2. R, Q, P
  3. P, Q, R
  4. P, R, Q

Answer: 3. P, Q, R

Question 64. A ball of mass m and radius r is released in a viscous liquid. The value of its terminal velocity is proportional to :

  1. \(\frac{1}{r}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{\mathrm{r}}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{m}{r}}\)
  4. m only m

Answer: 2. \(\frac{\mathrm{m}}{\mathrm{r}}\)

Question 65. In Poiseuilli’s method of determination of coefficient of viscosity. the physical quantity that requires greater accuracy in measurement is

  1. Pressure difference
  2. The volume of the liquid collected
  3. Length of the capillary tube
  4. Inner radius of the capillary tube

Answer: 4. Inner radius of the capillary tube

Question 66. A viscous fluid is flowing through a cylindrical tube. The velocity distribution of the fluid is best represented by the diagram

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity A Viscous Fluid Is Flowing Through A Cylindrical Tube

Answer: 3.

Question 67. What is the velocity υ of a metallic ball of radius r falling in a tank of liquid at the instant when its acceleration is one-half that of a freely falling body? (The densities of metal and of liquid are ρ and σ respectively, and the viscosity of the liquid is η).

  1. \(\frac{r^2 g}{9 \eta}(\rho-2 \sigma)\)
  2. \(\frac{r^2 g}{9 \eta}(2 \rho-\sigma)\)
  3. \(\frac{r^2 g}{9 \eta}(\rho-\sigma)\)
  4. \(\frac{2 r^2 g}{9 \eta}(\rho-\sigma)\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{r^2 g}{9 \eta}(\rho-2 \sigma)\)

Question 68. A tiny spherical oil drop carrying a net charge q is balanced in still air with a vertical uniform electric field of strength \(\). When the field is switched off, the drop is observed to fall with terminal velocity 2 × 10-3 m s-1. Given g = 9.8 m s-2, a viscosity of the air = 1.8 × 10-5 Ns m-2, and the density of oil ρ = 900 kg m-3, the magnitude of q is:

  1. 1.6 × 10-19 C
  2. 3.2 × 10-19 C
  3. 4.8 × 10-19 C
  4. 8.0 × 10-19 C

Answer: 4. 8.0 × 10-19 C

Question 69. A liquid has only

  1. Shear modulus
  2. Young’s modulus
  3. Bulk modulus
  4. All of the above

Answer: 3. Bulk modulus

Question 70. According to Newton, viscous force is given by

F = – ηA \(\frac{d v}{d x}\)

where η = coefficient of viscosity, so dimensions of η will be :

  1. [ML-1T-2]
  2. [MLT-2]
  3. [ML-1T-1]
  4. [M-1L2T-2]

Answer: 3. [ML-1T-1]

Question 71. Spherical balls of radius R are falling in a viscous fluid of viscosity η with a velocity ν. The retarding viscous force acting on the spherical ball is:

  1. Directly proportional to R but inversely proportional to ν
  2. Directly proportional to both radius R and velocity ν
  3. Inversely proportional to both radius R and velocity ν
  4. Inversely proportional to R but directly proportional to ν

Answer: 2. Directly proportional to both radius R and velocity ν

NEET Class 11 Physics Chapter 4 Elasticity and Viscosity MCQs for Exam Preparation

Question 72. A 20 cm long capillary tube is dipped in water. The water rises upto 8 cm. If the entire arrangement is put in a freely falling elevator, the length of the water column in the capillary tube will be :

  1. 8 cm
  2. 10 cm
  3. 4 cm
  4. 20 cm

Answer: 4. 20 cm

Question 73. If the terminal speed of a sphere of gold (density = 19.5 kg/m3) is 0.2 m/s in a viscous liquid then find the terminal speed of a sphere of silver (density = 10.5 kg/m3) of the same size in the same liquid (density = 1.5 kg/m3).

  1. 0.2 m/s
  2. 0.4 m/s
  3. 0.133 m/s
  4. 0.1 m/s

Answer: 4. 0.1 m/s

Question 74. A spherical solid ball of volume V is made of a material of density ρ1. It is falling through a liquid of density ρ22< ρ1). Assume that the liquid applies a viscous force on the ball that is proportional to the square of its speed ν, i.e., Fviscous= – kν2(k > 0). The terminal speed of the ball is

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{Vg} \rho_1}{\mathrm{k}}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{\frac{V g \rho_1}{k}}\)
  3. \(\frac{{Vg}\left(\rho_1-\rho_2\right)}{k}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{{Vg}\left(\rho_1-\rho_2\right)}{k}}\)

Answer: 4. \(\sqrt{\frac{{Vg}\left(\rho_1-\rho_2\right)}{k}}\)

Question 75. Two hail stones with radii in the ratio of 1: 2 fall from a great height through the atmosphere. Then the ratio of their momenta after they have attained terminal velocity will be

  1. 1: 1
  2. 1: 4
  3. 1: 16
  4. 1: 32

Answer: 4. 1:32

Question 76. A space is 2.5 cm wide between two large plane surfaces is filled with oil. The force required to drag a very thin plate of area 0.5 m2 just midway through the surfaces at a speed of 0.5 m/sec is 1N. The coefficient of viscosity in kg–sec/m2 is :

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity A Space 2.5 Cm Wide Between Two Large Plane Ssurfaces Is Filled With Oil

  1. 5 × 10-2
  2. 2.5 × 10-2
  3. 1 × 10-2
  4. 7.5 × 10-2

Answer: 2. 2.5 × 10-2

Question 77. A raindrop of radius 1.5 mm, experiences a drag force F = (2 × 10-5 v) N while falling through the air from a height of 2 km, with a velocity v. The terminal velocity of the raindrop will be nearly (use g = 10 m/s2):

  1. 200 m/s
  2. 60 m/s
  3. 7 m/s
  4. 3 m/s

Answer: 3. 7 m/s

Question 78. Two identical rods in geometry but of different materials having coefficients of thermal expansion α1 and α2 and Young’s moduli Y1 and Y2 respectively are fixed between two rigid massive walls. The rods are heated such that they undergo the same increase in temperature. There is no bending of the rods. If α1: α2= 2: 6 the thermal stresses developed in the two rods are equal provided Y1: Y2 is equal to :

  1. 2 : 3
  2. 1: 1
  3. 3: 1
  4. 4: 9

Answer: 3. 3:1

Question 79. A small steel ball falls through a syrup at a constant speed of 10 cm/s. If the steel ball is pulled upwards with a force equal to twice its effective weight, how fast will it move upwards?

  1. 10 cm/s
  2. 20 cm/s
  3. 5 cm/s
  4. – 5 cm/s

Answer: 1. 10 cm/s

Question 80. Two spheres P and Q of equal radii have densities ρ1 and ρ2, respectively. The spheres are connected by a massless string and placed in liquids L1 and L2 of densities σ1 and σ2 and viscosities η1 and η2, respectively. They float in equilibrium with the sphere P in L1 and sphere Q in L2 and the string is taut (see figure). If sphere P alone in L2 has terminal velocity VPand Q alone in L1 has terminal velocity VQ, then

NEET Physics Class 11 Notes Chapter 4 Elasticity And Viscosity Two Spheres P And Q Of Equal Radii Have Densities P1 And P2 Respectively

  1. \(\frac{\left|\vec{V}_{\mathrm{P}}\right|}{\left|\vec{V}_{\mathrm{Q}}\right|}=\frac{\eta_1}{\eta_2}\)
  2. \(\frac{\left|\vec{V}_P\right|}{\left|\vec{V}_Q\right|}=\frac{\eta_2}{\eta_1}\)
  3. \(\vec{V}_P \cdot \vec{V}_Q>0\)
  4. None of these

Answer: 1. \(\frac{\left|\vec{V}_{\mathrm{P}}\right|}{\left|\vec{V}_{\mathrm{Q}}\right|}=\frac{\eta_1}{\eta_2}\)

Question 81. The force required to stretch a steel wire of 1 cm2 cross-section to 1.1 times its length, will be (Y = 2 × 1011 Nm-2)

  1. 2 × 106 N
  2. 2 × 103 N
  3. 2 × 10-6 N
  4. 2 × 10-7 N

Answer: 1. 2 × 106 N

Question 82. A cube is subjected to a uniform volume compression. If the side of the cube decreases by 2%, the bulk strain is –

  1. 0.02
  2. 0.03
  3. 0.04
  4. 0.06

Answer: 4. 0.06

Question 83. The following four wires are made of the same material. Which of these will have the largest extension when the same tension is applied?

  1. length = 100 cm, diameter = 1 mm
  2. length = 200 cm, diameter = 2 mm
  3. length = 300 cm, diameter = 3 mm
  4. length = 50 cm, diameter = 0.5 mm

Answer: 4. length = 50 cm, diameter = 0.5 mm

Question 84. A copper of fixed volume ‘V’ is drawn into a wire of length ‘l’. When this wire is subjected to a constant force ‘F’, the extension produced in the wire is ‘Δl’. Which of the following graph is a straight line?

  1. Δl versus 1/l
  2. Δl versus l2
  3. Δl versus 1/l2
  4. Δl versus l

Answer: 2. Δl versus l2

Question 85. The approximate depth of an ocean is 2700 m. The compressibility of water is 45.4 x 10-11 Pa-1 and the density of water is 103 kg/m3. What fractional compression of water will be obtained at the bottom of the ocean?

  1. 1.0 × 10-2
  2. 1.2 × 10-2
  3. 1.4 × 10-2
  4. 0.8 × 10-2

Answer: 2. 1.2 × 10-2

Question 86. Two Young’s modulus of steel is twice that of brass. Two wires of the same length and of the same area of cross-section, one of steel and another of brass are suspended from the same roof. If we want the lower ends of the wires to be at the same level, then the weights added to the steel and brass wires must be in the ratio of :

  1. 2: 1
  2. 4: 1
  3. 1: 1
  4. 1: 2

Answer: 1. 2:1

Question 87. The bulk modulus of a spherical object is ’B’. If it is subjected to uniform pressure ‘p’, the fractional decrease in radius is:

  1. \(\frac{p}{B}\)
  2. \(\frac{B}{3 p}\)
  3. \(\frac{3 p}{B}\)
  4. \(\frac{p}{3 B}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{p}{3 B}\)

NEET Physics Elasticity and Viscosity: MCQs for Revision

Question 88. Two wires are made of the same material and have the same volume. The first wire has cross-sectional area A and the second wire has cross-sectional area 3A. If the length of the first wire is increased by Δl on applying a force F, how much force is needed to stretch the second wire by the same amount?

  1. 9 F
  2. F
  3. 4 F
  4. 6 F

Answer: 1. 9F

Question 89. A small sphere of radius ‘r’ falls from rest in a viscous liquid. As a result, heat is produced due to viscous force. The rate of production of heat when the sphere attains its terminal velocity is proportional to :

  1. r3
  2. r4
  3. r5
  4. r2

Answer: 3. r5

Question 90. When a block of mass M is suspended by a long wire of length L, the length of the wire becomes (L+ l). The elastic potential energy stored in the extended wire is:

  1. \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{MgL}\)
  2. Mgl
  3. MgL
  4. \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Mg} \ell\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Mg} \ell\)

Question 91. Two small spherical metal balls, having equal masses, are made from materials of densitiesρ1 and ρ2 (ρ1 = 8ρ2) and have radii of 1 mm and 2 mm, respectively. They are made to fall vertically (from rest) in a viscous medium whose coefficient of viscosity equals η and whose density is 0.1ρ2. The ratio of their terminal velocities would be

  1. \(\frac{79}{72}\)
  2. \(\frac{19}{36}\)
  3. \(\frac{39}{72}\)
  4. \(\frac{79}{36}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{79}{36}\)

Question 92. A wire of length L, area of cross-section A is hanging from a fixed support. The length of the wire changes to L1 when mass M is suspended from its free end. The expression for Young’s modulus is:

  1. \(\frac{M g L}{A\left(L_1-L\right)}\)
  2. \(\frac{M g L}{A L}\)
  3. \(\frac{M g\left(L_1-L\right)}{A L}\)
  4. \(\frac{M g L}{A L_1}\)

Question 93. Two wires are made of the same material and have the same volume. However, wire 1 has a cross-sectional area of A, and wire 2 has a cross-sectional area of 3A. If the length of wire 1 increases by Δx on applying force F, how much force is needed to stretch wire 2 by the same amount?

  1. 4F
  2. 6F
  3. 9F
  4. F

Answer: 3. 9F

Question 94. If a ball of steel (density p = 7.8 g cm –3) attains a terminal velocity of 10 cm s-1 when falling in water (Coefficient of Viscosity ηwater = 8.5 × 10-4 Pa.s) then its terminal velocity in glycerine (p = 1.2 g cm-3, η= 13.2 Pa.s.) would be, nearly :

  1. 6.25 × 10-4 cm s-1
  2. 6.45 × 10-4 cm s-1
  3. 1.5 ×10-5 cm s-1
  4. 1.6 ×10-5 cm s-1

Answer: 1. 6.25 × 10-4 cm s-1

Question 95. A sonometer wire of length 1.5 m is made of steel. The tension in it produces an elastic strain of 1%. What is the fundamental frequency of steel if the density and elasticity of steel are 7.7 × 103 kg/m3 and 2.2 × 1011 N/m2 respectively?

  1. 188.5 Hz
  2. 178.2 Hz
  3. 200.5 Hz
  4. 770 Hz

Answer: 2. 178.2 Hz

Question 96. The pressure that has to be applied to the ends of a steel wire of length 10 cm to keep its length constant when its temperature is raised by 100°C is : (For steel Young’s modulus is 2 × 1011 N m-2 and the coefficient of thermal expansion is 1.1 × 10-5 K-1)

  1. 2.2 × 108 Pa
  2. 2.2 × 109 Pa
  3. 2.2 × 107 Pa
  4. 2.2 × 106 Pa

Answer: 1. 2.2 × 108 Pa

Question 97. A pendulum suspended from a uniform wire of cross-sectional area A has period T. When an additional mass M is added to its bob, the period changes to TM. If Young’s modulus of the 1 material of the wire is Y then \(\frac{1}{\mathrm{Y}}\) is equal to : (g=gravitational acceleration)

  1. \(\left[\left(\frac{T_M}{T}\right)^2-1\right] \frac{\mathrm{A}}{\mathrm{Mg}}\)
  2. \(\left[\left(\frac{T_{\mathrm{M}}}{\mathrm{T}}\right)^2-1\right] \frac{\mathrm{Mg}}{\mathrm{A}}\)
  3. \(\left[1-\left(\frac{T_M}{T}\right)^2\right] \frac{\mathrm{A}}{\mathrm{Mg}}\)
  4. \(\left[1-\left(\frac{T}{T_M}\right)^2\right] \frac{\mathrm{A}}{\mathrm{Mg}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\left[\left(\frac{T_M}{T}\right)^2-1\right] \frac{\mathrm{A}}{\mathrm{Mg}}\)

Question 98. A solid sphere of radius r made of a soft material of bulk modulus K is surrounded by a liquid in a cylindrical container. A massless piston of area floats on the surface of the liquid, covering the entire cross-section of the cylindrical container. When a mass m is placed on the surface of the piston to dr compress the liquid, the fractional decrement in the radius of the sphere, \(\left(\frac{d r}{r}\right)\) is

  1. \(\frac{\mathrm{mg}}{3 \mathrm{Ka}}\)
  2. \(\frac{\mathrm{mg}}{\mathrm{Ka}}\)
  3. \(\frac{\mathrm{Ka}}{\mathrm{mg}}\)
  4. \(\frac{\mathrm{Ka}}{3 \mathrm{mg}}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{\mathrm{mg}}{3 \mathrm{Ka}}\)

NEET Physics Class 11 Chapter 4 Elasticity and Viscosity MCQs and Answers

Question 99. A rod, of length L at room temperature and uniform area of cross-section A, is made of a metal having a coefficient of linear expansion α/°C. It is observed that an external compressive force F, is applied on each of its ends, and prevents any change in the length of the rod, when its temperature rises by ΔT K. Young’s modulus, Y, for this metal is :

  1. \(\frac{2 \mathrm{~F}}{\mathrm{~A} \alpha \Delta \mathrm{T}}\)
  2. \(\frac{F}{A \alpha(\Delta T-273)}\)
  3. \(\frac{F}{A \alpha \Delta T}\)
  4. \(\frac{F}{2 \mathrm{~A} \alpha \Delta \mathrm{T}}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{F}{A \alpha \Delta T}\)

Question 100. A load of mass M kg is suspended from a steel wire of length 2 m and radius 1.0 mm in Searle’s apparatus experiment. The increase in length produced in the wire is 4.0 mm. Now the load is fully immersed in a liquid of relative density 2. The relative density of the material of load is 8. The new value of an increase in the length of the steel wire is :

  1. 3.0 mm
  2. Zero
  3. 5.0 mm
  4. 4.0

Answer: 1. 3.0mm

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 10 Political Science Chapter 6 Political Parties

Chapter 6 Political Parties Long Answer Questions

Question 1. Discuss the impacts of regional political parties in India.

Answer:

The Positive Impact Of Regional Political Parties Is Reflected In The Following:

  1. It has extended the scope of decentralisation of powers or power sharing.
  2. These parties are more in touch with regional ground realities.
  3. These parties have created public awareness towards politics and partisanship.
  4. These parties have made the electoral process more competitive.

Read and Learn More Class 10 Social Science Solutions

The Negative Impact Of Regional Political Parties Is Reflected In The Following:

  1. Regional political parties are bound to affect the unity and integrity of a nation.
  2. Many of the regional political parties do not hesitate to encourage violence or
    pursue violent means and methods to achieve their goals.
  3. Abundant use of money and muscle power can be witnessed in regional politics.

NCERT Solutions For Class 10 Political Science Chapter 6 Political Parties

Question 2. Write a brief history and ideology Communist Party of India (CPI).
Or
When was CPIformed? Mention the ideologies of that party.

Answer:

CPI was formed in 1925 and believes in Marxism-Leninism, secularism and democracy. It opposed the forces of secessionism and communalism.

  • Accepts parliamentary democracy as a means of promoting the interests of the working class, farmers and poor.
  • Became weak after the split in the party in 1964 which led to the formation of the CPI(M).
  • It has a significant presence in the states of Kerala, West Bengal, Punjab, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu.
  • Its support base had gradually declined over the years. It secured about 14% of votes and seats in the 2004 Lok Sabha elections.
  • It advocates the coining together of all left parties to build a strong left front. Currently supports UPA government from outside.

Political Parties Class 10 NCERT Solutions

Question 3. Political parties are visible institutions in a democracy. Explain the statement.

Answer:

  1. For an ordinary citizen, democracy is equal to political parties.
  2. Many people may not know about the nature of our government or about our constitution. But they may know about political parties.
  3. Some educated people blame political parties for all that is wrong with our political life or democratic system.
  4. Some parties have been identified with social and political divisions.
  5. Some parties identify themselves with a political party to express their
    ideas.
  6. Some people believe that a political party is a platform to serve the nation.

Question 4. State description of the programme and policy of the Bharatiya Janata Party.

Answer:

Programmes and policies. According to the election manifesto four policies and programmes of the Bhartiya Janta Party are as follows:

  • It has declared its belief in positive secularism aimed at Sarva Dharma Sama
    Bhava.
  • It will make freedom of the press, an explicit fundamental right and not just an
    implied one.
  • It promised to introduce compulsory voting as well as the state funding of
    elections.
  • The All India Radio and Doordarshan will be fully autonomous bodies. Bharatiya Janta Party wants to build a strong and modern India by drawing inspiration from India’s ancient culture and values.
  • Cultural nationalism (or Hindutva) is an important element in its conception of Indian nationhood and politics as it wants full territorial and political integration of Jammu and Kashmir with India and a uniform civil code across the country irrespective of religion, caste and creed. It is in staunch opposition to religious conversions.

Question 5. Why do we need political parties in modern democracies?

Answer:

A political party is a group of people who come together to contest elections and hold power in the government. They agree on some policies and programmes for society with a view to promoting the collective good.

  • Political parties are one of the most visible institutions in a democracy. For most ordinary citizens, democracy is equal to political parties.
  • We need political parties to contest elections to put forward different policies and programmes to play a decisive role in making laws that act as a watchdog on the functions of the government. Imagine a situation, that would happen if there had been no political parties.
  • Every candidate would contest the elections independently. There would be no value-based or ideology-based organised group to make the important decisions concerning the whole country.
  • Decisions would be made according to the whims of one person only. The government would not be steady. The election process would be very complicated as there would be many candidates in the election fray.
  • Political parties have their own ideologies, policies and programmes for the nation and the society. They have a vision before them. They discuss the various issues facing the country and deliberate deeply on policies they would implement if voted to power.
  • Political parties inform the people about the workings of the party in power. They criticise the wrong and anti-people policies of the government, highlight the failure of the ruling party and suggest remedies for the welfare of the masses.
  • Political parties reach the common man. They act as a link between the government and the people. They put forth the demands of the people to the government. They also keep abreast the people of the activities and programmes of the government and their impact on the masses.

Class 10 Political Science Chapter 6 Solutions

Question 6. Distinguish between a national and a state party.
Or
What is the difference between National level and State level political parties? Also, give examples.

Answer:

National Party:

  1. A party that secures at least 6% of total votes in Lok Shabha elections.
  2. A party that wins at least four seats in the assembly elections (Lok Sabha), Example., Congress, BJP, BSP, CPI and CPI (M)

State Party:

  1. A party that secures at least 6% of the total votes in an election to the legislative assembly of the state.
  2. A party that wins at least two seats in the concerned state, Example.,
    • Punjab- Shiromani Akali Dal
    • Andhra Pradesh- Telugu Desam Party
    • Nagaland- Nagaland People Front

Question 7. Political parties reflect fundamental political divisions in a society. Explain how?

Answer:

  1. The main aim of a political party is to contest elections and capture power.
  2. They make policies and programmes for society with a view to promoting the
    collective good.
  3. They try to impress the people through their policies in what way they are
    better than others.
  4. Always a competition exists between the political parties for capturing power.
  5. Some parties criticise the others through debate, conducting rallies, etc.
  6. Sometimes they also indulge in conflicts.

Question 8. Why is one party system not good for democracy? 
Or
“One party system is not good for democracy ” Explain.

Answer:

In the uni-party system, there is only one party in the political system. People are not allowed to criticise the government and form their own new parties. Voters do not have any option at the time of election. They can either say yes or not vote at all for the party.

However, this system is against democracy which allows everybody to express his opinion. The uni-party system is like a dictatorship where people have to follow all the policies of the government.

People do not enjoy full rights and freedom. They are not allowed the freedom of thought and expression and the freedom to criticise government policies.

NCERT Solutions for Political Parties Class 10

Question 9. What do you mean by the lack ofinternal democracy in the political system?

Answer:

  • Lack ofinternal democracy is one ofthe big challenges within political parties. All through the world there is a tendency in political parties towards the concentration of power in one or few leaders at the top.
  • Parties do not keep membership registers, do not hold organisational meetings, and do not conduct internal elections regularly.
  • They do not have the means or the connections needed to influence the decisions. As a result, the leaders assume greater power to make decisions in the name of the party.
  • Since one or few leaders exercise paramount power in the party, those who disagree with the leadership find it difficult to continue in the party.
  • More than loyal to party principles and policies, personal loyality to the leaders becomes more important.

Question 10. What do you mean by an alliance or a front? Explain with reference to a political
system.

Answer:

  1. In a multi-party system, many political parties contest the election. They join together for the purpose of contesting elections as an alliance or a front.
  2. For example, in 2004 Lok Sabha election there were three major alliances.
    • The National Democratic Alliance.
    • The United Progressive Alliance
    • The Left Front.

Political Science Chapter 6 Class 10 NCERT

Question 11. When and by whom was the BahujanSamajParty formed1? Mention the major policies and programmes.

Answer:

Bahujan Samaj Party (BSP) was formed in 1984 by Kanshi Ram.

Policies:

  1. It wants to represent and secure power for the Dalits, Adivasis, OBCs and religious minorities.
  2. It mainly works for the interest and welfare of the dalits, and oppressed people.

NCERT Solutions For Class 10 Political Science Chapter 8 Challenges To Democracy

Chapter 8 Challenges To Democracy Long Answer Questions

Question 1. How is communalism a hindrance in the way of democracy in our country? What are its remedies’?

Answer:

Communalism means considering one’s own religion superior to that of others and hating others’ religions. This type of feeling is a big hindrance in the way of democracy in our country due to the following reasons:

  1. Communalism results in riots and breach of peace. Democracy cannot function well under such circumstances.
  2. Communalism gives rise to hatred and differences which harm the unity of the country. It becomes a danger to democracy.
  3. Democracy has its basis in tolerance, liberty, inequality, and fraternity.

Remedies:

  1. Through education, the students should be taught about tolerance and to have respectful feelings for other religious opinions.
  2. People should be told the importance of tolerance, equality, and fraternity through the press, the radio, the television, the cinema, and the national leaders.

Read and Learn More Class 10 Social Science Solutions

Question 2. Which things sustain democracy in India?

Answer:

India is the biggest democracy in the world. In spite of wide disparity and diversity in terms of religions and seats, languages spoken and regional imbalances, the country has remained one nation. This is mainly due to the absorbing traits of Indian culture, the spirit of tolerance, and the democratic setup of government.

  • Our constitution gives equal rights and freedom to every citizen. Our country is a secular state which doesn’t differentiate between two men on the basis of religion or sex.
  • The state makes no discrimination in public sector employment on the basis of sex, religion, or language and in admission to educational institutions.
  • We have adopted a universal adult franchise which gives every adult citizen the right to vote. Thus our constitution empowers citizens to elect their representatives to form and run the government.
  • Caste and communal-based politics is a legal offense. Untouchability has been abolished.
  • There is a reservation of seats for SCs, STs, and other backward classes in parliament, state assemblies, and educational institutions in local bodies. Seats are also reserved for women candidates.
  • Our press and mass media are free. There is a freedom of speech and expression.
  • There is a rule of law and all are equal in the eyes of the law.
  • Everyone can aspire for the highest office in the country.

NCERT Solutions For Class 10 Political Science Chapter 8 Challenges To Democracy

Challenges to Democracy Class 10

Question 3. Suggest some measures to deepen democracy in India.
Or
Write some measures to deepen democracy in India.

Answer:

Democracy and our Constitution guarantee certain rights and freedoms to every citizen. Every citizen is equal in the eyes of the law of the land. To deepen democracy in the country, institutions that involve people’s participation and control over the government need to be strengthened. For this government has taken the following measures:

Educating The Citizens: This is one of the most important steps in the direction of deepening democracy in the country. Educated citizens are the greatest assets and resources for a democratic country.

Education brings qualitative change in the citizens and enables them to use better knowledge and other tools to deepen democracy. This improves productivity in the work field, increases national and per capita income, and brings awareness about the political rights and duties and how to exercise them.

Fundamental Rights: These guard citizens’ rights and make them secure. These rights cannot be taken away by any government. These rights deepen the spirit of faith and trust in the constitution of India.

Freedom Of The Press: Our press and mass media are free. Our press is free to shape public opinion by giving genuine news and views on all issues concerning the country. It makes people aware of the happening in the country as well as abroad and keeps them informed about them.

Democracy recognizes the freedom of speech and information and allows people to form opinions even if they are against the government or the ruling party.

Question 4. Suggest some measures for political reforms to be taken in India to strengthen democracy.
Or
Mention some of the guidelines that can be kept in mind while using ways and means for political reforms in India.

Answer:

  • We need carefully devised changes in existing laws which would help to discourage wrong political parties and encourage good ones. But simply legal constitutional changes by themselves cannot overcome challenges to democracy.
  • Democratic reforms are to be carried out mainly by political activists, parties, movements, and politically conscious citizens.
  • Any legal change must carefully look at what results it will have on politics. Sometimes results may be counterproductive however, laws that seek to ban something are not very successful in politics. Laws that give actors incentives to do good things have more chance of working.
  • The best laws are those which empower people to carry out democratic reforms, for example, the Right to Information Act is a good law. Such a law helps to control corruption and supplements the existing laws that ban corruption and impose strict penalties.
  • Democratic reforms are to be brought about principally through political practice. Hence, the main focus of political reforms should be on the way to strengthen democratic practice. Moreover, the quality of political participation must be improved.
  • Any proposal for political reform should think not only about what is a good solution but also about who will implement it and how.
  • It is also very wise to think that the legislative will pass legislations that go against the interests of all the political parties and MPs. But measures that rely on democratic movements, citizen organizations, and the media are likely to succeed.

Question 5. What role can an ordinary citizen play in deepening democracy?

Answer:

  • No democracy can function in the absence of socially responsible and informed citizens.
  • Citizens must learn how to tolerate the differences and views of all others who disagree with them. That is, the citizens must accept the principle of mutual tolerance and dissent.
  • Citizens must act with a sense of discipline and responsibility. They have a right to express their dissent. They must express their grievance through channels provided by the democratic system.
  • Citizens must participate and seek to influence the public opinion. This can happen only when they are well-informed on civic matters.
  • Citizens must exercise their right to vote. This provides a direction for the whole democratic process.

Class 10 Political Science Chapter 8 Solutions

Question 6. What measures have been taken for the upliftment of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes? Describe any three of them.

Answer:

  1. Some seats are reserved in the schools and colleges.
  2. Some constituencies of the Lok Sabha and the state assemblies are reserved for the scheduled caste candidates.
  3. Some jobs under the government are reserved for the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes.

Question 7. Describe the main provisions contained in the constitution of India for the protection of the interests of scheduled castes and scheduled tribes in India.

Answer:

The Constitution of free India, which came into force in January 1950 guarantees some provisions for the welfare, security, and development of scheduled castes and scheduled tribes. The main provisions are given below:

  1. The Constitution ends discrimination on the basis of caste, religion race, or sex. It gives the right of entry and use of every place like shops, temples, wells, and places of entertainment to every Indian without any discrimination (Article 15(2)).
  2. The Constitution abolished untouchability in any form. Practice preaching of untouchability is a punishable offense (Article 17).
  3. The Constitution provides protection to the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes from any type of social and economic exploitation (Article 40).
  4. For the welfare of the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes, the government will have the right to reserve vacancies in the government (Articles 16 and 335).

Question 8. Discuss the regional imbalance in India.
Or
There is a regional imbalance in India. Justify the statement.

Answer:

  • With a population of about 1200 million, India is the world’s second most populous country after China. In terms of area, it is the seventh biggest country in the world. In spite of best efforts to reduce the regional disparity, there are still several regions in the country that are economically backward while some areas are economically quite well off.
  • The eastern states, hilly areas, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, etc., are economically backward. On the other hand, the northern states, western states, and southern states are economically rich.
  • There is a wide gap and disparity in the income level of the poor and the rich and between the urban and the rural population.
  • The difference in the availability of natural resources and the lack of infrastructural facilities such as roads, water, electricity, banking, and communication also contribute to the regional imbalance.

NCERT Solutions for Class 10 Political Science Chapter 8

Question 9. What are the broad guidelines to be kept in mind while devising ways and means for political reforms in India?

Answer:

Broad guidelines for political reforms:

  1. As legal constitutional changes by themselves cannot overcome the challenge to democracy, democratic reforms need to be carried out mainly by political activists, parties, movements, and politically conscious citizens.
  2. Any legal change must be carefully looked at, i.e., what results it will have on politics, generally laws seeking to ban something are rather counter-productive.
    • For example, many states have debarred people who have more than two children from contesting panchayat elections. This has resulted in a denial of democratic opportunity to many poor women, which was not intended.
    • The best laws are those that empower people to carry out democratic reforms, For Example., the Right to Information Act acts as a watchdog of democracy by controlling corruption.
  3. Democratic reforms are to be brought about principally through political parties. The most important concern should be to increase and improve the quality of political participation by the ordinary citizens.
  4. Any proposal for political reforms should consider not only what is a good solution but also who will implement it and how measures that rely on democratic movements, citizens’ organizations, and media are likely to succeed.